Abstract image of a woman sitting on books and studying on a laptop

Thomson linear motion systems_ctuk

Electromate, profile picture
Electromate

Group 1 - Smaller scale instrumentation and low-load applications where repeatability and space are critical. Includes ball screw driven units with ball guides and belt driven units with slide guides. Group 2 - Economical point-to-point transport motion where speed and environmental protection are important. Includes larger ball screw driven units with ball guides. Group 3 - Applications requiring tighter accuracy where stiffness is critical, such as machine tools. Includes high precision ball screw driven units with ball guides. The chart provides an overview of typical applications, features and pages to reference for each group to

Technology
1 of 220
Downloaded 13 times
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
OCTOBER2012ENGLinearMotionSystems EU201102-15 LIM TJO 10/2012 ENG Specifications are subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of the product user to determine the suitability of this product for a specific application. All trademarks property of their respective owners. © Thomson Industries, Inc. 2012 EUROPE United Kingdom Thomson Phone: +44 (0) 1271 334 500 Fax: +44 (0) 1271 334 501 Email: sales.uk@thomsonlinear.com Germany Thomson Nürtinger Straße 70 72649 Wolfschlugen Phone: +49 (0) 7022 504 0 Fax: +49 (0) 7022 504 405 Email: sales.germany@thomsonlinear.com France Thomson Phone: +33 (0) 243 50 03 30 Fax: +33 (0) 243 50 03 39 Email: sales.france@thomsonlinear.com Italy Thomson Largo Brughetti 20030 Bovisio Masciago Phone: +39 0362 594260 Fax: +39 0362 594263 Email: info@thomsonlinear.it Spain Thomson Rbla Badal, 29-31 7th, 1st 08014 Barcelona Phone: +34 (0) 9329 80278 Fax: + 34 (0) 9329 80278 Email: sales.esm@thomsonlinear.com Sweden Thomson Estridsväg 10 29109 Kristianstad Phone: +46 (0) 44 24 67 00 Fax: +46 (0) 44 24 40 85 Email: sales.scandinavia@thomsonlinear.com USA, CANADA and MEXICO Thomson 203A West Rock Road Radford, VA 24141, USA Phone: 1-540-633-3549 Fax: 1-540-633-0294 E-mail: thomson@thomsonlinear.com Literature: literature.thomsonlinear.com ASIA Asia Pacific Thomson 750, Oasis, Chai Chee Road, #03-20, Technopark @ Chai Chee, Singapore 469000 Email: sales.apac@thomsonlinear.com China Thomson Rm 2205, Scitech Tower 22 Jianguomen Wai Street Beijing 100004 Phone: +86 400 6661 802 Fax: +86 10 6515 0263 Email: sales.china@thomsonlinear.com India Thomson 10th Floor , Sigma Building Hiranandani Business Park Powai , Mumbai – 400076, India Email: sales.india@thomsonlinear.com Japan Thomson Minami-Kaneden 2-12-23, Suita Osaka 564-0044 Japan Phone: +81-6-6386-8001 Fax: +81-6-6386-5022 E-mail: csinfo_dicgj@danaher.co.jp Korea F12 Ilsong Bldg, 157-37 Samsung-dong, Kangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea (135-090) Phone: +82 2 6917 5049 Fax: +82 2 6917 5007 Email: sales.korea@thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion.Optimized. LinearMotion.Optimized. www.thomsonlinear.com www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion Systems
Thomson - the Choice for Optimized Motion Solutions Often the ideal design solution is not about finding the fastest, sturdiest, most accurate or even the least expensive option. Rather, the ideal solution is the optimal balance of performance, life and cost. Quickly Configure the Optimal Mechanical Motion Solution Thomson has several advantages that makes us the supplier of choice for motion control technology. • Thomson owns the broadest standard product offering of mechanical motion technologies in the industry. • Modified versions of standard product or white sheet design solutions are routine for us. • Choose Thomson and gain access to over 70 years of global application experience in industries including packaging, factory automation, material handling, medical, clean energy, printing, automotive, machine tool, aerospace and defense. • As part of Danaher Corporation, we are financially strong and unique in our ability to bring together control, drive, motor, power transmission and precision linear motion technologies. A Name You Can Trust A wealth of product and application information as well as 3D models, software tools, our distributor locator and global contact information is available at www.thomsonlinear.com/contact_us. Talk to us early in the design process to see how Thomson can help identify the optimal balance of performance, life and cost for your next application. And, call us or any of our 2000+ distribution partners around the world for fast delivery of replacement parts. The Danaher Business System The Danaher Business System (DBS) was established to increase the value we bring to customers. It is a mature and successful set of tools we use daily to continually improve manufacturing operations and product development processes. DBS is based on the principles of Kaizen which continuously and aggressively eliminates waste in every aspect of our business. DBS focuses the entire organization on achieving breakthrough results that create competitive advantages in quality, delivery and performance – advantages that are passed on to you. Through these advantages Thomson is able to provide you faster times to market as well as unsurpassed product selection, service, reliability and productivity. Local Support Around the Globe Application Centers Global Design & Engineering CentersGlobal Manufacturing Operations Linear Motion.Optimized.
Linear Motion Systems 3www.thomsonlinear.com Table of Contents Thomson................................................................................................................... 5 Linear Motion Systems at Work...........................................................................6 Simple Product Selection with Linear Motioneering® ....................................7 Linear Motion System Group Selection Chart.............................................8 - 9 Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide.....10 Overview..................................................................................................10 - 13 WM40S.....................................................................................................14 - 15 WM40D....................................................................................................16 - 17 WM60D....................................................................................................18 - 19 WM60S.....................................................................................................20 - 21 WM60X.....................................................................................................22 - 23 WM80D....................................................................................................24 - 25 WM80S.....................................................................................................26 - 27 WM120D..................................................................................................28 - 29 WV60........................................................................................................30 - 31 WV80........................................................................................................32 - 33 WV120......................................................................................................34 - 35 MLSM60D................................................................................................36 - 37 MLSM80D................................................................................................38 - 39 M55...........................................................................................................40 - 41 M75...........................................................................................................42 - 43 M100.........................................................................................................44 - 45 2HB10.......................................................................................................46 - 47 2HB20.......................................................................................................48 - 49 2RB12........................................................................................................50 - 51 2RB16........................................................................................................52 - 53 MS25.........................................................................................................54 - 55 MS33.........................................................................................................56 - 57 MS46L.......................................................................................................58 - 59 MS46B......................................................................................................60 - 61 Units with inch interface 2DB08.......................................................................................................62 - 63 2DB12O.....................................................................................................64 - 65 2DB12J.....................................................................................................66 - 67 2DB16O.....................................................................................................68 - 69 2DB16J.....................................................................................................70 - 71 Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guide.................72 Overview..................................................................................................72 - 73 M55...........................................................................................................74 - 75 M75...........................................................................................................76 - 77 M100.........................................................................................................78 - 79 Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guide................................80 Overview..................................................................................................80 - 81 WH40........................................................................................................82 - 83 WM60Z.....................................................................................................84 - 85 WM80Z, standard carriage...................................................................86 - 87 WM80Z, short carriage.........................................................................88 - 89 M55...........................................................................................................90 - 91 M75...........................................................................................................92 - 93 M100.........................................................................................................94 - 95 MLSM80Z.................................................................................................96 - 97 Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guide..............................98 Overview..................................................................................................98 - 99 M50.......................................................................................................100 - 101 M55.......................................................................................................102 - 103 M75 ......................................................................................................104 - 105 M100.....................................................................................................106 - 107 Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guide..........................108 Overview..............................................................................................108 - 109 WH50....................................................................................................110 - 111 WH80....................................................................................................112 - 113 WH120..................................................................................................114 - 115 MLSH60Z..............................................................................................116 - 117 Linear Lifting Units..............................................................................................118 Overview............................................................................................. 118 - 119 WHZ50..................................................................................................120 - 121 WHZ80..................................................................................................122 - 123 Z2...........................................................................................................124 - 125 Z3...........................................................................................................126 - 127 Linear Rod Units..................................................................................................128 Overview..............................................................................................128 - 129 WZ60.....................................................................................................130 - 131 WZ80.....................................................................................................132 - 133 Accessories..........................................................................................................135 Accessory Index...........................................................................................135 Mounting Kits......................................................................................136 - 140 Cover and Protection Kits.................................................................141 - 144 Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits.............................................145 - 164 Electrical Feedback Devices............................................................165 - 176 Non Driven Units................................................................................177 - 181 Additional Technical Data.................................................................................182 Additional Technical Data Tables....................................................182 - 186 Drive Calculations..............................................................................187 - 188 Deflection Calculations.....................................................................189 - 190 Ordering Keys.......................................................................................................191 Keys for Units with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides.....191 - 199 Keys for Units with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guides.........................200 Keys for Units with Belt Drive and Ball Guides.............................201 - 204 Keys for Units with Belt Drive and Slide Guides.....................................205 Keys for Units with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides........................206 - 207 Keys for Linear Lifting Units........................................................................208 Keys for Linear Rod Units............................................................................209 Keys for Non Driven Units.................................................................210 - 211 Terminology..........................................................................................................212 Basic Linear Motion System Terminology.................................................212 Glossary................................................................................................................213 A - Belt D........................................................................................................213 Belt G - C........................................................................................................214 D - E................................................................................................................215 G - M...............................................................................................................216 N - Sc..............................................................................................................217 Si - W..............................................................................................................218
4 www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems 5www.thomsonlinear.com Thomson The optimal balance of performance, life and cost The unmatched breadth of the Thomson linear motion system product line comes from the consolidation of three world-reknowned brands: Thomson, Neff and Tollo. We are product innovators with decades of application experience. Unbiased ownership of the multiple motion system technologies enables Thomson to provide you with the optimal balance of performance versus installed cost for your application. Neff Thomson Tollo Thomson Thomson introduced the first ball screw actuator into an aviation application in 1939 and invented the anti-friction Linear Ball Bushing® Bearing in 1945. Thomson has been a market leader with an increasing portfolio of linear motion technologies ever since. Founded in 1905, Neff offered products for the linear motion market and, over the decades, became a market leader in ball screw technology. The first linear motion system from Neff was presented in 1981 at the FAMETA show in Stuttgart. Tollo began in 1981 as a lifting equipment manufacturer. The product line grew rapidly thereafter and, in 1982, Tollo presented their first linear motion system at the Technical Fair in Stockholm. Thomson has consolidated the most competitive and complementary products from each brand into the most advanced, most comprehensive product portfolio available today. The range covers the smallest and most compact linear motion systems to the biggest and most robust. Our wide range of guide and drive systems can be configured economically and can also work in harsh environments, at high speeds, and in high precision applications. Thomson is linear motion, optimized.
6 www.thomsonlinear.com Handling Linear motion systems are ideal for handling applications. Thomson has units suitable for the harsh environments in food and paper industries to the rigorous cleanliness demands found in the medical and electronics industries. Transportation and transfer Whenever you may need to move something from one place to another a linear motion system can be the answer. Here a moulding machine is fed and emptied at high speed. Packaging, filling and dispensing To fill, close, stack, label or print on boxes or other containers of almost any size and weight is easily done with linear motion systems. Medical and laboratory In this application a robot made of linear motion systems is used to pick samples from test tubes of different heights. Thomsons has the small, quiet, quick and accurate units you need to build this type of equipment. Linear Motion Systems at Work Application Examples Thomson Linear Motion Systems can be used in almost all industries . The breadth of our range makes it possible to find the optimum solution for most applications imaginable. If the standard range is not enough, Thomson is happy to discuss a custom solution that meets your needs. Below is a small selection of applications where linear motion systems have been used succesfully. Contact us and we can show you many, many more.
Linear Motion Systems 7www.thomsonlinear.com To determine which linear motion system is best suited for your application you just enter the application parameters in seven simple steps into Linear Motioneering. Once a product solution is selected, choose from a wide assortment of accessories, motors, and motor mounts. Seven simple steps 1. Visit www.linearmotioneering.com 2. Create an account 3. Enter the system orientation 4. Enter the positioning requirements 5. Enter any environmental conditions 6. Enter the load and the forces 7. Enter the move profile requirements Outputs 1. 2D drawings or interactive 3D models 2. List prices 3. Delivery times 4. Ordering information The program will output a 2D drawing or an interactive 3D model, list prices, delivery times, and ordering information. In your account you can see your quote history. Please visit www.linearmotioneering.com for more information. Simple Product Selection with Linear Motioneering® On-Line Product Selection The Linear Motioneering sizing and selection tool is designed to make it simple to choose the right linear motion system for your application. Linear Motioneering is very easy to use, just enter the basic paramaters for your application and watch as Linear Motioneering does all the work. Linear Motioneering calculates application parameters through a comprehensive set of algorithms and compares your results to our product database to determine an optimized solution set.
8 www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion System Group Selection Chart How to select appropiate product group Thomson linear motion systems offers two drive options (screw or belt drive) and three carriage guidance options (ball, slide or wheel guides). The chart below provides reference to the ideal product combination based on the general application type. Application Type Group 1 Instrumentation and other low-load applications. Repeatability and/or spatial constraints may be critical. • Small-scale material handling • Medical instrumentation • Lab automation • Vending machines See pages 54 - 61 See pages 74 - 79 See pages 100 - 107 See pages 18 - 29 Type: MS Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: M Drive: Screw Guides: Slide Type: M Drive: Belt Guides: Slide Type: WM Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Application Type Group 2 Economical point-to-point transport motion. Speed and/or environmental protection may be critical. • Packaging • Filling and dispensing • Factory automation • Material handling • Printing and scanning • Food processing Application Type Group 3 Motion with tighter accuracy requirements. Stiffness and rigidity may be critical. • Machine tool material handling • Machine tool automation • Test and measurement • Inspection equipment • Automotive assembly Repeatability ± 0,05 mm Speeds up to 1,6 m/s Strokes up to 6 m Repeatability ± 0,05 mm Speeds up to 3 m/s Strokes up to 2 m Load < 15 kg Smallest spatial footprint Repeatability ± 0,005 mm Stroke up to 0,8 m Repeatability ± 0,2 mm Speeds up to 5 m/s Strokes up to 12 m Repeatability < ± 0,02 mm See pages 82 - 83 Type: WH40 Drive: Belt Guides: Ball
Linear Motion Systems 9www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion System Group Selection Chart How to select appropiate product group See pages 90 - 95 See pages 50 - 52 See pages 46 - 49 See pages 110 - 117 See pages 84 - 89, 96 - 97 See pages 62 - 71 See pages 36 - 39 See pages 40 - 45 Lowest cost Highest cost Cost indicator legend Type: M Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: 2RB Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: MLSM Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: 2DB Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: 2HB Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: M Drive: Belt Guides: Ball Type: WH, Drive: Belt Guides: Wheel MLSH60Z Type: WMZ, Drive: Belt Guides: Ball MLSM80Z Heavier loads Better stiffness Heavier loads Better stiffness Best accuracy Repeatability < ± 0,005 mm Heavier loads and/or higher moments Higher moment loads Best accuracy with higher stiffness and moment load capacity Speeds up to 10 m/s and/or higher moment loads Speeds up to 5 m/s and/or higher moment loads How to use the selection chart 1. Chose the one of the three general application type groups that match your application the best. 2. Move right in the chart until you identified a possible unit type for your needs. 3. Look up the unit type in the catalog and see if there is a size or version among them that match. 4. If you find a match, go to step 5. If not, go back to the chart and identify the next possible unit type and repeat. 5. Confirm the choice by performing the necessary calculations. The Linear Motioneering Sizing and Selection Tool or the Thomson customer support team can help you with this. See pages 14 -17 Type: WM40 Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Repeatability ± 0,01 mm Better stiffness
10 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter WM40S WM40D WM60D WM60S WM60X WM80D WM80S WM120D Profile size (width × height) [mm] 40 × 40 40 × 40 60 × 60 60 × 60 60 × 60 80 × 80 80 × 80 120 × 120 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2000 2000 11000 5000 10340 11000 5000 11000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,25 0,25 2,5 2,5 0,25 2,5 2,5 2,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 600 2000 1400 2000 3000 2100 6000 Remarks single ball nut double ball nuts double ball nuts single ball nut left/right screw double ball nuts single ball nut double ball nuts Page 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented guide system • Patented self-adjusting plastic cover band • Patented screw support system PowerLine WM WM40 Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide Overview WM-Series Technical Presentation Screw support Patented screw support system permits high speeds at long stroke lengths while reducing the available stroke with a minimum. Double ball nuts Double pre-tensioned ball nuts improve the accuracy and allow re-tensioning, increasing the lifetime of the unit. Central lubrication One central lubrication point on the carriage services the entire unit resulting in a minimum maintenace requirement. Ball guides Integrated patented ball guides with hard- ened steel tracks for optimum performance. Cover band The patented self-adjusting cover band protect the unit from the penetration of dirt, dust and liquids. Ball cages The balls in the ball guides are protected by a ball cage which ensures a long life.
Linear Motion Systems 11www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter WV60 WV80 WV120 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 60 × 60 80 × 80 120 × 120 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 11000 11000 11000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 2,5 2,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] - - - Remarks double ball nuts the units has no guides double ball nuts the units has no guides double ball nuts the units has no guides Page 30 32 34 Parameter MLSM60D MLSM80D Profile size (width × height) [mm] 160 × 65 240 × 85 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5500 5200 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 2,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 8000 Remarks double ball nuts double ball nuts Page 36 38 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented guide system • Patented plastic cover band • Patented screw support system Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented self-adjusting plastic cover band • Patented screw support system • The units require external guides ForceLine MLSM PowerLine WV WV80 MLSM80D Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide Overview
12 www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide Overview Parameter 2HB10 2HB20 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 100 × 60 200 × 90 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1375 2760 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,47 0,95 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 8000 34000 Remarks bellows or shroud options available bellows or shroud options available Page 46 48 Parameter 2RB12 2RB16 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 130 × 40 160 × 48 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1951 2815 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,47 0,73 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 1760 5176 Remarks bellows option available bellows option available Page 50 52 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • High load capabilities • Low profile height • Preloaded ballscrew and bearing carriages offer high stiffness / rigidity • Corrosion resistant options available. Features • Can be installed in any orientation • High load capabilities • Low profile height • Preloaded ballscrew and Super Smart bearing configuration provides stiffness / rigidity • Corrosion resistant options available. 2HB20 2RB16 Parameter M55 M75 M100 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 58 × 55 86 × 75 108 × 100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 4000 6000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,6 1,0 1,25 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 1450 3000 Remarks single ball nut single ball nut single ball nut Page 40 42 44 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band • Internal ball guides • Wash down protected versions available Movopart M 2HB 2RB M75
Linear Motion Systems 13www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide Overview Parameter MS25 MS33 MS46L MS46B Profile size (width × height) [mm] 50 × 25 60 × 33 86 × 46 86 × 46 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 705,5 704 821,3 821,3 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,85 1,02 0,83 0,83 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 100 150 450 450 Remarks bellows option available bellows option available bellows option available bellows option available Page 54 56 58 60 Features • Compact, lightweight package • Stainless steel leadscrew with anti-backlash nut offers precise repeatability • Segmented linear bearings provide smooth motion • Corrosion resistant options available MS33 MicroStage MS Parameter 2DB08 2DB12O 2DB12J 2DB16O 2DB16J Profile size (width × height) [in] 4.5 × 1.625 6 × 2.125 6 × 2.562 7.5 × 2.625 7.5 × 3.062 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [in] 41 63 63 84.5 84.5 Linear speed, maximum [in/s] 33.3 10.0 25.0 8.3 41.67 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 336 2115 2115 3555 3555 Remarks leadscrew driven ballscrew driven integrated carriage ballscrew driven modular carriage ballscrew driven integrated carriage ballscrew driven modular carriage Page 62 64 66 68 70 Features • Integrated dual-rail, webbed shaft ideal for loading in all orientations • Low-profile height • Super Smart bushings with low friction for smooth motion • Easy mounting • Corrosion resistant options available 2DB 2DB12 INCH INTERFACE
14 www.thomsonlinear.com WM40S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut Performance Specifications Parameter WM40S Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,02 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 10 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 30 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 30 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 100 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 3 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 12 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 1,50 0,30 0,36 General Specifications Parameter WM40S Profile size (w × h) [mm] 40 × 40 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 150 0,3 1500 0,5 3000 0,8 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182 Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Critical Speed
Linear Motion Systems 15www.thomsonlinear.com WM40S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut Double Carriages Parameter WM40S Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 175 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 900 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,45 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,6 Force required to move second carriage [N] 4 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 7 A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 – 500 (0 – 450) 65 35 270 (320) 501 – 1100 (451 – 1050) 65 45 280 (330) 1101 – 2000 (1051 – 1950) 70 60 300 (350) A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A4: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Values between brackets = for units with long carriage 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
16 www.thomsonlinear.com WM40D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts, Long Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM40D Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1950 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 10 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 30 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 30 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 100 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 3 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 12 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 1,90 0,30 0,60 General Specifications Parameter WM40D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 40 × 40 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 150 0,4 1500 0,6 3000 0,9 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Critical Speed » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 17www.thomsonlinear.com WM40D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts, Long Carriage Double Long Carriages Parameter WM40D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 225 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 900 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,45 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,6 Force required to move second carriage [N] 4 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 6 A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A4: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 – 500 65 35 320 501 – 1100 65 45 330 1101 – 2000 70 60 350 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
18 www.thomsonlinear.com WM60D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Performance Specifications Parameter WM60D Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 20 mm screw lead 50 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 100 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 200 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 200 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 35 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 6,16 0,65 1,99 General Specifications Parameter WM60D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of screw ball screw with double nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,8 1,3 1,6 1500 1,4 2,0 2,4 3000 1,8 2,3 2,6 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 19www.thomsonlinear.com WM60D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Long Carriage Parameter WM60D Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 500 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 500 Weight [kg] 3,1 Double Carriages Parameter WM60D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 335 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2 Force required to move second carriage [N] 20 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A1: depth 11 A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 695 (0 - 505) 115 65 460 (650) 696 - 1335 (506 - 1145) 165 115 560 (750) 1336 - 2075 (1146 - 1885) 185 135 600 (790) 2076 - 2780 (1886 - 2590) 210 160 650 (840) Values between brackets = for units with long carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2781 - 3545 (2591 - 3355) 230 180 690 (880) 3546 - 4285 (3366 - 4095) 250 200 730 (920) 4286 - 5015 (4096 - 4825) 275 225 780 (970) 5016 - 11000 (4826 - 10810) contact customer service 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
20 www.thomsonlinear.com WM60S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut, Short Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM60S Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 10 Repeatability [± mm] 0,02 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1400 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 50 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 100 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 100 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 35 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 3,80 0,65 1,00 General Specifications Parameter WM60S Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,7 1,0 1,4 1500 1,1 1,6 2,0 3000 1,5 1,8 2,2 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 21www.thomsonlinear.com WM60S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut, Short Carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 580 95 20 335 581 - 1140 110 60 390 1141 - 1805 130 80 430 1806 - 2460 155 105 480 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2461 - 3125 175 125 520 3126 - 3780 200 150 570 3781 - 4445 220 170 610 4446 - 5000 240 190 650 Double Short Carriages Parameter WM60S Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 255 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 1,4 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 1,4 Force required to move second carriage [N] 18 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
22 www.thomsonlinear.com WM60X Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Left/Right Moving Carriages Performance Specifications Parameter WM60X Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 10340 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 100 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 200 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 200 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 35 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 10,33 0,65 1,99 General Specifications Parameter WM60X Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of screw ball screw with double nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 150 1,6 1500 2,8 3000 3,6 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 5400 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 23www.thomsonlinear.com WM60X Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Left/Right Moving Carriages Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] X [mm] Y [mm] Z [mm] 0 - 1390 (0 - 1200) 115 65 60 80 620 800 1391 - 2670 (1201 - 2480) 165 115 210 230 770 1050 2671 - 4150 (2481 - 3960) 185 135 250 270 810 1130 4151 - 5560 (3961 - 5370) 210 160 300 320 860 1230 5561 - 10340 (5371 - 10150) contact customer sevice Long Carriage Parameter WM60X Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 500 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 500 Weight [kg] 3,1 Values between brackets = for units with long carriage A1: depth 11 A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Dimensions Projection METRIC
24 www.thomsonlinear.com WM80D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Performance Specifications Parameter WM80D Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 50 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 350 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 300 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 300 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 55 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 11,57 1,08 4,26 General Specifications Parameter WM80D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 50 150 1,1 1,5 1,8 2,3 1500 1,7 2.1 2,3 3,0 3000 2,1 2,5 2,6 3,6 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 25www.thomsonlinear.com WM80D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Long Carriage Parameter WM80D Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 750 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 750 Weight [kg] 6,4 Double Carriages Parameter WM80D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 360 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 25 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 12 mm A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A1: depth 12 mm Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 780 (0 - 610) 120 80 500 (670) 781 - 1535 (611 - 1365) 170 125 595 (765) 1536 - 2375 (1366 - 2205) 190 145 635 (805) 2376 - 3205 (2206 - 3035) 215 170 685 (855) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrication points by customer Values between brackets = for units with long carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 3206 - 4045 (3036 - 3875) 235 190 725 (895) 4046 - 4885 (3876 - 4715) 255 210 765 (935) 4886 - 5000 (4716 - 4830) 280 235 815 (985) 5001 - 11000 (4717 - 10830) contact customer service 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
26 www.thomsonlinear.com WM80S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Singel Ball Nut, Short Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM80S Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,02 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 3500 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 150 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 180 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 180 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 55 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 7,0 1,1 1,6 General Specifications Parameter WM80S Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,9 1,1 1,3 2,0 1500 1,3 1,5 1,8 2,4 3000 1,7 1,8 2,0 2,9 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 27www.thomsonlinear.com WM80S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Singel Ball Nut, Short Carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 680 95 35 350 681 - 1310 125 80 425 1311 - 2065 150 105 475 2066 - 2830 170 125 515 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2831 - 3590 195 150 565 3591 - 4355 215 170 605 4356 - 5000 235 190 645 Double Carriages Parameter WM80S Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 280 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Force required to move second carriage [N] 22,5 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 12 mm A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrication points by customer 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
28 www.thomsonlinear.com WM120D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Performance Specifications Parameter WM120D Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 40 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 40 mm [N] 12000 8000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 600 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 600 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 80 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 32 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 40 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 25,91 1,93 9,25 General Specifications Parameter WM120D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 120 × 120 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 40 150 1,4 2,0 2,3 2,4 1500 2,5 3,0 3,3 3,8 3000 3,0 3,7 4,0 4,3 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 5400 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 29www.thomsonlinear.com WM120D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Long Carriage Parameter WM120D Carriage length [mm] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1500 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 1500 Weight [kg] 14,2 Double Carriages Parameter WM120D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 450 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 12000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 12000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6 Force required to move second carriage [N] 30 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 22 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A1: depth 22 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 890 (0 - 710) 155 100 595 (775) 891 - 1695 (711 - 1515) 225 170 735 (915) 1696 - 2625 (1516 - 2445) 260 205 805 (985) 2626 - 3555 (2446 - 3375) 295 240 875 (1055) A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Values between brackets = for units with long carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 3556 - 4485 (3376 - 4305) 330 275 945 (1125) 4486 - 5000 (4306 - 4820) 365 310 1015 (1195) 5001 - 11000 (4307 - 10820) contact customer service 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
30 www.thomsonlinear.com WV60 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Performance Specifications Parameter WV60 Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 20 mm screw lead 50 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 0 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 35 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 4,72 0,55 1,42 General Specifications Parameter WV60 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of screw ball screw with double nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,7 0,9 1,1 1500 1,3 1,5 1,5 3000 1,7 1,9 2,1 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 31www.thomsonlinear.com WV60 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 690 130 80 430 691 - 1415 155 105 480 1416 - 2155 175 125 520 2156 - 2885 200 150 570 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2886 - 3625 220 170 610 3626 - 4355 245 195 660 4256 - 5095 265 215 700 5096 - 11000 contact customer service A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Dimensions Projection METRIC
32 www.thomsonlinear.com WV80 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Performance Specifications Parameter WV80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 50 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 0 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 55 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 7,95 0,99 2,25 General Specifications Parameter WV80 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,9 1,1 1,3 1,4 1500 1,6 1,9 2,1 2,3 3000 2,0 2,4 2,6 3,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 33www.thomsonlinear.com WV80 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 775 125 50 395 776 - 1670 145 95 460 1671 - 2505 170 115 505 2506 - 3340 190 140 550 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 3341 - 4175 210 160 590 4176 - 5015 235 180 635 5016 - 11000 contact customer service A1: depth 12 mm A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrication points by customer Dimensions Projection METRIC
34 www.thomsonlinear.com WV120 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Performance Specifications Parameter WV120 Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 40 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 40 mm [N] 12000 8000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 0 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 80 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 32 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 40 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 18,10 1,94 4,75 General Specifications Parameter WV120 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 120 × 120 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 40 150 1,0 1,1 1,4 1,5 1500 2,1 2,2 2,5 2,8 3000 2,4 2,6 3,0 3,5 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 5400 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 35www.thomsonlinear.com WV120 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 940 145 50 465 941 - 1860 180 120 570 1861 - 2790 215 155 640 2791 - 3720 250 190 710 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 3721 - 4650 285 225 780 4651 - 5000 320 255 845 5001 - 11000 contact customer service A1: depth 22 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Dimensions Projection METRIC
36 www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM60D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MLSM60D Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 400 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 460 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 460 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 350 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 60 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 14,40 1,65 5,70 General Specifications Parameter MLSM60D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 160 × 65 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 50 150 1,0 1,6 1,9 2,7 1500 1,6 2,2 2,3 3,4 3000 2,0 2,6 2,6 4,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 193 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 37www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM60D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Long Carriage Parameter MLSM60D Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 940 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 940 Weight [kg] 6,5 Double Carriages Parameter MLSM60D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 320 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 12000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 12000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6 Force required to move second carriage [N] 27 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 10 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A1: depth 10 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 750 (0 - 580) 90 45 435 (605) 751 - 1220 (581 - 1050) 105 90 495 (665) 1221 - 1980 (1051 - 1810) 125 110 535 (705) 1981 - 2730 (1811 - 2560) 150 135 585 (765) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Values between brackets = for units with long carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2731 - 3490 (2561 - 3320) 170 155 625 (795) 3491 - 4240 (3321 - 4070) 195 180 675 (845) 4241 - 5000 (4071 - 4830) 215 200 715 (885) 5001 - 5500 (4831 - 5330) 235 220 755 (925) 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
38 www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM80D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MLSM80D Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5200 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 40 mm [N] 12000 8000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 8000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 8000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 780 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 900 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 900 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 85 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 32 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 40 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 29,5 2,7 11,5 General Specifications Parameter MLSM80D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 240 × 85 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 40 150 1,6 2,2 2,5 2,8 1500 2,7 3,2 3,4 4,0 3000 3,2 4,0 4,2 4,5 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 193 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 39www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM80D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Long Carriage Parameter MLSM80D Carriage length [mm] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1750 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 1750 Weight [kg] 16 Double Carriages Parameter MLSM80D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 400 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 16000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 16000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 8 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 ×8 Force required to move second carriage [N] 35 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 15 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A1: depth 15 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 750 (0 - 570) 100 90 530 (710) 751 - 1140 (571 - 960) 130 120 590 (770) 1141 - 1880 (961 - 1700) 160 150 650 (830) 1881 - 2620 (1701 - 2440) 190 180 710 (890) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Values between brackets = for units with long carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2621 - 3360 (2441 - 3180) 220 210 770 (950) 3361 - 4100 (3181 - 3920) 250 240 830 (1010) 4101 - 4840 (3921 - 4660) 280 270 890 (1070) 4841 - 5000 (4661 - 4820) 310 300 950 (1130) 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
40 www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Deflection of the Profile Performance Specifications Parameter M55 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,6 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 900 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 900 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 9 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 48 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 48 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 12 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 16 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 3,90 0,56 1,20 0,83 1,88 General Specifications Parameter M55 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 58 × 55 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Definition of Forces Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 500 - no screw supports 0,02 0,03 0,04 500 - with screw supports 0,03 0,05 0,07 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required » Ordering key - see page 194 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 41www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 6 6 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Single screw support 40 40 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Double screw supports 92 92 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5 Double Carriages Parameter M55 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1350 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1350 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,675 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,675 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 6,5 2,4 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 6 6 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Single screw support 40 40 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Double screw supports 92 92 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Dimensions Projection METRIC
42 www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M75 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 4000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2500 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 18 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 130 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 130 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 30 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 12,7, 20 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 6,90 1,05 2,50 1,70 3,58 General Specifications Parameter M75 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 86 × 75 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 12,7 p = 20 500 - no screw supports 0,04 0,1 0,16 500 - with screw supports 0,06 0,12 0,2 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required » Ordering key - see page 194 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 43www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 5 5 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Single screw support 60 60 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double screw supports 126 126 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double Carriages Parameter M75 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 250 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,5 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,5 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 12,2 5,0 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 5 5 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Single screw support 60 60 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double screw supports 126 126 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Dimensions Projection METRIC
44 www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide General Specifications Parameter M100 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 108 × 100 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required Performance Specifications Parameter M100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 6000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 60 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 400 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 400 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 45 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 25 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 14,3 1,72 4,00 1,86 4,42 Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 25 500 - no screw supports 0,08 0,14 0,32 500 - with screw supports 0,1 0,16 0,37 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. » Ordering key - see page 194 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
Linear Motion Systems 45www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 1 1 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Single screw support 31 31 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double screw supports 86 86 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double Carriages Parameter M100 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 7500 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 7500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 3,75 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 3,75 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 25,3 8,0 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10 A3: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 320 (L order > 1 m) A4: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 430 (L order > 1 m) 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 1 1 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Single screw support 31 31 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double screw supports 86 86 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Dimensions Projection METRIC
46 www.thomsonlinear.com 2HB10 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide » Ordering key - see page 195 » Accessories - see page 135 General Specifications Parameter 2HB10 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 100 × 60 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional shroud or bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screw and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Performance Specifications Parameter 2HB10 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1375 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,47 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2800 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 8000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 8000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 279 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 216 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 216 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 1,86 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 16 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 2,59 0,69 0,82 Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
Linear Motion Systems 47www.thomsonlinear.com 2HB10 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide A1: lubrication nipple (using the unit with the nipple mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter). Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details. Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 125 Dimensions Projection METRIC A1
48 www.thomsonlinear.com 2HB20 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide General Specifications Parameter 2HB20 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 200 × 90 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional shroud or bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screw and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Performance Specifications Parameter 2HB20 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2760 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,75 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1800 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 4697 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 34000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 34000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 2463 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1903 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 1903 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 15,5 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 25 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 13,32 1,70 4,47 1 Value for the complete unit 2 Value for the ball guide only Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. » Ordering key - see page 195 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 49www.thomsonlinear.com 2HB20 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Dimensions Projection METRIC A1: lubrication nipple (using the unit with the nipple mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter). Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details. Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 240 A1
50 www.thomsonlinear.com 2RB12 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter 2RB12 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1951 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,47 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,025 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2800 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 880 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1760 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 65,5 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 76,8 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 38,4 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 1,86 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 16 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 3,88 0,93 1,32 General Specifications Parameter 2RB12 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 130 × 40 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 196 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 51www.thomsonlinear.com 2RB12 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Dimensions Projection METRIC A1: lubrication nipples (using the unit with the nipples mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter). Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details. Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 149 A1
52 www.thomsonlinear.com 2RB16 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter 2RB16 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2815 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,73 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,025 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2200 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2998 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2588 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 5176 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 243 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 299 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 150 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 2,66 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 6,17 1,44 2,25 General Specifications Parameter 2RB16 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 160 × 48 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 196 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 53www.thomsonlinear.com 2RB16 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Dimensions Projection METRIC A1: lubrication nipples (using the unit with the nipples mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter). Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details. Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 185 A1
54 www.thomsonlinear.com MS25 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MS25 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 705,5 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,85 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,18 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 17,8 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 100 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 100 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 1,4 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1,3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 2,7 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 222 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 0,08 Lead screw diameter (d0) [mm] 6,35 Lead screw lead (p) inch leads metric leads [inch] [mm] 0,025, 0,05, 0,062, 0,2, 0,25, 0,5, 1,0 1,5, 2, 3 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 0,47 0,18 0,065 General Specifications Parameter MS25 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 50 × 25 Type of screw lead screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 197 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 55www.thomsonlinear.com MS25 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Motor block frame size1 H1 H2 SD PD P E (max.) S2 L5 C1 NEMA-17 39,9 5,7 5,0 22,0 10,4 28,0 ø 0,136 49,5 43,8 NEMA-23 57,2 14,3 6,35 38,2 14,5 33,0 M4 55,9 66,7 1 Other sizes are easily configured. See www.linearmotioneering.com for the motor mounting configurator. Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 95 Dimensions Projection METRIC
56 www.thomsonlinear.com MS33 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MS33 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 704 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,02 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,18 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 80,1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 150 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 150 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 2,8 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 2,5 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 5,1 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 222 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 0,43 Lead screw diameter (d0) [mm] 9,525 Lead screw lead (p) inch leads metric leads [inch] [mm] 0,0625, 0,1, 0,125, 0,2, 0,375, 0,5, 1,0, 1,2 2 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 0,69 0,31 0,12 General Specifications Parameter MS33 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 60 × 33 Type of screw lead screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 197 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 57www.thomsonlinear.com MS33 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Motor block frame size1 H1 H2 SD PD P E (max.) S2 L5 C1 NEMA-17 39,9 1,2 2 5,0 22,0 7,8 28,0 ø 0,136 49,5 43,8 NEMA-23 57,2 7,5 6,35 38,2 14,0 33,0 M4 55,9 66,7 Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 96 1 Other sizes are easily configured. See www.linearmotioneering.com for the motor mounting configurator. 2 Above base. Dimensions Projection METRIC
58 www.thomsonlinear.com MS46L Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MS46L Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 821,3 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,83 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,25 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 133,4 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 13,9 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 11,6 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 23,6 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 0,59 Lead screw diameter (d0) [mm] 12 Lead screw lead (p) [mm] 3, 10, 25 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 2,21 0,65 0,30 General Specifications Parameter MS46L Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 86 × 46 Type of screw lead screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 197 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 59www.thomsonlinear.com MS46L Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 143 Total Length (A) and Profile Length (B) A = L + 82,0 B= L - 36,5 Dimensions Projection METRIC Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
60 www.thomsonlinear.com MS46B Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MS46B Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 821,3 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,025 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1730 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 13,9 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 11,6 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 23,6 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 1,53 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 12 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 2,21 0,65 0,30 General Specifications Parameter MS46B Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 86 × 46 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 198 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 61www.thomsonlinear.com MS46B Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 143 Total Length (A) and Profile Length (B) A = L + 82,0 B= L - 36,5 Dimensions Projection METRIC Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
62 www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB08 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Performance Specifications Parameter 2DB08 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [inch] 41 Linear speed, maximum [inch/sec] 33.3 Acceleration, maximum [inch/s2 ] 385 Repeatability [± inch] 0.0002 Accuracy [± inch] 0.007 / 11.81 in Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2000 Operation temperature limits [°F] -4 – 176 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [lbs] 20 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [lbs] 168 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 336 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [lbf-in] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [lbf-in] 500 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [lbf-in] 250 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1 [lbf] 50 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [lbf-in] 3.54 Lead screw diameter (d0) [inch] 0.375 Lead screw lead (p) [inch] 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [lb] 5.93 1.16 1.89 General Specifications Parameter 2DB08 Profile size (w × h) [inch] 4.50 × 1.625 Type of screw lead screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz 1 With radial mount option only. » Ordering key - see page 199 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 63www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB08 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Dimensions Projection INCH Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 7.0 Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
64 www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB12O Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Performance Specifications Parameter 2DB12O Stroke length (Smax), maximum [inch] 63 Linear speed, maximum [inch/sec] 10.0 Acceleration, maximum [inch/s2 ] 385 Repeatability standard nut preloaded nut [± inch] 0.0020 0.0002 Accuracy [± inch] 0.002 / 12 in Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°F] -4 – 176 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [lbs] 190 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [lbs] 1058 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 2115 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [lbf-in] 4150 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [lbf-in] 4150 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [lbf-in] 2071 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1 [lbf] 120 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [lbf-in] 6.73 Ball screw diameter (d0) [inch] 0.5 Ball screw lead (p) 0.631 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [lb] 13.17 2.30 4.29 General Specifications Parameter 2DB12O Profile size (w × h) [inch] 6 × 2.125 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz 1 With radial mount option only. » Ordering key - see page 199 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 65www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB12O Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Dimensions Projection INCH Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 9.0 Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
66 www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB12J Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Performance Specifications Parameter 2DB12J Stroke length (Smax), maximum [inch] 63 Linear speed, maximum [inch/sec] 25.0 Acceleration, maximum [inch/s2 ] 385 Repeatability [± inch] 0.0002 Accuracy [± inch] 0.002 / 12 in Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°F] -4 – 176 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [lbs] 375 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [lbs] 1058 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 2115 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [lbf-in] 4150 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [lbf-in] 4150 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [lbf-in] 2071 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1 [lbf] 120 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [lbf-in] 33.19 Ball screw diameter (d0) [inch] 0.50 Ball screw lead (p) [inch] 0.5 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [lb] 13.58 2.296 4.850 General Specifications Parameter 2DB12J Profile size (w × h) [inch] 6 × 2.562 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz 1 With radial mount option only. » Ordering key - see page 199 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 67www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB12J Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Dimensions Projection INCH Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 9.0 Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
68 www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB16O Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Performance Specifications Parameter 2DB16O Stroke length (Smax), maximum [inch] 84.5 Linear speed, maximum [inch/sec] 8.3 Acceleration, maximum [inch/s2 ] 385 Repeatability standard nut preloaded nut [± inch] 0.0020 0.0002 Accuracy [± inch 0.002 / 12 in Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2500 Operation temperature limits [°F] -4 – 176 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [lbs] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [lbs] 1777 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 3555 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [lbf-in] 8850 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [lbf-in] 8450 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [lbf-in] 4195 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1 [lbf] 120 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [lbf-in] 12.39 Ball screw diameter (d0) inch diameters metric diameters [inch] [mm] 0.75 20 Ball screw lead (p) inch leads metric leads [inch] [mm] 0.2 5,0 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [lb] 26.74 3.86 8.61 General Specifications Parameter 2DB16O Profile size (w × h) [inch] 7.5 × 2.625 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz 1 With radial mount option only. » Ordering key - see page 199 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 69www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB16O Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Dimensions Projection INCH Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 11.5 Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
70 www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB16J Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Performance Specifications Parameter 2DB16J Stroke length (Smax), maximum [inch] 84.5 Linear speed, maximum [inch/sec] 41.67 Acceleration, maximum [inch/s2 ] 385 Repeatability [± inch] 0.0002 Accuracy [± inch] 0.002 / 12 in Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2500 Operation temperature limits [°F] -4 – 176 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [lbs] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [lbs] 1777 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 3555 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [lbf-in] 8877 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [lbf-in] 8098 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [lbf-in] 4053 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1 [lbf] 120 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [lbf-in] 30.98 Ball screw diameter (d0) [inch] 0.631, 0.750 Ball screw lead (p) [inch] 0.5, 1.0 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [lb] 25.73 3.86 7.70 General Specifications Parameter 2DB16J Profile size (w × h) [inch] 7.5 × 3.062 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz 1 With radial mount option only. » Ordering key - see page 199 » Accessories - see page 135
Linear Motion Systems 71www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB16J Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 11.5 Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
72 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter M55 M75 M100 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 58 × 55 86 × 75 108 × 100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 4000 6000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,0 1,6 1,6 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 1485 3005 Remarks single ball nut single ball nut single ball nut Page 74 76 78 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band • Patented internal self-adjusting prism slide guides • Wash down protected versions available. Movopart M M75 Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guide Overview
Linear Motion Systems 73www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guide Overview M-Series Technical Presentation Cover band The self-adjusting magnetically sealed stainless steel cover band protects the unit from the penetration of dirt, dust and liquids. Environmental protection The standard unit can operate in harsh environments but is also available in a wash down version for environments that are dusty, dirty and/or wet. Ball screw drive The ball screw ensures high accuracy and efficiency and the optional screw supports enable higher speeds. Prism slide guides The patented self aligning prism slide guides are accurate, durable and are resistant to vibrations and shock loads.
74 www.thomsonlinear.com Deflection of the Profile M55 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M55 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 9 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 23 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 23 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 12 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 16 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 3,06 0,44 1,20 0,83 1,88 General Specifications Parameter M55 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 58 × 55 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Definition of Forces Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 500 - no screw supports 0,10 0,15 0,30 500 - with screw supports 0,13 0,27 0,45 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required » Ordering key - see page 200 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
Linear Motion Systems 75www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 6 6 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Single screw support 32 32 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Double screw supports 83 83 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5 Double Carriages Parameter M55 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 35 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 5,14 2,40 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 6 6 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Single screw support 32 32 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Double screw supports 83 83 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Dimensions Projection METRIC
76 www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M75 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 4000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,6 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 5000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2500 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1485 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1485 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 49 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 85 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 85 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 30 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 12,7, 20 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 6,07 0,82 1,70 1,70 3,58 General Specifications Parameter M75 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 86 × 75 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 12,7 p = 20 500 - no screw supports 0,10 0,24 0,37 500 - with screw supports 0,15 0,39 0,57 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required » Ordering key - see page 200 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
Linear Motion Systems 77www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 5 5 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Single screw support 60 60 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double screw supports 126 126 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double Carriages Parameter M75 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 250 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2227 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2227 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,114 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,114 Force required to move second carriage [N] 40 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 9,82 3,40 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 5 5 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Single screw support 60 60 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double screw supports 126 126 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Dimensions Projection METRIC
78 www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 6000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,6 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 4000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3005 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3005 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 117 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 279 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 279 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 45 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 25 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 12,87 1,42 3,50 1,86 4,42 General Specifications Parameter M100 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 108 × 100 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 25 500 - no screw supports 0,15 0,25 0,55 500 - with screw supports 0,25 0,40 0,85 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required » O» Ordering key - see page 200 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
Linear Motion Systems 79www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 1 1 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Single screw support 31 31 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double screw supports 86 86 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double Carriages Parameter M100 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4508 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4508 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 2,254 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 2,254 Force required to move second carriage [N] 45 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 21,34 7,00 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10 A3: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 320 (L order > 1 m) A4: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 430 (L order > 1 m) 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 1 1 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Single screw support 31 31 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double screw supports 86 86 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Dimensions Projection METRIC
80 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter WH40 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 40 × 40 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 3,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Remarks no cover band Page 82 Parameter M55 M75 M100 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 58 × 55 86 × 75 108 × 100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 7000 12000 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 5,0 5,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 750 1750 4000 Remarks - - - Page 90 92 94 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Stroke up to 2 m • Acceleration up to 40 m/s2 • Compact Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band • Stroke up to 12 m • Wash down protected versions available. SpeedLine WH Movopart M WH40 M75 Parameter WM60Z WM80Z Profile size (width × height) [mm] 60 × 60 80 × 80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 4000 5500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 5,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 1400 2100 Remarks - - Page 84 86, 88 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Stroke up to 5,5 m • Speed up to 5 m/s • Patented plastic cover band PowerLine WMZ WM80Z Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guide Overview
Linear Motion Systems 81www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter MLSM80Z Profile size (width × height) [mm] 240 × 85 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5900 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 6400 Remarks - Page 96 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented plastic cover band • High load capabilities • Low profile height ForceLine MLSM MLSM80Z WMZ-Series Technical Presentation Cover band The patented self-adjusting cover band protects the interior of the unit from the penetration of dirt, dust and liquids. Central lubrication One central lubrication point on the carriage services the entire unit resulting in a minimum maintenace requirement. Belt drive The belt is protected from the outside ensuring long, accurate and safe operation. Ball guides Integrated patented ball guides with hardened steel tracks for optimum performance. Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guide Overview
82 www.thomsonlinear.com WH40 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WH40 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 3,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1800 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 3151 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 10 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 30 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 30 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 100 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 6 Pulley diameter [mm] 31,83 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 100 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 1,19 0,15 0,28 General Specifications Parameter WH40 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 40 × 40 Type of belt 10 AT 5 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 0,1 900 0,3 1800 0,6 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 201 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
Linear Motion Systems 83www.thomsonlinear.com WH40 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Long Carriage Parameter WH40 Carriage length [mm] 210 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 50 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 50 Weight [kg] 0,43 A1: depth 10 A2: depth 3 A3: lubricating nipple on both sides A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Double Carriages Parameter WH40 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 135 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 900 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,45 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,60 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 265 + L A A1: depth 10 1 Value in mm
84 www.thomsonlinear.com WM60Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM60Z Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 4000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1250 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 850 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1400 1 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 25 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 50 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 50 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 150 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 17 Pulley diameter [mm] 38,20 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 120 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 4,30 0,45 1,25 General Specifications Parameter WM60Z Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of belt 20 ATL 5 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 1,6 600 2,5 1250 3,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
Linear Motion Systems 85www.thomsonlinear.com WM60Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage A1: depth 15 A2: depth 4 A3: depth 11 A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A7: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrications points by the customer Double Short Carriages Parameter WM60Z Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 255 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 1,4 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 1,4 Force required to move second carriage [N] 18 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 420 + L A 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
86 www.thomsonlinear.com WM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Standard Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM80Z Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5400 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 885 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1470 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3000 1 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 150 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 300 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 300 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 40 Pulley diameter [mm] 54,11 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 170 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 11,2 0,8 3,4 General Specifications Parameter WM80Z Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of belt 25 AT 10 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 6,5 450 7,7 885 9,3 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
Linear Motion Systems 87www.thomsonlinear.com WM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Standard Carriage A1: depth 15 A2: depth 2,5 A3: depth 12 A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A7: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrications points by the customer Double Carriages Parameter WM80Z Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 360 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 25 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 590 + L A 1 Value in mm Long Carriage Parameter WM80Z Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 750 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 750 Weight [kg] 5,1 A1: depth 12 mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
88 www.thomsonlinear.com WM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM80Z Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 885 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1470 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2100 1 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 68 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 135 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 135 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 40 Pulley diameter [mm] 54,11 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 170 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 9,2 0,8 2,1 General Specifications Parameter WM80Z Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of belt 25 AT 10 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 4,0 450 5,4 885 6,2 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
Linear Motion Systems 89www.thomsonlinear.com WM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage A1: depth 15 A2: depth 2,5 A3: depth 12 A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A7: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrications points by the customer Double Short Carriages Parameter WM80Z Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 280 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Force required to move second carriage [N] 22,5 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 490 + L A 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
90 www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 1,0 1,9 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Performance Specifications Parameter M55 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 7000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2850 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 400 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 750 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 750 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 5 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 29 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 29 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 12 Pulley diameter [mm] 33,42 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 105 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 4,80 0,53 1,20 General Specifications Parameter M55 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 58 × 55 Type of belt 22-STD SM5-HP Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication of ball guide carriages Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
Linear Motion Systems 91www.thomsonlinear.com 1 Value in mm M55 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Double Carriages Parameter M55 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 250 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1125 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1125 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,56 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,56 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 320 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 52 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 7,06 2,40 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5 Dimensions Projection METRIC
92 www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 1,0 1,9 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Performance Specifications Parameter M75 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2300 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 900 450 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1750 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1750 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 16 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 84 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 84 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 30 Pulley diameter [mm] 41,38 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 130 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 7,50 0,88 2,00 General Specifications Parameter M75 / T75 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 86 × 75 Type of belt STD5-40 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication of ball guide carriages Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
Linear Motion Systems 93www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Double Carriages Parameter M75 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 250 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2625 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2625 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,313 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,313 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 315 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 52 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 11,67 4,00 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
94 www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 1,6 3,1 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Performance Specifications Parameter M100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1700 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 1250 625 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 43 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 280 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 280 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 45 Pulley diameter [mm] 56,02 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 176 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 11,61 1,43 2,20 General Specifications Parameter M100 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 108 × 100 Type of belt STD8-50 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication of ball guide carriages Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
Linear Motion Systems 95www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Double Carriages Parameter M100 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 405 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 56 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriagess [kg] 18,92 4,40 A1: lubrication hole A2: lubrication hole (no hole if L order is < 856 mm) A3: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
96 www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MLSM80Z Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5900 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1500 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6400 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 600 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 720 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 720 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 150 Pulley diameter [mm] 63,66 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 200 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 30,8 2,2 9,6 General Specifications Parameter MLSM80Z Profile size (w × h) [mm] 240 × 85 Type of belt 75 ATL 10 Carriage sealing system plastic cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 8,5 750 12 1500 14,5 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 204 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
Linear Motion Systems 97www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide Long Carriage Parameter MLSM80Z Carriage length [mm] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1400 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 1400 Weight [kg] 14 A1: depth 18 A2: depth 4 A3: depth 15 A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A7: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Double Carriages Parameter MLSM80Z Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 400 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 12800 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 12800 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6,4 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6,4 Force required to move second carriage [N] 35 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 600 + L A A1: depth 15 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
98 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter M50 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 50 × 50 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 Remarks no cover band Page 100 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented self-adjusting prism slide guides • Resistant to shock loads and vibrations • Low cost Movopart M M50 Parameter M55 M75 M100 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 58 × 55 86 × 75 108 × 100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 7000 12000 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 5,0 5,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 1485 3005 Remarks - - - Page 102 104 106 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band • Patented self-adjusting prism slide guides • Wash down and enhanced wash down protected versions available Movopart M M100 Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guide Overview
Linear Motion Systems 99www.thomsonlinear.com M-Series Technical Presentation Cover band The self-adjusting magnetically sealed stainless steel cover band protects the unit from the penetra- tion of dirt, dust and liquids. Environmental protection The standard unit can operate in harsh environments but is also available in wash down or enhanced wash down protected versions for the thoughest environments. Belt drive The belt runs on the inside of the profile and can easily be re-tensioned without removing the load from the carriage. Prism slide guides The patented self aligning prism slide guides are accurate, durable and are resistant to vibrations and shock loads. Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guide Overview
100 www.thomsonlinear.com M50 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M50 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,2 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2300 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 400 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 5 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 21 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 21 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 350 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 10 Pulley diameter [mm] 41,38 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 130 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 0,71 0,96 0,33 General Specifications Parameter M50 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 50 × 50 Type of belt GT 5MR-19 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubricated for life Included accessories none Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 2,1 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
Linear Motion Systems 101www.thomsonlinear.com M50 Belt Drive, Slide Guide A1: depth 8,5 A2: ø6,5 for M6 screw A3: depth 9, Heli coil Dimensions Projection METRIC
102 www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M55 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 7000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,2 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2850 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 400 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 9 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 2 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 2 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 7 Pulley diameter [mm] 33,42 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 105 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 4,10 0,41 1,10 General Specifications Parameter M55 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 58 × 50 Type of belt 22-STD SM5-HP Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubricated for life Included accessories none Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 2,1 3,8 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
Linear Motion Systems 103www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Double Carriages Parameter M55 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 35 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 260 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 53 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 6,00 2,20 1 Value in mm A1: lubrication holes A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5 Dimensions Projection METRIC
104 www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M75 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,2 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2300 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 900 450 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1485 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1485 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 49 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 85 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 85 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 30 Pulley diameter [mm] 41,38 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 130 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 6,30 0,67 1,50 General Specifications Parameter M75 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 86 × 75 Type of belt STD5-40 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubricated for life Included accessories none Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 2,2 4,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
Linear Motion Systems 105www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Double Carriages Parameter M75 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 250 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2227 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2227 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,114 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,114 Force required to move second carriage [N] 40 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 315 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 53 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 9,50 3,00 1 Value in mm A1: lubrication holes A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8 Dimensions Projection METRIC
106 www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,2 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1700 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 1250 625 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3005 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3005 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 117 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 279 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 279 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 45 Pulley diameter [mm] 56,02 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 176 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 11,10 1,16 2,40 General Specifications Parameter M100 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 108 × 100 Type of belt STD8-50 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubricated for life Included accessories none Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 3,8 5,8 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
Linear Motion Systems 107www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Double Carriages Parameter M100 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4508 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4508 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 2,254 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 2,254 Force required to move second carriage [N] 45 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 375 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 56 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 17,40 4,80 A3: 170 (L order <= 1 m), 270 (L order > 1 m) A4: 186 (L order < = 1 m), 436 (L order > 1 m) 1 Value in mm A1: lubrication holes A2: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10 Dimensions Projection METRIC
108 www.thomsonlinear.com Belt drive The steel reinforced belt is wear resistant, highly efficient and very accurate even at high speeds and loads. Parameter WH50 WH80 WH120 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 50 × 50 80 × 80 120 × 110 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 11000 11000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 6,5 10,0 10,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 730 2100 9300 Remarks external wheel guides no cover band external wheel guides no cover band external wheel guides no cover band Page 110 112 114 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Speed up to 11 m/s • Acceleration up to 40 m/s2 • Stroke up to 11 m SpeedLine WH WH80 WH-Series Technical Presentation Belt tensioning The belt can easily be replaced or re-tensioned from the outside of the unit without the load being removed from the carriage. Wheel guides The H-type arrangement of the guides allows fast moves and high forces and moments. Central lubrication The guides are lubricated from a central point that is easy and fast to access. Linear Units with Belt Drive and Wheel Guide Overview
Linear Motion Systems 109www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter MLSH60Z Profile size (width × height) [mm] 160 × 65 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 10,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 Remarks internal wheel guides Page 116 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented plastic cover band • Speed up to 10 m/s • Low profile height ForceLine MLSH MLSH60Z Cover band The patented self-adjusting cover band protect the interior of the unit from the penetration of dirt, dust and liquids. Belt tensioning The belt can easily be re-tensioned from the outside of the unit without the load being removed from the carriage. Wheel guides The robust wheel guides runs inside of the profile providing superior motion dynamics. Unique profile The unique design of the profile guarantees the highest performance and protection of the guides and belt. MLSH-Series Technical Presentation Belt drive The highly dynamic and accurate belt is protected by the cover band ensuring long and trouble free operation. Linear Units with Belt Drive and Wheel Guide Overview
110 www.thomsonlinear.com WH50 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WH50 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 6,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3250 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 6701 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 415 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 730 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 16 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 87 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 50 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 150 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 17 Pulley diameter [mm] 38,2 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 120 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 3,50 0,44 0,90 General Specifications Parameter WH50 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 50 × 50 Type of belt 16ATL5 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication og guiding surfaces Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 1,7 1500 2,4 3250 3,8 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
Linear Motion Systems 111www.thomsonlinear.com WH50 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter WH50 Carriage length [mm] 400 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 130 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 75 Weight [kg] 1,47 A1: depth 10 A2: depth 3 A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Double Carriages Parameter WH50 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 260 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 830 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1460 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,415 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,73 Force required to move second carriage [N] 16 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 440 + L A A1: depth 10 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
112 www.thomsonlinear.com WH80 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WH80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 11000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 10,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2700 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 882 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 75 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 230 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 100 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 100 Pulley diameter [mm] 63,66 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 200 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 8,63 0,93 2,75 General Specifications Parameter WH80 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of belt 32ATL10 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication og guiding surfaces Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 2,4 1500 3,5 3000 5,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
Linear Motion Systems 113www.thomsonlinear.com WH80 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter WH80 Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 345 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 150 Weight [kg] 3,43 A1: depth 16 A2: depth 2,5 A3: depth 12 A4: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A5: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A6: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Double Carriages Parameter WH80 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 300 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1764 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,882 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Force required to move second carriage [N] 20 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 550 + L A A1: depth 12 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
114 www.thomsonlinear.com WH120 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WH120 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 11000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 10,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2308 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4980 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 9300 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 930 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 500 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 200 Pulley diameter [mm] 82,76 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 260 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 17,00 1,64 5,50 General Specifications Parameter WH120 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 120 × 110 Type of belt 50ATL10 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication og guiding surfaces Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 4,8 1500 7,0 2308 10,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 4900 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
Linear Motion Systems 115www.thomsonlinear.com WH120 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter WH120 Carriage length [mm] 520 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1395 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 750 Weight [kg] 8,67 A1: depth 20 A2: depth 7 A3: depth 12 A4: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A5: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A6: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Double Carriages Parameter WH120 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 300 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 9960 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 18600 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 4,98 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 9,3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 30 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 605 + L A A1: depth 12 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
116 www.thomsonlinear.com MLSH60Z Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MLSH60Z Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 6,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1480 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 165 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 310 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 310 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 45 Pulley diameter [mm] 42,97 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 135 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 12,60 1,33 3,90 General Specifications Parameter MLSH60Z Profile size (w × h) [mm] 160 × 65 Type of belt 32ATL5 Carriage sealing system plastic cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication no lubrication required Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 4,6 1500 9,0 3000 12,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 207 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
Linear Motion Systems 117www.thomsonlinear.com MLSH60Z Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter MLSH60Z Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 585 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 585 Weight [kg] 6 A1: depth 10 A2: depth 4 A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6x20 8.8 A4: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Double Carriages Parameter MLSH60Z Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 290 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 10 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 480 + L A A1: depth 10 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
118 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter WHZ50 WHZ80 Profile size (width × length) [mm] 50 × 50 80 × 80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1500 3000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 6,5 10,0 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 670 1480 Remarks The load is always attached to the end of the lifting profile The load is always attached to the end of the lifting profile Page 120 122 SpeedLine WHZ Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Belt drive • External wheel guides • Speed up to 10 m/s • Acceleration up to 40 m/s2 WHZ50 Linear Lifting Units Overview
Linear Motion Systems 119www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter Z2 Z3 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 188 × 150 188 × 150 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1500 1500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,25 1,25 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 7500 7500 Remarks Can be installed in any direction. The load must be attached at the end of the lifting profile Can only be installed vertically with motor up. The load must be attached at the end of the lifting profile. Page 124 126 Features • Telescopic movement • Ball screw drive • Internal slide guides • Load up to 7500 N • Load torque up to 2000 Nm • Two end stop limit switches (Z2 only) Movo Z Z2 Linear Lifting Units Overview
120 www.thomsonlinear.com WHZ50 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WHZ50 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 6,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3250 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 670 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 415 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 730 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 16 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 87 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 50 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 150 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 17 Pulley diameter [mm] 38,2 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 120 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each drive station box [kg] 4,50 0,42 2,90 General Specifications Parameter WHZ50 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 50 × 50 Type of belt 16 ATL 5 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication of carriage and guide surfaces Included accessories - Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 1,7 1500 2,4 3250 3,8 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 185
Linear Motion Systems 121www.thomsonlinear.com WHZ50 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter WHZ50 Carriage length [mm] 400 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 130 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 75 Weight [kg] 3,3 A1: depth 12 A2: depth 3,5 A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A4: depth 16 Double Carriages2 Parameter WHZ50 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 260 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 830 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1460 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,415 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,73 Force required to move second carriage [N] 16 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 350 + L A A5: depth 4 A6: depth 8 A7: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) 1 Value in mm 2 Second carriage is always a long carriage A1: depth 12 A2: depth 3,5 A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A5: depth 4 Dimensions Projection METRIC
122 www.thomsonlinear.com WHZ80 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WHZ80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 10,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1480 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 882 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 75 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 230 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 100 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 50 Pulley diameter [mm] 63,66 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 200 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each drive station box [kg] 11,20 0,91 6,65 General Specifications Parameter WHZ80 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of belt 32 ATL 5 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication of carriage and guide surfaces Included accessories - Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 2,4 1500 3,5 3000 5,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 185
Linear Motion Systems 123www.thomsonlinear.com WHZ80 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter WHZ80 Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 345 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 150 Weight [kg] 7,4 A1: depth 20 A2: depth 3,5 A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 Double Carriages2 Parameter WHZ80 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 300 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1764 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,882 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Force required to move second carriage [N] 20 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 410 + L A A4: depth 4 A5: depth 15 A6: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) 1 Value in mm 2 Second carriage is always a long carriage A1: depth 20 A2: depth 3,5 A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A4: depth 4 Dimensions Projection METRIC
124 www.thomsonlinear.com Performance Specifications Parameter Z2 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 Input speed, maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [rpm] 3000 2500 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [N] 5000 7500 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 700 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 700 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 330 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [N] 1000 1200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [Nm] 45 93 Screw versions, diameter (d0) / lead (p) [mm] 25/10, 25/25, 32/20 Weight of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 25 mm of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 32 mm ofevery100mmofstroke,ballscrewø25mm ofevery100mmofstroke,ballscrewø32mm [kg] 19,00 23,64 2,50 2,80 General Specifications Parameter Z2 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 188 × 150 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Sealing system none Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screw and slide surfaces Included accessories none Definition of Forces and Stroke Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw diameter/lead [mm] d0 = 25 / p = 10 d0 = 25 / p = 25 d0 = 32 / p = 20 500 0,7 1,9 1,5 M idle = the input torque needed to move the lifting profiles without any load. Critical Speed Z2 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide 1: screw diameter 25 mm 2: screw diameter 32 mm ** Smax = maximum stroke between the mechanical ends of the unit. The practical stroke is normally 100 mm shorter to avoid running into the ends of the unit. » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 185
Linear Motion Systems 125www.thomsonlinear.com A1: depth 12, Heli coil A2: T-slot Type of unit Minimum retracted length (L min) [mm] Maximum extended length (L max) [mm] Standard L min = Smax + 380 L max = L min + Smax Elongated* L min = Smax + 380 + Lx L max = L min + Smax Z2 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide * Elongated versions have an extra length (Lx) added to the total length of the unit which makes the unit longer but does not add any extra length to the stroke (Smax). A1: depth 9, Heli coil A2: T-slot MGZ2K25 screw ø25 mm MGZ2K32 screw ø32 mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
126 www.thomsonlinear.com Performance Specifications Parameter Z3 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 Input speed, maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [rpm] 3000 2500 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [N] 5000 7500 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 2000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 2000 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 330 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [N] 1000 1200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [Nm] 45 93 Screw versions, diameter (d0) / lead (p) [mm] 25/10, 25/25, 32/20 Weight of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 25 mm of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 32 mm ofevery100mmofstroke,ballscrewø25mm ofevery100mmofstroke,ballscrewø32mm [kg] 21,14 22,65 4,20 4,50 General Specifications Parameter Z3 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 188 × 150 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Sealing system none Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screw and slide surfaces Included accessories none Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw diameter/lead [mm] d0 = 25 / p = 10 d0 = 25 / p = 25 d0 = 32 / p = 20 500 1,1 2,7 2,2 M idle = the input torque needed to move the lifting profiles without any load. Critical Speed Z3 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide 1: screw diameter 25 mm 2: screw diameter 32 mm Definition of Forces and Stroke ** Smax = maximum stroke between the mechanical ends of the unit. The practical stroke is normally 100 mm shorter to avoid running into the ends of the unit. » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 185
Linear Motion Systems 127www.thomsonlinear.com Type of unit Minimum retracted length (L min) [mm] Maximum extended length (L max) [mm] Standard L min = Smax + 170 L max = L min + Smax Elongated* L min = Smax + 170 + Lx L max = L min + Smax Z3 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide * Elongated versions have an extra length (Lx) added to the total length of the unit which makes the unit longer but does not add any extra length to the stroke (Smax). A1: depth 12, Heli coil A2: T-slot A1: depth 9, Heli coil A2: T-slot MGZ3K25 screw ø25 mm MGZ3K32 screw ø32 mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
128 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter WZ60 WZ80 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 60 × 60 80 × 80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 400 500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,5 1,5 Dynamic carriage load (Fx), maximum [N] 2800 3500 Remarks - - Page 130 132 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Ball screw drive • Ball guides • Compact VarioLine WZ WZ60 Linear Rod Units Overview
Linear Motion Systems 129www.thomsonlinear.com Ball guides The ball guides ensure smooth and accurate operation. WZ-Series Technical Presentation High sideloads The design of the extension tube allow the unit to handle high sideloads as well as torsional forces. Ball screw drive High quality ball screw drive for maximum performance. Compact design The compact design allow the unit to be used in equipment where a linear motion system with a carriage would not fit. Linear Rod Units Overview
130 www.thomsonlinear.com WZ60 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WZ60 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 400 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,02 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 20001 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2000 1 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 50 1 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 30 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of the rod with zero stroke of every 100 mm of rod [kg] 4,5 0,77 1,8 0,26 General Specifications Parameter WZ60 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of screw single nut ball screw Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Rod Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,7 1,0 1,4 1500 1,1 1,6 2,0 3000 1,5 1,8 2,2 M idle = the input torque needed to move the rod with no load on it. Definition of Forces 1 Also see diagrams on next page » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 186
Linear Motion Systems 131www.thomsonlinear.com WZ60 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Maximum Rod Side Forces (Fy, Fz) A1: depth 13 A2: locking plug for lubricating nipple A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 as standard feature Deflection (f) of Rod due to Fy and Fz Torsion (j) of Rod due to Mx 1: Load = 2000 N 2: Load = 1500 N 3: Load = 1000 N 4: Load = 500 N 5: Load = 250 N 6: Load = 125 N Dimensions Projection METRIC
132 www.thomsonlinear.com WZ80 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WZ80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,02 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 3500 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3000 1 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 1 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 150 1 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 55 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of the rod with zero stroke of every 100 mm of rod [kg] 7,5 1,35 3,0 0,5 General Specifications Parameter WZ80 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of screw single nut ball screw Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Rod Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,6 1,1 1,3 1,8 1500 1,1 1,5 1,6 2,2 3000 1,4 1,8 1,8 2,7 M idle = the input torque needed to move the rod with no load on it. Definition of Forces 1 Also see diagrams on next page » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 186
Linear Motion Systems 133www.thomsonlinear.com WZ80 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Maximum Rod Side Forces (Fy, Fz) A1: depth 13 A2: locking plug for lubricating nipple A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 as standard feature Deflection (f) of Rod due to Fy and Fz Torsion (j) of Rod due to Mx 1: Load = 3000 N 2: Load = 2500 N 3: Load = 2000 N 4: Load = 1500 N 5: Load = 1000 N 6: Load = 500 N 7: Load = 250 N 8: Load = 125 N Dimensions Projection METRIC
134 www.thomsonlinear.com
Linear Motion Systems 135www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Accessory Index Electrical Feedback Devices.............................................................................page 165 Mounting Kits.............................................................................................page 136 Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits...............................................................page 145 Non Driven Linear Motion Systems..................................................................page 176 • Felt pad wipers type FA..............................................................141 • Shaft protection cover................................................................141 • Protective bellows......................................................................142 • Protective shrouds......................................................................143 • Environment protection type S1 and S2...................................144 • Limit switch brackets and limit switches...............................165 • Inductive and magnetic sensors and sensor brackets........166 • Encoders....................................................................................169 • Limit switch kits type ES...........................................................170 • Sensor rails and kits type ENT, ENF and ENK.......................172 • Encoder kits type ADG..............................................................174 • WH series non driven units........................................................176 • WM series non driven units........................................................178 • M series non driven units...........................................................181 Cover and Protection Kits.........................................................................page 141 • Mounting clamps...................................................................... 136 • Mounting clamps for multi axis systems............................... 138 • Mounting plates for multi axis systems................................. 139 • Adapter plates........................................................................... 139 • T-slot bolts and nuts................................................................. 140 • RediMount™™ Motor Mount System ...................................145 • Bell house flanges for IEC motors..........................................146 • Bell house flanges type MGK..................................................147 • Worm gears type BS40 and TBS40.........................................148 • Belt gears type RT and BGM...................................................152 • Planetary gears type Micron DT and DTR.............................158 • Intermediate shafts type VWZ and DSP................................160 • Brakes.........................................................................................164
136 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Mounting Kits Mounting Clamps (single clamp) Unit type I I I I I I A B C D øE F øG H Screws Ms [Nm] WH40 – 890 885 0001 – 54 16 9,5 40 10 5,7 5,5 7 ISO4762-8.8 5,4 WH50 – 890 885 0001 – 54 16 9,5 40 10 5,7 5,5 7 ISO4762-8.8 5,4 WH80 / WB60 – 890 190 02 – 68 17,5 17 50 11 6,5 6,6 7 ISO4762-8.8 9 WH120 – 890 192 13 – 80 25 18 50 15 8,5 9 10 ISO4762-8.8 20 WM40 / WB40 – 890 885 001 – 54 16 9,5 40 10 5,7 5,5 7 ISO4762-8.8 5,4 WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 – 890 190 02 – 68 17,5 17 50 11 6,5 6,6 7 ISO4762-8.8 9 WM80 / WV80 / WZ80 – 890 190 02 – 68 17,5 17 50 11 6,5 6,6 7 ISO4762-8.8 9 WM60Z / WM80Z – 890 190 02 – 68 17,5 17 50 11 6,5 6,6 7 ISO4762-8.8 9 WM120 / WV120 – 890 192 13 – 80 25 18 50 15 8,5 9 10 ISO4762-8.8 20 MLS60 – 890 190 02 890 192 26 68/120 17,5 17 50 11 6,5 6,6 7 ISO4762-8.8 9 MLS80 – 890 192 13 890 192 31 80/200 25 18 50 15 8,5 9 10 ISO4762-8.8 20 M50 1 D312 248 – – 25 30 20 – – – 6,5 14 ISO4762-8.8 9,4 M55 1 D313 403 D313 402 – 25/56 25,5 10,7 41 9,5 5,3 5,5 10,2 ISO4762-8.8 5,5 M75 1 D312 747 D312 748 – 30/75 28,5 15 60 14 8,5 8,5 11 ISO4762-8.8 23 M100 1 D312 339 D312 334 – 45/92 46,5 22 60 17 10,5 10,5 20 ISO4762-8.8 45 1 no screws included in the shipment of these clamps Ms = tightening torque of screws
Linear Motion Systems 137www.thomsonlinear.com Mounting Clamps with Plate1 Unit type p/n A B C D E øF øG H M50 D312 117 7 20 105 35 30 6,5 11 – M55 D313 474 8,5 15 100 44 70 8,5 14 44 M75 D312 718 8,5 15 134 44 80 8,5 14 44 M100 D312 317 8,5 20 190 44 100 8,5 14 44 1 two mounting clamps of version II (see page 136) and screws to connect these to the plate are included in shipment Accessories Mounting Kits
138 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Mounting Kits Mounting Clamps for Multi Axis Systems1 Unit type X-axis Unit type Y-axis I I I A B C D øE F øG H WM40 / WH40 WM40 / WH40 on request – – – – – – – – – WM60 WM60 890 191 94 – 58 17,5 17 40 11 6,5 6,6 7 M55 M55 D313 424 – 56 25,5 10,7 41 9,5 5,3 5,5 10,2 M55 M75 – D313 470 5,5 15 134 76 80 5,5 9,5 41 M75 M55 – D313 060 - 15 134 76 80 M5 × 7,5 - 41 M75 M75 D312 719 – 75 28,5 15 60 14 8,5 8,5 11 M75 M100 – D313 062 8,5 20 190 106 100 8,5 14 60 M100 M75 – D313 292 - 20 190 106,5 100 M8 × 12 - 60 M100 M100 D312 304 – 92 46,5 22 60 17 10,5 10,5 20 1 all necessary screws are included in the shipment
Linear Motion Systems 139www.thomsonlinear.com Mounting Plates for Multi Axis Systems Unit type X-axis Unit type Y-axis p/n A B C D E F G H J K L MS33 MS33 MSXYP33-33 30 30 6 9 6 60 120 30 100 M5 x 0,8 - 6H 12,7 MS33 MS25 MSXYP33-25 30 30 5,5 9 6 60 60 42 42 M3 x 0,5 - 6H 12,7 2HB10 MS25 2HXYP10-MS25 70 70 5,5 9 6 100 100 42 42 M3 x 0,5 - 6H 12,7 2HB10 MS33 2HXYP10-MS33 70 70 6 9 6 100 120 30 100 M5 x 0,8 - 6H 12,7 2HB10 2HB10 2HXYP10-10 70 70 5,5 9 6 100 100 35 75 M5 x 0,8 - 6H 12,7 2HB20 2HB10 2HXYP20-10 145 145 10,5 16,5 11 200 200 35 75 M5 x 0,8 - 6H 22 2HB20 2HB20 2HXYP20-10 145 145 10,5 16,5 11 200 200 85 120 M8 x 1,25 - 6H 22 Accessories Mounting Kits Adapter Plates Unit type I I I A B C D E øF G M55 D313 422 D313 423 40 60 20 38 25,5 6,5 37 M75 D312 746 – 40 – 26 - 45 6,5 51 M75 – D312 745 – 60 - 39 45 7,5 51 M100 D312 338 – 40 – 26 - 69 6,5 62 M100 – D312 337 – 60 - 39 69 7,5 62 Adapter plates are fitted in the grooves along the profile and can be used to attach sensors, switches, cabl ducts etc. to the unit. Combinations for other units are available. Plates to connect X and Z axes are also available for the Microstage units size MS25 and MS33. Contact customer support for details.
140 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Mounting Kits T-slot Bolts Unit type p/n øD H M50 D312 221 M5 14 Z2 D800 089 M10 28 Z3 D800 089 M10 28 T-slot Nuts Unit type p/n A B C D øE F ZB D900 151 18 11 1,5 6,3 M6 25 ZB D900 150 18 11 1,5 6,3 M8 25 MLS60 920 303 0037 16 8 4 6 M6 16 MLS80 920 303 0039 19,5 10 5,5 10,5 M8 20 WH120 911 044 19 15 10 6 12 M8 15 WM120 911 044 19 15 10 6 12 M8 15 2RB12, 2HB10, 2HB20 TNUT-01-M3 7 4 1,75 3 M3 9 2RB16, 2HB10 TNUT-02-M4 9,5 5,5 2,25 4 M4 12 2RB12 TNUT-03-M4 12 7 2,5 5 M4 15 2RB16, 2HB20 TNUT-04-M4 16,5 7,9 4,8 6 M4 16 2RB16, 2HB20 TNUT-04-M5 16,5 7,9 4,8 6 M5 16 2RB16, 2HB20 TNUT-04-M6 16,5 7,9 4,8 6 M6 16
Linear Motion Systems 141www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Cover and Protection Kits FA Felt Pad Wiper Unit type Number of carriages on the unit p/n X WH50 1 890 885 0064 6 WH50 2 2 × 890 885 0064 6 WH80 1 890 890 0069 7 WH80 2 2 × 890 890 0069 7 WH120 1 890 895 0058 8 WH120 2 2 × 890 895 0058 8 WHZ50 1 890 885 0064 6 WHZ50 2 2 × 890 885 0064 6 WHZ80 1 890 890 0069 7 WHZ80 2 2 × 890 890 0069 7 The felt pad wipers remove dust and dirt from the guides and are located on the carriage(s). They may increase the driving torque slightly but do not reduce the stroke of the unit. The felt pad wipers come mounted from factory. Shaft Protection Cover Unit type p/n A B M50 D312 201 126 35 M55 D312 201 151 35 M75 D700 178 198 45 M100 D700 178 202 45 The shaft protection cover is used to cover shafts which are not being used. The covers are fitted by the customer.
142 www.thomsonlinear.com Protective Bellows type 2D Unit type p/n H H1 B 2DB08 BEL-2DB-08 48 34 130 2DB12 BEL-2D-12 61 36,5 152,5 2DB12 BEL-2D-16 73 43 190,5 Protective Bellows type 2H Unit type p/n B B2 H H1 H2 H4 2HB10 BEL-2H-10 103 81 26 11 10 0 2HB20 BEL-2H-20 199 167 48 30 15 5 Protective Bellows type 2R Unit type p/n B B2 H H1 H2 H3 H4 2RB12 BEL-2R-12 128 75 48 37 29 15 12 2RB16 BEL-2R-16 158 95 52 43 30 15 10 Bellows protect the unit from dirt and dust. Note that the bellows option reduces the available stroke of the unit by 28%. Bellows can be ordered and mounted at the factory - see ordering key. Bellows can also be ordered separately and fitted by the customer. In that case, order two pieces of bellows where the length of each bellows piece = stroke length of the unit × 0.86. Bellows protect the unit from dirt and dust. Note that the bellows option reduces the available stroke of the unit by 28%. Bellows can be ordered and mounted at the factory - see ordering key. Bellows can also be ordered separately and fitted by the customer. In that case, order two pieces of bellows where the length of each bellows piece = stroke length of the unit × 0.86. Bellows protect the unit from dirt and dust. Note that the bellows option reduces the available stroke of the unit by 28%. Bellows can be ordered and mounted at the factory - see ordering key. Bellows can also be ordered separately and fitted by the customer. In that case, order two pieces of bellows where the length of each bellows piece = stroke length of the unit × 0.86. Accessories Cover and Protection Kits
Linear Motion Systems 143www.thomsonlinear.com Protective Shrouds Unit type 2HB10 see ordering key of the unit for order or www.linearmotioneering.com 2HB20 see ordering key of the unit for order or www.linearmotioneering.com The protective shrouds are made of metal and protect the drive mechanism of the unit from dust and dirt but leave the guides unprotected. Shrouds do not reduce the stroke of the unit but they will add 4 mm to the width of the unit. Shrouds are ordered mounted from factory and are stated in the ordering key of the unit. Accessories Cover and Protection Kits
144 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Cover and Protection Kits Environment Protection Option Type S1 and S2, compatability table Unit type Drive type Guide type S1 S2 Ordering M55 ball screw slide • see ordering key of the unit for order M55 belt drive slide • • see ordering key of the unit for order ball • see ordering key of the unit for order M75 ball screw slide • see ordering key of the unit for order M75 belt drive slide • • see ordering key of the unit for order ball • see ordering key of the unit for order M100 ball screw slide • see ordering key of the unit for order M100 belt drive slide • • see ordering key of the unit for order ball • see ordering key of the unit for order WM60 / WM80 / WM120 ball screw ball • see ordering key of the unit for order WV60 / WV80 / WV120 ball screw no guide • see ordering key of the unit for order WH50 / WH80 / WH120 belt drive wheel • • see ordering key of the unit for order WHZ50 / WHZ80 belt drive wheel • see ordering key of the unit for order The S1 and S2 environment protection options can be ordered for some units. All performance data and the life expectancy are the same as for standard units except for WH and WHZ units (contact customer service for more information). S1 can be ordered for both ball screw and belt driven units with ball, slide or wheel guides while S2 only is possible for belt driven units with slide or wheel guides. Never use chemical agents and/or cleaning detergents before contacting your local Thomson customer service for advise. S1 - Wash down protection Typical places where S1 is used are in slaughter houses, dairy plants, food plants or in any other light wash down application. S2 - Enhanced wash down protection TypicalplaceswhereS2isusedareinmoderatelywetareassuchasinpaper mills,galvanisingequipment,foodindustriesorinanyotherharshenvironment application where enhanced wash down capabilities are required. Environment Protection Options Type S1 and S2, technical specification Item S1 S2 External screws, bolts and nuts stainless material class A2 or better stainless material class A4 or better Internal screws, bolts and nuts standard material stainless material class A2 or better Drive shaft, ball screw driven units standard material - Drive shaft, belt driven units stainless material SS2333 or better stainless material SS2343 or better Tension wheel shaft standard material stainless material SS2333 or better Bearings type standard bearings 2RS Bearing sealings, belt driven units radial sealings radial sealings Surface treatment of machined extruded aluminum parts none anodising Surface treatment of machined casted aluminum parts none anodising Cam rollers and idler shafting (WH and WHZ units) standard material stainless material Belt retainer (WH units) none stainless material
Linear Motion Systems 145www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits RediMount™ Motor Mount System, NEMA compatability table NEMA size NEMA 17 NEMA 23 NEMA 34 NEMA 42 Motor code * 505 001 002 003 MS25 x x MS33 x x MS46 x x 2HB10 x x 2HB20 x x 2RB12 x x 2RB16 x x 2DB08 x (code 523) x 2DB12 x x 2DB16 x x The standard NEMA motor mount sizes are listed above for reference. The Thomson RediMount™ System allows the linear units to be mounted to a wide variety of motor manufacturers and sizes. Many of these combinations can be found at www.linearmotioneering.com. Contact customer support for other motor sizes and their corresponding motor code. * See ordering keys for details. Linear motion system motor flange Shortened ball screw end block Intermediate housing Coupling
146 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits Bell House Flanges for IEC Motors Unit type IEC63 B14 A IEC71 B14 A IEC80 B14 A IEC90 B14 A IEC100/112 B14 A M50 D390 820 64 D390 821 71 – – – – – – M55 D390 820 64 D390 821 71 – – – – – – M75 – – D390 823 83 D390 912 101 D390 916 101 – – M100 (MG10K) – – D390 823 83 D390 913 101 D390 917 101 – – M100 (MG10B) – – D390 823 83 D390 912 101 D390 916 101 – – The bell house flange includes a matching coupling. Note! Keep in mind that heavy motors will need extra support in order not to break the flange or gear due to the load torque created.
Linear Motion Systems 147www.thomsonlinear.com MGK Bell House Flanges for AKM Servo Motors Unit type AKM3 • D-AN A AKM4 • D-AN A AKM5 • D-AN A AKM6 • D-AN A AKM7 • D-AN A WM40 891 092 1264 71 – – – – – – – – WB40 891 092 1263 63 – – – – – – – – WB60 891 092 1265 75 – – – – – – – – WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 891 092 1109 79 891 092 1262 89 891 092 1261 103 – – – – WM80 / WV80 / WZ80 D321 759 80 D321 404 91 891 092 1259 101 891 092 1258 117 – – WM120 / WV120 – – – – 891 092 0143 113 891 092 1257 121 D321 281 143 MLSM60 – – 891 092 0909 88 891 092 1260 98 – – – – MLSM80 – – – – – – 891 092 1256 111 891 092 1254 133 M55 (MG06K) D390 930 73 D389 939 92 – – – – – – M75 (MG07K) D390 966 83 D390 926 93 D390 909 107 – – – – M75 (MG07B) D390 966 83 D390 926 93 D390 909 107 – – – – M100 (MG10K) D390 966 83 D390 927 93 D390 910 107 – – – – M100 (MG10B) D390 966 83 D390 926 93 D390 909 107 – – – – The bell house flange includes a matching coupling. Flanges for other units or motor sizes available on request, contact customer service. Note! Keep in mind that heavy motors will need extra support in order not to break the flange or gear due to the load torque created. Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
148 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BS40 Worm Gears, dimensions Gear A B C D E F BS40 54 40 46 10 100 92 BS40 Worm Gears, compatability table Unit BS40 IEC71B14 IEC80B14 IEC90B14 A L Z2 (MGZ2K32) • • 17 58 Z2 (MGZ2K32) • • 17 68 The worm gear includes the gear, the bell house and a matching coupling. To be able to install the gear to the unit an adaptor flange must be used between the gear and the unit. The adaptor flange is ordered separately. Adaptor flange
Linear Motion Systems 149www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BS40 Worm Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 Example BS40 -10 -71 1. Type and size of worm gear BS40 = BS40 worm gear 2. Gear ratio -3 = 3:1 -5,5 = 5,5:1 -7,5 = 7,5:1 -10 = 10:1 -15 = 15:1 -20 = 20:1 -24 = 24:1 -30 = 30:1 -40 = 40:1 -48 = 48:1 -60 = 60:1 6. Motor size no code = without bell house and coupling -71 = IEC71B14 -80 = IEC80B14 Adaptor flanges for BS40 Worm Gears, part numbers Unit p/n Z2 (MGZ2K32) D606 250
150 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits TBS40 Worm Gears, dimensions Gear A B C D E F øG H øI J K TBS40 54 40 46 10 100 125 14j6 45 65 M8 (4×) 25 TBS40 Worm Gears, compatability table Unit TBS40 IEC71B14 IEC80B14 A L Z2 (MGZ2K25) • • 32 58 Z2 (MGZ2K25) • • 32 68 Z3 (MGZ3K25) • • 32 58 Z3 (MGZ3K25) • • 32 68 M75 • • 32 58 M75 • • 32 68 M100 • • 32 58 M100 • • 32 68 The worm gear is installed directly to the unit and requires no intermediate coupling between the two. To be able to install the gear to the motor a bell house flange must be used between the gear and the motor. The bell house flange, which includes a matching coupling, is ordered separately. A shaft cover can be ordered to cover the second primary shaft on the gear in case it is not being used.Bell house flange Shaft cover
Linear Motion Systems 151www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits TBS40 Worm Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 Example TBS40 -3 -216 1. Type and size of worm gear TBS40 = TBS40 worm gear 2. Gear ratio -3 = 3:1 -5,5 = 5,5:1 -7,5 = 7,5:1 -10 = 10:1 -15 = 15:1 -20 = 20:1 -24 = 24:1 -30 = 30:1 -40 = 40:1 -48 = 48:1 -60 = 60:1 3. Fixed code -216 Bell house flanges for TBS40 Worm Gears, part numbers Motor size p/n IEC71B14 D701 011 IEC80B14 D701 015 Shaft Cover for TBS40 Worm Gears, part numbers Gear type p/n TBS40 D701 020
152 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits RT Belt Gears, dimensions Gear A B C D RT40 110 30 176 68 RT60 175 74 345 170 RT80 175 74 345 170 RT40 RT60/80 RT Belt Gears, data Gear i nmax [rpm] Mmax [Nm] M idle [Nm] h J [kgm2 ] Weight [kg} RT40 1:1 3000 1,75 0,3 0,80 0,000025 0,62 RT60 1:1 3000 15 0,7 0,85 0,000438 5,6 RT60 2:1 3000 15 0,7 0,85 0,001011 7,1 RT80 1:1 3000 30 0,7 0,85 0,000465 5,5 RT80 2:1 3000 30 0,7 0,85 0,001038 7 i = gear ratio M idle = idle torque nmax = max. input speed h = efficiency factor Mmax = max. input torque J = inertia
Linear Motion Systems 153www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits RT Belt Gears, compatability table Gear WH40 / WM40 WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 / MLSM60D WH80 / WM80 / WV80 / WM120 / WV120 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D RT40 • RT60 • RT80 • RT Belt Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 4 5 Example RT80 -2 -• • • -P-N -05 1. Type and size of belt gear RT40 = RT belt gear size 40 RT60 = RT belt gear size 60 RT80 = RT belt gear size 80 2. Gear ratio -1 = 1:1 -2 = 2:1 3. Motor code - • • • = alphanumeric motor code (e.g. -AK5). There are several motors that fit each gear and the list of suitable motors is continiously being updated. Please contact customer support for help to see which motors are currently are on the list or if your prefered motor can be added to the list. 4. Type of mounting -P-M = gear supplied mounted to the unit -P-N = gear supplied unmounted 5. Compatable unit type -01 = WH40 -02 = WH50 -03 = WH80 -04 = WH120 -05 = WM40 -06 = WM60 -07 = WM80 -08 = WM120 -09 = WV60 -10 = WV80 -11 = WV120 -12 = WHZ50 -13 = WHZ80 -14 = WZ60 -15 = WZ80 -16 = MLSH60Z -18 = MLSM80Z -19 = MLSM60D -20 = MLSM80D
154 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BGM Belt Gears, dimensions Gear A B C D øE F G H I J BGM09 118,7 52 255 140 20 H9 95 115 60 – – BGM41 155,2 70 305 165 25 H9 122 147 70 – – BGM81 200 73 399 224 30 H9 134 159 90 90H14 170 BGM09/41/81 - WITHOUT CLEVIS OPTION BGM09/41/81 - WITH CLEVIS OPTION TYPE S BGM81 - WITH CLEVIS OPTION TYPE R The belt gear comes in parts and is assembled to the unit and motor by the customer.
Linear Motion Systems 155www.thomsonlinear.com BGM Belt Gears, ordering keys Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BGM Belt Gears, data Gear i nmax [rpm] Mmax [Nm] h J [kgm2 ] Weight [kg} BGM09 1,04:1 4000 4,1 0,85 0,000102 2 BGM09 1,85:1 4000 4,1 0,85 0,000112 2,1 BGM09 2,85:1 4000 4,1 0,85 0,000213 2,5 BGM41 1:1 4000 22,0 0,85 0,000438 3,4 BGM41 2:1 4000 15,8 0,85 0,000342 3,7 BGM41 3:1 4000 16,7 0,85 0,000583 4,6 BGM81 1:1 4000 29,0 0,85 0,000836 12,1 BGM81 2,25:1 4000 32,3 0,85 0,001051 12,9 BGM81 3,13:1 4000 30,3 0,85 0,001439 14 i = gear ratio h = efficiency factor nmax = max. input speed J = inertia Mmax = max. input torque BGM Belt Gears, compatability table Gear WM/V/Z60 WM/V80 WM/V120 MLSM80D WB60 M50 M55 M75 M100 Z2 BGM09 • • • • • BGM41 • • • • • BGM81 • • See next page for ordering keys.
156 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BGM 09 Belt Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example BGM09 -2 -CC 063 P 050 X +XX 1. Type and size of belt gear BGM09 = BGM belt gear size 09 2. Gear ratio -1 = 1,04:1 -2 = 1,85:1 -3 = 2,85:1 3. Type of couplings -CC = conical couplings 4. Motor size1 063 = IEC 63 B14 071 = IEC 71 B14 S80 = servo motor size 80 AK4 = servo motor type AKM 4 5. Type of mounting P = standard 6. Compatable unit type W06 = WM60, WV60, WZ60 WB6 = WB60 050 = M50 060 = M55 070 = M75 7. Clevis option X = no clevis option S = clevis option type S 8. Protection +XX = standard +S1 = wash down protection 1 This is only a selection of all motors that fit this gear. Please contact customer support to see if your prefered motor fits the gear. BGM 41 Belt Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example BGM41 -1 -CC 071 P 070 X +S1 1. Type and size of belt gear BGM41 = BGM belt gear size 41 2. Gear ratio -1 = 1:1 -2 = 2:1 -3 = 3:1 3. Type of couplings -CC = conical couplings 4. Motor size1 071 = IEC 71 B14 080 = IEC 80 B14 S80 = servo motor size 80 S95 = servo motor size 95 AK5 = servo motor type AKM 5 5. Type of mounting P = standard 6. Compatable unit type W06 = WM60, WV60, WZ60 W08 = WM80, WV80 070 = M75 10B = M100 (MF/G10B) 10K = M100 (MF/G10K/C/D) 7. Clevis option X = no clevis option S = clevis option type S 8. Protection +XX = standard +S1 = wash down protection 1 This is only a selection of all motors that fit this gear. Please contact customer support to see if your prefered motor fits the gear.
Linear Motion Systems 157www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BGM 81 Belt Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example BGM81 -1 -CC 090 P M8D X +XX 1. Type and size of belt gear BGM81 = BGM belt gear size 81 2. Gear ratio -1 = 1:1 -2 = 2,25:1 -3 = 3,13:1 3. Type of couplings -CC = conical couplings 4. Motor size1 090 = IEC 90 B14 100 = IEC 100/121 B14 A20 = servo motor size A200 AK6 = servo motor type AKM 6 5. Type of mounting P = standard 6. Compatable unit type W12 = WM120, WV120 M8D = MLSM80D 7. Clevis option X = no clevis option S = clevis option type S R = clevis option type R 8. Protection +XX = standard +S1 = wash down protection 1 This is only a selection of all motors that fit this gear. Please contact customer support to see if your prefered motor fits the gear.
158 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits Micron DT, DTR Planetary Gears, compatability and dimensions Unit Gear i A B C D E Weight [kg] Backlash [arc min] Efficiency [%] WH50 DT60-SS 3:1 - 10:1 89,7 60 – – – 1 8 90 DT60-DS 15:1 - 100:1 106,9 60 – – – 1,2 9 85 DTR60-SS 5:1 - 50:1 – – 110,2 104,1 60 2,5 9 90 DTR60-DS 60:1 - 500:1 – – 127,3 104,1 60 2,7 9 85 WH80 DT90-SS 3:1 - 10:1 110,9 90 – – – 3 9 90 DT90-DS 15:1 - 100:1 133,5 90 – – – 3,7 9 85 DTR90-SS 5:1 - 50:1 – – 145,4 138,2 90 4,8 9 90 DTR90-DS 60:1 - 500:1 – – 168,0 138,2 90 5,5 9 85 WH120 DT115-SS 3:1 - 10:1 136,4 110 – – – 12,7 8 90 DT115-DS 15:1 - 100:1 167,4 110 – – – 16,2 9 85 DTR115-SS 5:1 - 50:1 – – 185,7 173,5 115 11 8 90 DTR115-DS 60:1 - 500:1 – – 216,7 173,5 115 12 9 85 WM60Z DT60-SS 3:1 - 10:1 89,7 60 – – – 1 8 90 DT60-DS 15:1 - 100:1 106,9 60 – – – 1,2 9 85 DTR60-SS 5:1 - 50:1 – – 110,2 104,1 60 2,5 9 90 DTR60-DS 60:1 - 500:1 – – 127,3 104,1 60 2,7 9 85 WM80Z DT90-SS 3:1 - 10:1 110,9 90 – – – 3 9 90 DT90-DS 15:1 - 100:1 133,5 90 – – – 3,7 9 85 DTR90-SS 5:1 - 50:1 – – 145,4 138,2 90 4,8 9 90 DTR90-DS 60:1 - 500:1 – – 168,0 138,2 90 5,5 9 85 i = gear ratio DT DTR Left side Right side Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 Micron DT and DTR planetary gears comes mounted on the unit from factory.
Linear Motion Systems 159www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits 1. Size of planetary gear DT60 DT90 DT115 2. Type of gear -SS -DS 3. Mounting side of the unit Left Right 4. Gear ratio 3:1 (only for -SS models) 5:1 (only for -SS models) 10:1 (only for -SS models) 15:1 (only for -DS models) 25:1 (only for -DS models) 30:1 (only for -DS models) 50:1 (only for -DS models) 100:1 (only for -DS models) 5. Motor Specify your choice of motor. 1. Type and size of planetary gear DTR60 DTR90 DTR115 2. Type of gear -SS -DS 3. Mounting position of the gear Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 4. Mounting side of the unit Left Right 5. Gear ratio 5:1 (only for -SS models) 6:1 (only for -SS models) 9:1 (only for -SS models) 10:1 (only for -SS models) 12:1 (only for -SS models) 15:1 (only for -SS models) 20:1 (only for -SS models) 25:1 (only for -SS models) 30:1 (only for -SS models) 40:1 (only for -SS models) 50:1 (only for -SS models) 60:1 (only for -DS models) 75:1 (only for -DS models) 90:1 (only for -DS models) 100:1 (only for -DS models) 120:1 (only for -DS models) 125:1 (only for -DS models) 150:1 (only for -DS models) 200:1 (only for -DS models) 250:1 (only for -DS models) 300:1 (only for -DS models) 400:1 (only for -DS models) 500:1 (only for -DS models) 6. Motor Specify your choice of motor. Micron DT, DTR Planetary Gears, how to order When ordering a DT or DTR planetary gear you need to state the size and type of gear, which side of the unit the gear shall be installed, the gear ratio and which motor that you wish to use. For DTR you also must state the prefered mounting position of the gear. With this information we can check if your choice of motor is possible or not and give you the correct ordering code for the gear. Micron DT, ordering data Micron DTR, ordering data
160 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits VWZ Intermediate Shafts, dimensions Shaft øA B C D øE F min. G VWZ-30 32 15 1,5 34 30 99 M4 VWZ-40 42 17 1,5 46 40 133 M5 VWZ-60 56 30 2 63 60 177 M6 VWZ-60V 67 35 2 73 60 205 M8 VWZ-80 82 40 2 84 80 249 M10 VWZ-100 102 50 2 97 100 283 M12 Mmax = max. shaft torque Gc = weight of coupling Jc = inertia of coupling Gs = weight of shaft Js = inertia of shaft Ms = tightening torque VWZ Intermediate Shafts, data Shaft Mmax [Nm] Gs [kg/m] Gc [kg] Js [kgm2 /m] Jc [kgm2 ] Ms [Nm] VWZ-30 4,8 0,58 0,14 0,00011 0,00001 4 VWZ-40 6,4 0,76 0,36 0,00020 0,00008 8 VWZ-60 22,7 0,97 0,94 0,00080 0,00024 15 VWZ-60V 60,6 0,97 1,42 0,00080 0,00046 35 VWZ-80 122,7 2,00 2,98 0,00300 0,00240 70 VWZ-100 169,7 2,47 4,62 0,00580 0,00600 120 The VWZ intermediate shafts can be installed in two ways. Either directly to belt driven units (I) or to screw driven units using KRG bevel gears (II) of type VL0, VL1 or VL2. The intermediate shaft includes tube and couplings. Critical Speed of Shaft 1: VWZ-30 2: VWZ-40 3: VWZ-60 and VWZ-60V 4: VWZ-80 5: VWZ-100
Linear Motion Systems 161www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits VWZ Intermediate Shafts, compatability table Unit I I I VWZ-30 VWZ-40 VWZ-60 VWZ-60V VWZ-80 VWZ-100 AA [mm] WH40 • • AA = L + 56 WH50 / WHZ50 • • AA = L + 54 WM60Z • • AA = L + 64 WH80 / WHZ80 • • AA = L + 84 WH120 • • AA = L + 124 WM80Z • • AA = L + 84 MLSH60Z • • AA = L + 164 WB40 / WM40 VL0 • AA = L + 170 WB60 VL1 • AA = L + 184 WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 VL1 • AA = L + 184 WM80 / WV80 / MLSM60D VL1 • AA = L + 176 MLSM80Z • • AA = L + 244 WM120 / WV120 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D VL2 • AA = L + 244 AA = C/C distance between units L = total length of shaft and coupling assembly VWZ Intermediate Shafts, ordering key 1 2 3 Example VWZ-060 -02 -0700 1. Intermediate shaft size VWZ-030 = VWZ-30 VWZ-040 = VWZ-40 VWZ-060 = VWZ-60 VWZ-06V = VWZ-60V VWZ-080 = VWZ-80 VWZ-100 = VWZ-100 2. Type of unit and type of mounting -01 = WH40 for type I mounting -02 = WH50 / WHZ50 for type I mounting -03 = WM80Z for type I mounting -04 = WH80 / WHZ80 for type I mounting -05 = WH120 for type I mounting -06 = WM60Z for type I mounting -07 = MLSH60Z for type I mounting -08 = WB40 / WM40 for type II mounting on VLO gears -09 = WB60 for type II mounting on VL1 gears -10 = WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 for type II mounting on VL1 gears -11 = WM80 / WV80 / MLSM60D for type II mounting on VL1 gears -12 = MLSM80Z for type I mounting -13 = WM120 / WV120 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D for type II mounting on VL2 gears 3. C/C distance between units (AA) - • • • • = distance in mm
162 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits DSP Intermediate Shafts, data Shaft Weight of shaft [kg] Max. speed [rpm] Shaft diameter [mm] DSP-05B 0,3 + 1,3 × Lm 1500 20 DSP-06B 0,3 + 1,3 × Lm 1500 20 DSP-07B 0,6 + 2,6 × Lm 1500 30 DSP-10B 0,6 + 2,6 × Lm 1500 30 DSB--ZB 0,6 + 2,6 × Lm 1500 30 DSP-TBS 0,6 + 2,6 × Lm 1500 30 The DSP intermediate shaft can be installed directly between two belt driven units or between two screw driven units using a TBS worm gear. Couplings and tube are included in the shipment. Support bearings may need to be installed if the critical speed of the shaft is exceeded. See diagram. Support bearings can be ordered from your local bearing supplier. Critical Speed of Shaft 1: No support bearing required 2: Support bearing required for DSP-05B and DSP-06B 3: Support bearing always required DSP-05B/06B/07B/10B/-ZB DSP-TBS Lm = C/C distance between units in cm
Linear Motion Systems 163www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits DSP Intermediate Shafts, compatability table Unit Drive type DSP-05B DSP-06B DSP-07B DSP-10B DSP--ZB DSP-TBS M50 belt • M55 belt • M75 belt • M100 belt • ZB belt • M55 screw • M75 screw • M100 screw • DSP Intermediate Shafts, ordering key 1 2 Example DSP-06B -305 1. Intermediate shaft size and type DSP-05B = for belt driven M50 units DSP-06B = for belt driven M55 units DSP-07B = for belt driven M75 units DSP-10B = for belt driven M100 units DSP--ZB = for belt driven ZB units DSP-TBS = for screw driven M55, M75 or M100 units with TBS worm gear 2. C/C distance between units in cm (Lm) - • • • = length in cm
164 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits Spring Set Brake Unit type p/n Nema size Static torque [lbf-in] Supply voltage [VDC] Dimensions [in] Brake hub p/n1 Brake adaptor p/nF G H J K L HEX 2DB08 TEB23A 23 NEMA 23 24 2.25 1.10 0.11 2.25 0.22 2.625 5/8 HEXHUB23A MB08-23 2DB12 TEB23B 23 NEMA 23 24 2.25 1.10 0.11 2.25 0.22 2.625 5/8 HEXHUB23B nonerequired 2HB10, 2RB12 TEB23D 23 NEMA 23 24 2.25 1.10 0.11 2.25 0.22 2.625 5/8 HEXHUB23D nonerequired 2RB16 TEB23E 23 NEMA 23 24 2.25 1.10 0.11 2.25 0.22 2.625 5/8 HEXHUB23E nonerequired 2DB16 TEB34A 34 NEMA 34 24 2.25 1.10 0.11 3.25 0.22 3.875 5/8 HEXHUB34A nonerequired 2HB20 TEB34C 34 NEMA 34 24 2.25 1.31 0.11 3.25 0.22 3.875 7/8 HEXHUB34A nonerequired Spring Set Brake Hubs Brake type p/n Unit type Set screw torque [in-lb]1 Dimensions [in (mm)] A B C D E TEB23A HEXHUB23A 2DB08 36 1.53 3/16 0.15 #10/32 5/8 TEB23B HEXHUB23B 2DB12 36 1.31 1/4 0.26 #10/32 5/8 TEB23D HEXHUB23D 2HB10, 2RB12 36 (20) (8) (5) M4 5/8 TEB23E HEXHUB23E 2RB16 36 (20) (20) (5) M4 5/8 TEB34A HEXHUB34A 2DB16 36 1.67 3/8 0.44 #10/32 5/8 TEB34C HEXHUB34A 2HB20 36 (32) 14 (6) M5 7/8 1 Hub included in spring set brake Mountstosupportendof 2HB,2RB,and2DBunits.Thebrakeengages upon loss of power and provides resistance to back drive rotation of ball screws due to gravitational forces when power is interrupted to the brake unit. They are pre-burnished for maximum torque capacity andcomewithstandardNEMA23,34or42mountingpatternsforeasy field retrofit. Compact size minimizes change to the overall system envelope. The 2HB, 2RB, and 2DB ordering keys can be configured with the brake as part of the assembly. See ordering keys or www.linearmotioneering.com for details. The part numbers listed here are for the brake parts as seperate items. 1 It is suggested a serviceable thread locking compound be used. SPLHUB42AHEXHUB • • •
Linear Motion Systems 165www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices Limit Switch Brackets1 Unit type I For limit switch type I I For limit switch type M50 D393 035 ZCM-D21 – – M55 D313 427 ZCM-D21 D313 428 ZCM-D21 M75 D312 860 XCK-M115 D312 861 XCK-M115 M100 D312 330 XCK-M115 D312 331 XCK-M115 1 No limit switches included in the shipment. Limit Switches Switch type p/n Protection degree Contacts Cable XCK-M115 D535 107 IP67 NO + NC – ZCM-D21 D535 102 IP67 NO + NC 1 meter Limit Switch Brackets for Z3 Unit type p/n For limit switch type Z3 D800 042 XCK-M115 The limit switch brackets are adjustable in height. The limit switches on the brackets are operated by the maximum extended and maximum retracted end of stroke bars on top of the Z3 units. Two brackets are required.
166 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices Sensor Brackets for Cylindrical Sensors1 Unit type I For sensor diameter I I For sensor diameter M55 D313 429 M12 D313 430 M12 M75 D312 862 M18 D312 863 M18 M100 D312 332 M18 D312 333 M18 1 no sensors included in the shipment Cylindrical Inductive Sensors Sensor type p/n Diameter Input voltage Max. current Protection degree Contacts Cable PNP D535 085 M12 12 - 48 Vdc 0,2 A IP67 NO connector PNP D535 089 M18 12 - 48 Vdc 0,2 A IP67 NO connector Cylindrical Inductive Sensor Connectors For sensor diameter p/n M12 D535 092 M18 D535 091
Linear Motion Systems 167www.thomsonlinear.com Sensor Packages Unit type Package type p/n Output type Output operation Frequency 1 Supply voltage [VDC] Cable length [m] Sdetract [mm] 2HB10 One home sensor LSP2HBM10-N-1 NPN NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - LSP2HBM10-P-1 PNP NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - Two limit switch sensors LSP2HBM10-N-2 NPN NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 30 LSP2HBM10-P-2 PNP NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 30 One home and two limit switch sensors LSP2HBM10-N-3 NPN 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 30 LSP2HBM10-P-3 PNP 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 30 2HB20 One home sensor LSP2HBM20-N-1 NPN NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - LSP2HBM20-P-1 PNP NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - Two limit switch sensors LSP2HBM20-N-2 NPN NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 30 LSP2HBM20-P-2 PNP NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 30 One home and two limit switch sensors LSP2HBM20-N-3 NPN 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 30 LSP2HBM20-P-3 PNP 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 30 2RB12 One home sensor LSP2RM12-N-1 NPN NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - LSP2RM12-P-1 PNP NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - Two limit switch sensors LSP2RM12-N-2 NPN NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 35 LSP2RM12-P-2 PNP NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 35 Home and limit switch sensors LSP2RM12-N-3 NPN 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 35 LSP2RM12-P-3 PNP 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 35 2RB16 One home sensor LSP2RM16-N-1 NPN NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - LSP2RM16-P-1 PNP NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - Two limit switch sensors LSP2RM16-N-2 NPN NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 35 LSP2RM16-P-2 PNP NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 35 One home and two limit switch sensors LSP2RM16-N-3 NPN 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 35 LSP2RM16-P-3 PNP 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 35 Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices Each 2HB and 2RB can be equipped with sensors inside of the profile where they are protected from mechanical damage. The systems are provided with access holes on each side of each end plate for passage of the sensor package cable. Using limit switch sensors will reduce the effective stroke. The standard position will approximately reduce the stroke by the distance listed in the Sdetract column. The 2HB, 2RB, 2HE and 2RE ordering keys can be configured with the limit switches and/or a home sensor as part of the assembly. See ordering keys or www.linearmotioneering.com for details. The part numbers listed above are for the limit switches and/or home sensors as a seperate items. 1 V = varied frequency. S = standard frequency. LIMIT SWITCH POSITION 2HBE LIMIT SWITCH POSITION 2RB
168 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices EN2 Inductive Sensors, data Parameter EN2 Supply voltage [Vdc] 10 – 30 Max. load current [A] 0,2 Operating distance [mm) 2 LED indicator for switch yes Protection class IP67 Cable type screened Weight with cable L = 2 m with cable L= 10 m [kg] 0,04 0,19 EN2 Inductive Sensors, part numbers Sensor type Cable length [m] p/n Normally closed 2 671 545 0305 Normally open 2 671 545 0304 Normally closed 10 671 545 0307 Normally open 10 671 545 0306 To be able to mount the EN2 inductive sensors on a unit the ENT14x16 sensor rail is required (see page 178) except for units WM120 and WV120 where they can be fitted directly to the profile of the unit. Magnetic Sensors, data Parameter Max. power [W] 10 Max. voltage [Vdc] 100 Max. current [A] 0,5 LED indicator for switch no Protection class IP67 Cable length [m] 3 Cable cross section [mm2 ] 2 × 0,15 Operating temperature limits [°C] -25 – 65 Weight [kg] 0,050 Magnetic Sensors, part numbers Sensor type suitable units p/n Normally closed M50, Z2, Z3 D535 071 Normally open M50, Z2, Z3 D535 070 On M50 the magnetic sensors are mounted directly in the sensor slot of the profiles of the units and require no mounting bracket while Z2 and Z3 require magnetic sensor mounting brackets. The sensor is fixed in position by two M3 size locking screws (A1). The cable (A2) is molded into the sensor. blue black blue black
Linear Motion Systems 169www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices IG602 Encoders, data Parameter IG602 Supply voltage Type 1 Type 2 [Vdc] 5 ±10% 10 – 30 Output type Type 1 Type 2 line driver push-pull Pulses per revolution Type 1 Type 2 [ppr] 100 – 2500 100 – 600 Length (L) Type 1 Type 2 [mm] 51,5 56,0 Weight Type 1 Type 2 [kg] 0,36 0,36 STE001 Encoder Connector, data Parameter STE001 Number of poles 12 Protection class IP67 Execution jack Cable entrance straight Weight [kg] 0,04 Part number 6715600153 IG602 Encoders, part numbers Encoder type Supply voltage [Vdc) Pulses per revolution p/n Type 1 5 100 671 521 0194 Type 1 5 200 671 521 0195 Type 1 5 500 671 521 0196 Type 1 5 600 671 521 0197 Type 1 5 1000 671 521 0198 Type 1 5 1250 671 521 0199 Type 1 5 1500 671 521 0200 Type 1 5 2000 671 521 0192 Type 1 5 2500 671 521 0201 Type 2 10 – 30 100 671 521 0193 Type 2 10 – 30 200 671 521 0202 Type 2 10 – 30 500 671 521 0203 Type 2 10 – 30 600 671 521 0204 The IG602 encoders come with mounting screws but no coupling or connector. To be able to mount the encoder to the unit, the unit must have a shaft for encoders. See the ordering keys of the units. The encoders can also be ordered mounted to the unit from factory. See ADG encoder option kit on page 174. Encoder Cable, data Parameter p/n 5 m cable length 671 555 0068 10 m cable length 671 555 0069 The encoder cables come fitted with a STE001 encoder connector in one of the ends.
170 www.thomsonlinear.com ES Limit Switch Option Kit Unit type I I I I I I A B C D E F G WH50 1 • 34 60,5 10 26 49 58,5 196 WH80 • 31 76 10 39 49 78,5 196 WH120 • 34 88 10 51 49 78,5 196 WHZ50 • 34 61 10 26 49 58,5 196 WHZ80 • 31 76 10 39 49 78,5 196 WM60 • 40 69 32 38 50 63 200 WM80 • 40 73 32 42 50 79 200 WM120 • 40 89 32 58 50 94 200 WM60Z • 40 69 32 38 50 73 200 WM80Z 2 • 40 73 32 42 50 99 (89) 200 WV60 • 40 69 32 38 50 33 200 WV80 • 40 73 32 42 50 39 200 WV120 • 40 89 32 58 50 59 200 MLSM60D • 40 73 32 32 50 79 200 MLSH60Z • 40 73 32 42 50 79 200 MLSM80D • 40 85 32 54 50 101 200 MLSM80Z • 40 85 32 54 50 101 200 WZ60 1 • 60 22,5 16 30 113 53 – WZ80 1 • 60 22,5 16 30 112 84 – 1 limit switches for these units can not be moved. On all other units the switches can be re-positioned by the customer. 2 Value in brackets = for short carriage. The ES limit switch assembly is an option that is mounted at the factory. The limit switches are placed 10 mm from the mechanical ends of the unit. Each limit switch has one NO and one NC contact with positive opening action. Protection degree is IP67. Type I and II switches can be repositioned along the profile by the customer. Note! the ES limit switch option and any of the sensor rail options ENT14x16, ENF14x16 or ENK can not be mounted on the same side of the unit. Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices
Linear Motion Systems 171www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices ES Limit Switch Option Kit, ordering key 1 2 3 4 Example ESK07 -L -01 -10 1. Compatable unit ESK02 = WH50 ESK03 = WH80 ESK04 = WH120 ESK05 = WM40 ESK06 = WM60 / WM60Z ESK07 = WM80 / WM80Z ESK08 = WM120 ESK09 = WV60 ESK10 = WV80 ESK11 = WV120 ESK12 = WHZ50 ESK13 = WHZ80 ESK14 = WZ60 ESK15 = WZ80 ESK16 = MLSH60Z ESK18 = MLSM80Z ESK19 = MLSM60D ESK20 = MLSM80D 2. Mounting side of the unit -L = left side -R = right side 3. Switch configuration on side A -00 = no switch on side A -01 = switch with 1 m cable -05 = switch with 5 m cable -10 = switch with 10 m cable 4. Switch configuration on side B -00 = no switch on side B -01 = switch with 1 m cable -05 = switch with 5 m cable -10 = switch with 10 m cable
172 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices ENT14x16 Inductive Sensor Rail Unit type p/n WH40 / WH50 / WH80 / WH120 / WHZ50 / WHZ80 / WM40 / WM60 / WM80 / WM60Z / WM80Z / WV60 / WV80 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D / MLSH60Z / MLSM80Z / WZ60 / WZ80 / WB40 / WB60 671 545 0283 The ENT14x16 inductive sensor rail is mounted to the side of a unit or along any type of beam or profile. Sensors of type EN2 can be mounted in the rail. The rail can also serve as a cable duct for the sensor cables. The rail is sealed with a cover which comes with the rail. The rail comes in lengths of max 3000 mm. Drilling in the profile of the unit is required when mounting the rail. When ordering, specify part number and length of the rail. Note1! WM120 and WV120 units do not require any rail as the EN2 sensors can be fitted directly to the profile of the units. Note2! ES limit switch option and ENT14x16 rail can not be mounted on the same side of the unit. The ENF and ENK inductive sensor rail option kits are mounted at the factory. The ENF option consists of two 500 mm long ENT14x16 sensor rails mounted in each end of the unit on the left or right side of the profile. In cases where the unit is too short to allow two 500 mm sensor rails to be mounted, then one rail is mounted along the entire profile of the unit. The ENK option also consists of ENT14 x16 sensor rails but the ENK option has sensor profiles that run along the entire profile of the unit. In the shipment of both ENF and ENK the specified amount and type of EN2 sensors are included. The sensors are fitted to the sensor rail by the customer at the desired positions. Note1! WM120 and WV120 units do not require any ENF or ENK options as the EN2 sensors can be fitted directly to the profile of the units. Note2! The ES limit switch option and ENF rail can not be mounted on the same side of the unit. ENF and ENK Inductive Sensor Rail Option Kit, compatability table Unit type ENF / ENK WH40 / WH50 / WH80 / WH120 / WHZ50 / WHZ80 / WM40 / WM60 / WM80 / WM60Z / WM80Z / WV60 / WV80 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D / MLSH60Z / MLSM80Z / WZ60 / WZ80 / WB40 / WB60 • ENF ENK
Linear Motion Systems 173www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices ENK and ENF Inductive Sensor Rail Option Kit, ordering key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example ENK16 -S -04000 -R -2 -0 -1 -6 1. Type of rail and compatable unit ENK01 = ENK rail for WH40 ENK02 = ENK rail for WH50 ENK03 = ENK rail for WH80 ENK04 = ENK rail for WH120 ENK05 = ENK rail for WM40 ENK06 = ENK rail for WM60 / WV60 ENK07 = ENK rail for WM80 / WV80 ENK08 = ENK rail for WM120 / WV120 ENK09 = ENK rail for WM60Z ENK10 = ENK rail for WM80Z ENK11 = ENK rail for WHZ50 ENK12 = ENK rail for WHZ80 ENK13 = ENK rail for WZ60 ENK14 = ENK rail for WZ80 ENK15 = ENK rail for MLSH60Z ENK17 = ENK rail for MLSM80Z ENK18 = ENK rail for MLSM60D ENK19 = ENK rail for MLSM80D ENK20 = ENK rail for WB40 ENK21 = ENK rail for WB60 ENF01 = ENF rail for WH40 ENF02 = ENF rail for WH50 ENF03 = ENF rail for WH80 ENF04 = ENF rail for WH120 ENF05 = ENF rail for WM40 ENF06 = ENF rail for WM60 / WV60 ENF07 = ENF rail for WM80 / WV80 ENF08 = ENF rail for WM120 / WV120 ENF09 = ENF rail for WM60Z ENF10 = ENF rail for WM80Z ENF11 = ENF rail for WHZ50 ENF12= ENF rail for WHZ80 ENF13 = ENF rail for WZ60 ENF14 = ENF rail for WZ80 ENF15 = ENF rail for MLSH60Z ENF17 = ENF rail for MLSM80Z ENF18 = ENF rail for MLSM60D ENF19 = ENF rail for MLSM80D ENF20 = ENF rail for WB40 ENF21 = ENF rail for WB60 2. Number of carriages -S = single carriage -D = double carriages 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Mounting side of the unit -L = left side -R = right side 5. Number of EN2 sensors with NC contact and 2 m cable - • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally closed / 2 m cable 6. Number of EN2 sensors with NO contact and 2 m cable - • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally open / 2 m cable 7. Number of EN2 sensors with NC contact and 10 m cable - • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally closed / 10 m cable 8. Number of EN2 sensors with NO contact and 10 m cable - • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally open / 10 m cable
174 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices ADG Encoder Option Kit Unit type Mounting type I Mounting type II A B øC D WH40 • 115 95 58,5 ø60 WH50 / WHZ50 • 120 96 58,5 50 × 50 WH80 / WHZ80 • 139 100 58,5 90 × 90 WH120 • 153 93 58,5 100 × 100 WM40 • 25 95 58,5 – WM60 • 31 95 58,5 – WM80 • 40 95 58,5 – WM120 • 74 95 58,5 – WM60Z • 124 94 58,5 60 × 60 WM80Z • 138 98 58,5 65 × 65 WB40 • 20,8 95 58,5 – WB60 • 32,5 95 58,5 – MLSM60D • 37 95 58,5 – MLSM80D • 46 95 58,5 – MLSH60Z • 174,5 95 58,5 78 × 59 MLSM80Z • 214,5 95 58,5 100 × 80 The ADG encoder option kit is an option that is mounted to the unit at the factory. It includes an IG602 encoder, a STE001 encoder connector and an encoder mounting flange with coupling. Cable can also be supplied in 5 or 10 meter lengths.
Linear Motion Systems 175www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices ADG Encoder Option Kit, ordering key 1 2 3 Example ADG-08 -05-0600 -00 1. Compatable unit ADG-01 = WH40 ADG-02 = WH50 / WHZ50 ADG-03 = WH80 / WHZ80 ADG-04 = WH120 ADG-05 = WM40 ADG-06 = WM60 / WV60 ADG-07 = WM80 / WV80 ADG-08 = WM120 / WV120 ADG-09 = WM60Z ADG-10 = WM80Z ADG-11 = MLSH60Z ADG-13 = MLSM80Z ADG-14 = MLSM60D ADG-15 = MLSM80D ADG-16 = WB40 ADG-17 = WB60 2. Supply voltage and number of pulses -05-0100 = 5 volts, 100 pulses per revolution -05-0200 = 5 volts, 200 pulses per revolution -05-0500 = 5 volts, 500 pulses per revolution -05-0600 = 5 volts, 600 pulses per revolution -05-1000 = 5 volts, 1000 pulses per revolution -05-1250 = 5 volts, 1250 pulses per revolution -05-2000 = 5 volts, 2000 pulses per revolution -05-2500 = 5 volts, 2500 pulses per revolution -24-0100 = 10 - 30 volts, 100 pulses per revolution -24-0200 = 10 - 30 volts, 200 pulses per revolution -24-0500 = 10 - 30 volts, 500 pulses per revolution -24-0600 = 10 - 30 volts, 600 pulses per revolution 3.Cableandconnectorconfiguation -00=nocableonlySTE001encoderconnector -05=5mcablewithSTE001encoderconnectorinoneoftheends -10=10mcablewithSTE001encoderconnectorinoneoftheends
176 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WH40N WH50N A1: depth 10 A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A1: depth 10 A2: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 82 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 110 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
Linear Motion Systems 177www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WH80N WH120N A1: depth 12 A2: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A1: depth 12 A2: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 112 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 114 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
178 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WM40N WM60N A1: depth 7 A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 14 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 18 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
Linear Motion Systems 179www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WM60N with Single Short Carriage WM80N A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer A1: depth 12 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 20 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 24 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
180 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WM80N with Single Short Carriage WM120N A1: depth 12 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer A1: depth 22 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 26 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 34 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
Linear Motion Systems 181www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems M75N M100N A1: lubrication holes ø6 (MG07N), ø10 (MF07N) A2: 150 (MG07N), 100 (MF07N) A3: 24 (MG07N), 43 (MF07N) A4: 300 (MG07N), 320 (MF07N) A5: depth 8 Heli coil A6: ø13,5 / ø 8,5 for socket head cap screw M8 A1: lubrication holes ø6 (MG10N), ø10 (MF10N) A2: 100 if L order is equal or < 1 m, 200 if L order > 1 m (MG10N), 265 (MF10N) A3: 34,5 (MG10N), 56,5 (MF10N) A4: 100 if L order is equal or < 1 m, 350 if L order > 1 m (MG10N) 265 if L order is equal or > 0,7 m, no hole if L order < 0,7 m (MF10N) A5: depth 10 Heli coil A6: ø17 / ø 10,5 for socket head cap screw M10 » Ordering key - see page 211 » Technical data - see page 42 » Ordering key - see page 211 » Technical data - see page 44 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
182 www.thomsonlinear.com Additional Technical Data Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides Technical Data Parameter WM40S WM40D WM60D WM60S WM60X WM80D WM80S WM120D Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 10,8 × 104 10,8 × 104 5,8 × 105 5,8 × 105 5,8 × 105 1,85 × 106 1,85 × 106 7,7 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 13,4 × 104 13,4 × 104 5,9 × 105 5,9 × 105 5,9 × 105 1,94 × 106 1,94 × 106 9,4 × 106 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 Efficiency of the unit 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 Bending factor (b) 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 Inertia of ball screw (jsp) [kgm2 /m] 1,13 × 10-5 1,13 × 10-5 8,46 × 10-5 8,46 × 10-5 8,46 × 10-5 2,25 × 10-4 2,25 × 10-4 6,34 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Cx) 05 mm lead 10 mm lead 20 mm lead 40 mm lead 50 mm lead [N] 4400 - - - - 4400 - - - - 10500 - 11600 - 8400 10500 - 11600 - 8400 10500 - - - - 12300 13200 13000 - 15400 12300 13200 13000 - 15400 21500 33400 29700 14900 - Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cy) [N] 2 × 2650 2 × 2650 4 × 11495 2 × 12964 4 × 11495 4 × 14356 2 × 18723 4 × 18723 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cz) [N] 2 × 3397 2 × 3397 4 × 10581 2 × 11934 4 × 10581 4 × 13739 2 × 17919 4 × 17919 Distance between ball guide carriages (Lx) [mm] 87 136 141,7 - 141,7 154 - 186 Distance between ball guide carriages (Ly) [mm] - - 35 35 35 49,75 49,75 80,75 Parameter WV60 WV80 WV120 MLSM60D MLSM80D Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 5,8 × 105 1,85 × 106 7,7 × 106 1,19 × 106 3,77 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 5,9 × 105 1,94 × 106 9,4 × 106 1,08 × 107 4,71 × 107 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) no guides no guides no guides 0,1 0,1 Efficiency of the unit 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 Bending factor (b) 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 Inertia of ball screw (jsp) [kgm2 /m] 8,46 × 10-5 2,25 × 10-4 6,34 × 10-4 2,25 × 10-4 6,34 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Cx) 05 mm lead 10 mm lead 20 mm lead 25 mm lead 40 mm lead 50 mm lead [N] 10500 - 11600 - 8400 12300 13200 13000 - 15400 21500 33400 29700 14900 - 12300 13200 13000 - - 15400 21500 33400 29700 - 14900 - Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cy) [N] no guides no guides no guides 4 × 13770 4 × 17965 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cz) [N] no guides no guides no guides 4 × 13770 4 × 17965 Distance between ball guide carriages (Lx) [mm] no guides no guides no guides 163 185 Distance between ball guide carriages (Ly) [mm] no guides no guides no guides 105 164
Linear Motion Systems 183www.thomsonlinear.com Additional Technical Data Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw and Slide Guides Technical Data Parameter M55 M75 M100 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 4,27 × 105 1,9 × 106 5,54 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 3,4 × 105 1,15 × 106 3,86 × 106 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,15 0,15 0,15 Efficiency ball nut unit composite nut unit 0,8 0,5 0,8 0,5 0,8 0,5 Bending factor (b) 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 Inertia of ball screw (jsp) [kgm2 /m] 4,1 × 10-5 1,6 × 10-4 2,5 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Cx) 05 mm lead 05,8 mm lead 08 mm lead 10 mm lead 12,7 mm lead 20 mm lead 25 mm lead 32 mm lead [N] 9300 5420 - 15400 - 1900 - 2000 10400 - - - 17960 10400 - - 12500 - - 20600 - - 11800 - Technical Data Parameter WH40 WM60Z WM80Z M55 M75 M100 MLSM80Z Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 12,6 × 104 5,62 × 105 1,85 × 106 4,59 × 105 1,9 × 106 5,54 × 106 3,77 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 15,3 × 104 5,94 × 105 1,94 × 106 3,56 × 105 1,15 × 106 3,86 × 106 4,71 × 107 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,1 Efficiency of the unit 0,85 0,85 0,85 0,95 0,95 0,95 0,85 Bending factor (b) 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 Specific mass of belt [kg/m] 0,032 0,074 0,14 0,09 0,16 0,31 0,517 Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn) [kgm2 ] 8,8 × 10-6 2,13 × 10-5 1,12 × 10-4 1,7 × 10-5 6,8 × 10-5 8,5 × 10-5 5,077 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cy) [N] 2 × 2650 2 × 12964 4 × 18723 (2 × 18723)1 2 × 2717 2 × 8206 2 × 13189 4 × 17965 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cz) [N] 2 × 3397 2 × 11934 2 × 17919 2 × 3484 2 × 15484 2 × 24885 4 × 17965 Distance between ball guide carriages (Lx) [mm] 72 - - 78 96 140 185 Distance between ball guide carriages (Ly) [mm] - 35 49,75 - - - 164 1 Value in brackets = for short carriage. Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides
184 www.thomsonlinear.com Technical Data Parameter M50 M55 M75 M100 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 2,61 × 105 4,59 × 105 1,9 × 106 5,54 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 2,44 × 105 3,56 × 105 1,15 × 106 3,86 × 106 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 Efficiency of the unit 0,85 0,85 0,85 0,85 Bending factor (b) 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 Specific mass of belt [kg/m] 0,086 0,09 0,16 0,31 Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn) [kgm2 ] 3,1 × 10-5 1,7 × 10-5 6,8 × 10-5 8,5 × 10-5 Additional Technical Data Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guides Technical Data Parameter WH50 WH80 WH120 MLSH60Z Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 3,3 × 105 1,93 × 106 6,69 × 106 1,29 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 2,65 × 105 1,8 × 106 6,88 × 106 1,2 × 107 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 Efficiency of the unit 0,85 0,85 0,85 0,85 Bending factor (b) 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 Specific mass of belt [kg/m] 0,055 0,21 0,34 0,119 Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn) [kgm2 ] 1,928 × 10-5 2.473 × 10-4 1,004 × 10-3 4,604× 10-5 Dynamic load rating of wheel guide (Cy) [N] - - - 4 × 1266 Dynamic load rating of wheel guide (Cz) [N] 4 × 1270 4 × 3670 4 × 16200 4 × 1266 Distance between carriage wheels (Lx) [mm] 198 220 180 109 Distance between carriage wheels (Ly) [mm] 39 65 97 102,5 Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides
Linear Motion Systems 185www.thomsonlinear.com Technical Data Parameter WHZ50 WHZ80 Z2 Z3 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lx) [mm4 ] - - 1,87 × 107 1,87 × 107 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 3,3 × 105 1,93 × 106 2,19 × 107 2,19 × 107 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 2,65 × 105 1,8 × 106 - - Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Fx) [N] belt drive belt drive - - Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Fz) ball screw ø 25 lead 10 mm ball screw ø 25 lead 25 mm ball screw ø 32 lead 10 mm [N 21248 11182 47200 21248 11182 47200 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,1 0,1 0,15 0,15 Efficiency of the unit 0,85 0,85 0,8 0,8 Specific mass of belt [kg/m] 0,055 0,119 - - Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn) [kgm2 ] 6,906 × 10-5 5,026 × 10-4 - - Inertia of ball screw (jsp) ball screw ø 25 lead 10 ball screw ø 25 lead 25 ball screw ø 32 lead 10 [kgm2 /m] - - - - - - 2,1 × 10-4 2,6 × 10-4 6,43 × 10-4 2,1 × 10-4 2,6 × 10-4 6,43 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cx) [N] - - slide guide slide guide Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cy) [N] 4 × 1270 4 × 3670 slide guide slide guide Distance between ball guide carriages (Lx) [mm] 198 220 - - Distance between ball guide carriages (Ly) [mm] 39 65 slide guide slide guide Distance between ball guide carriages (Lz) [mm] - - slide guide slide guide Definition of forces Additional Technical Data Linear Lifting Systems
186 www.thomsonlinear.com Technical Data Parameter WZ60 WZ80 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (Iy) [mm4 ] 5,8 × 105 1,85 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 5,9 × 105 1,94 × 106 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,1 0,1 Efficiency of the unit 0,8 0,8 Inertia of ball screw (jsp) 05 mm lead 10 mm lead 20 mm lead 25 mm lead 32 mm lead 40 mm lead 50 mm lead [kgm2 /m] 8,46 × 10-5 - 8,46 × 10-5 - - - 8,46 × 10-5 2,25 × 10-4 2,25 × 10-4 2,25 × 10-4 - - - 2,25 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Cx) 05 mm lead 10 mm lead 20 mm lead 25 mm lead 32 mm lead 40 mm lead 50 mm lead [N] 10500 - 11600 - - - 8400 12300 13200 13000 - - - 15400 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cy) [N] 2 × 12964 2 × 18723 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cz) [N] 2 × 11943 2 × 17919 Distance between ball guide carriages (Lx) [mm] - - Distance between ball guide carriages (Ly) [mm] 35 50 Dynamic rating of the ball bushing [N] 8300 13700 Additional Technical Data Linear Rod Units
Linear Motion Systems 187www.thomsonlinear.com Drive Calculations Screw Driven Linear Motion Systems Feed Force Formula [N] Fx = m × g × µ Acceleration Force Formula [N] Fa = m × a Power Formula [kW] P = Ma × nmax × 2 × 3,14 60 × 1000 Drive Moment Formulas [Nm] Ma = Mload + Mtrans + Mrot + M idle Mtrans = Fa × p 2 × 3,14 ×1000 Mload = Fx × p 2 × 3,14 ×1000 Mrot = jsp × 2 × 3,14 × nmax × a × 2 Vmax × 60 × 1000 M idle = see table for unit in question Fx = feed force [N] m = total mass to be moved [kg] 1 g = acceleration due to gravity [m/s2 ] µ = friction factor specific for each unit Fa = acceleration force [N] m = mass to be operated [kg] a = acceleration [m/s2 ) 2 P = required power [kW] Ma = required drive moment [Nm] nmax = maximum required rotational speed [rpm] Ma = required drive moment [Nm] Mload = moment as a result of various loads [N] Mtrans = translational acceleration moment [Nm] Mrot = rotational acceleration moment [Nm] M idle = carriage/rod idle torque [Nm] 3 Fx = feed force [N] p = screw lead [mm] Fa = maximum required acceleration force [N] jsp = inertia of ball screw per meter [kgm2 /m] 4 nmax = maximum required rotational speed [rpm] a =maximum required acceleration [m/s2 ) Vmax = maximum required linear speed [m/s] 1 The total mass is the mass of all masses to be moved (objects to be moved, carriage(s)/rod, screw). 2 In vertical applications, the mass acceleration must be added to the acceleration due to gravity g (9,81 m/s2 ). 3 This value can be found in the carriage idle torque tables for each linear motion system. 4 This value can be found in the additional technical data tables.
188 www.thomsonlinear.com Drive Calculations Belt Driven Linear Motion Systems Feed Force Formula [N] Fx = m × g × µ Acceleration Force Formula [N] Fa = m × a Power Formula [kW] Drive Moment Formulas [Nm] Ma = Mload + Mtrans + Mrot + M idle Mtrans = Fa × do 1000 × 2 Mload = Fx × do 1000 × 2 Mrot = Jsyn × 2 × 3,14 × nmax × a 60 Vmax M idle = see table for unit in question P = Ma × nmax × 2 × 3,14 60 × 1000 Fx = feed force [N] m = total mass to be moved [kg] 1 g = acceleration due to gravity [m/s2 ] µ = friction factor specific for each unit Fa = acceleration force [N] m = mass to be operated [kg] a = acceleration [m/s2 ] 2 P = required power [kW] Ma = required drive moment [Nm] nmax = maximum required rotational speed [rpm] Ma = required drive moment [Nm] Mload = moment as a result of various loads [N] Mtrans = translational acceleration moment [Nm] Mrot = rotational acceleration moment [Nm] M idle = carriage/rod idle torque [Nm] 3 Fx = feed force [N] do = pulley diameter [mm] 4 Fa = maximum required acceleration force [N] Jsyn = idle torque of pulleys [kgm2 ] 5 nmax = maximum required rotational speed [rpm] a = maximum required acceleration [m/s2 ] Vmax = maximum required linear speed [m/s] 1 The total mass is the mass of all masses to be moved (objects to be moved, carriage(s)/rod, belt). 2 In vertical applications, the mass acceleration must be added to the acceleration due to gravity g (9,81 m/s2 ). 3 This value can be found in the carriage idle torque tables. 4 This value can be found in the performance specifications tables for each linear motion system. 5 This value can be found in the additional technical data tables.
Linear Motion Systems 189www.thomsonlinear.com Deflection Calculations How to calculate the deflection of the profile Load Cases Profile supported in both ends. Profile fixed at both sides. Profile supported in both ends. Profile fixed at one side. 1. 2. 3.F F F Lf Permissible Profile Deflection Formula [mm] fh = Lf × b fh = permissible profile deflection [mm] Lf = length of profile being bent [mm] b = bending factor 1 fmax = deflection of the profile [mm] m’100 = weight of every 100 mm of stroke [kg/mm] mext = external load on carriage [kg] mc = weight of carriage(s) [kg] 2 g = acceleration due to gravity [m/s2 ] Eal = elastic modulus of aluminium (70000 N/mm2 ) Iy = geometrical moment of inertia of the profile in Y direction [mm4 ] 1 1 This value can be found in the additional technical data tables. 2 This value can be found in the performance specifications tables for each unit. LfLf Profile Deflection Formulas [mm] Load Case 1. Load Case 2. Load Case 3. fmax = m’100 × g × Lf + (mext + mc) × g × Lf 100 × 384 × EAl × Iy 192 × EAl × Iy 34 fmax = m’100 × g × Lf + (mext + mc) × g × Lf 100 × 185 × EAl × Iy 48 × 5 × EAl × Iy 34 Conclusion Formulas fh > fmax = deflection OK fh < fmax = deflection not OK, Lf must be shorter fmax = m’100 × g × Lf + (mext + mc) × g × Lf 100 × 8 × EAl × Iy 3 × EAl × Iy 34 Profile supported in one end. Profile fixed at one side.
190 www.thomsonlinear.com Deflection Calculations Examples of calculations of the profile deflection Type of linear motion system: WH80 Load case: Case 1 - profile supported in both ends and fixed at both sides. Load to be moved by carriage: mext = 150 kg Distance between supports: Lf = 600 mm Specific unit data: m’100 = 0,93 kg mc = 2,75 kg EAl = 70000 N/mm2 Iy = 1,93 × 106 mm4 b = 0,0005 Calculated values: fh = 0,3 mm fmax = 0,013 mm Conclusion: fh > fmax = deflection OK Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Type of linear motion system: M55 (MF06B) Load case: Case 2 - profile supported in both ends and fixed at one side. Load to be moved by carriage: mext = 100 kg Distance between supports: Lf = 600 mm Specific unit data: m’100 = 0,53 kg mc = 1,2 kg EAl = 70000 N/mm2 Iy = 4,59 × 105 mm4 b = 0,0005 Calculated values: fh = 0,3 mm fmax = 0,063 mm Conclusion: fh > fmax = deflection OK Type of linear motion system: WM80 Load case: Case 3 - profile supported and fixed at one end. Load to be moved by carriage: mext = 120 kg Distance between supports: Lf = 400 mm Specific unit data: m’100 = 1,08 kg mc = 4,26 kg EAl = 70000 N/mm2 Iy = 1,85 × 106 mm4 b = 0,0003 Calculated values: fh = 0,12 mm fmax = 0,203 mm Conclusion: fh > fmax = deflection not OK
Linear Motion Systems 191www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides WM40S, WM40D, WM60S, WM60D, WM60X, WM80S, WM80D, WM120D Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example WM06D 020 -02545 -03715 A Z -0520 S1 1. Type of unit WM04S = WM40S unit with single ball nut WM04D = WM40D unit with double ball nuts WM06S = WM60S unit with single ball nut WM06D = WM60D unit with double ball nuts WM06X = WM60X unit with left/right screw WM08S = WM80S unit with single ball nut WM08D = WM80D unit with double ball nuts WM12D = WM120D unit with double ball nuts 2. Screw lead1 005 = 5 mm 010 = 10 mm 020 = 20 mm 040 = 40 mm 050 = 50 mm 3. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 5. Drive shaft configuration2 A = single shaft without key way C = single shaft with key way G = double shafts, first without key way and second for encoder I = double shafts, first with key way and second for encoder 6. Type of carriage3 N = single standard carriage S = single short carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages Y = double short carriages M = double long carriages 7. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 8. Protection option4 S1 = wash down protection (not available for WM04 units) 1 See table below for available combinations of units and ball screw leads. 2 See below for the definition of shafts. 3 See table below for available combinations of units and carriage types. 4 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. Type of unit Available screw leads [mm] 5 10 20 40 50 WM04S x WM04D x WM06S x x x WM06D x x x WM06X x WM08S x x x x WM08D x x x x WM12D x x x x Type of unit Available carriage types N S L Z Y M WM04S x x WM04D x x WM06S x x WM06D x x x WM06X x x x WM08S x x WM08D x x x WM12D x x x Single Double Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135.
192 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides WV60, WV80, WV120 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example WV08D 020 -02745 -03295 G N -0000 1. Type of unit WV06D = WV60 unit WV08D = WV80 unit WV12D = WV120 unit 2. Ball screw lead1 005 = 5 mm 010 = 10 mm 020 = 20 mm 040 = 40 mm 050 = 50 mm 3. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • •= distance in mm 4. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • •= distance in mm 5. Drive shaft configuration2 A = single shaft without key way C = single shaft with key way G = double shafts, first without key way and second for encoder I = double shafts, first with key way and second for encoder 6. Type of carriage N = single standard carriage 7. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages 8. Protection option3 S1 = wash down protection 1 See table below for available combinations of units and ball screw leads. 2 See below for the definition of shafts. 3 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. Type of unit Available screw leads [mm] 5 10 20 40 50 WV60 x x x WV80 x x x x WV120 x x x x Single Double Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135.
Linear Motion Systems 193www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM60D, MLSM80D Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example MLSM06D 020 -03800 -04645 C L -0000 1. Type of unit MLSM06D = MLSM60 unit MLSM08D = MLSM80 unit 2. Ball screw lead 005 = 5 mm 010 = 10 mm 020 = 20 mm 040 = 40 mm 050 = 50 mm 3. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 5. Drive shaft configuration2 A = single shaft without key way C = single shaft with key way G = double shafts, first without key way and second for encoder I = double shafts, first with key way and second for encoder 6. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 7. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See table below for available combinations of units and ball screw leads. 2 See below for the definition of shafts. Single Double Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides Type of unit Available screw leads [mm] 5 10 20 40 50 MLSM06D x x x MLSM08D x x x x
194 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides M55, M75, M100 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example MF07 K057 C 35 S 305 +S1 1. Type of unit MF06 = M55 unit MF07 = M75 unit MF10 = M100 unit 2. Ball screw type, lead and tolerance class2 K057 = ball nut, 5 mm, T7 K107 = ball nut, 10 mm, T7 K129 = ball nut, 12,7 mm, T9 K207 = ball nut, 20 mm, T7 K257 = ball nut, 25 mm, T7 3. Type of carriages A = single standard carriage C = double standard carriages 4. Distance between carriages (Lc) 00 = for all single standard carriage units • • = distance in cm between carriages 5. Screw supports X = no screw supports S = single screw supports D = double screw supports 6. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm 7. Protection option1 +S1 = S1 wash down protection 1 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. 2 See table below for available combinations of units and ball screw type, lead and tolerance. Ball screw type Type of unit M55 M75 M100 K057 x x x K107 x x K129 x K207 x x K257 x
Linear Motion Systems 195www.thomsonlinear.com 2HB10, 2HB20 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Example 2HB10 HO N1285 -038 N 001 A 0 A 0 0 1. Type of unit 2HB10 = 2HB10 unit 2HB20 = 2HB20 unit 2. Ball screw diameter, lead and nut type GO = 16 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2HB10 only) HO = 16 mm, 10 mm, preloaded (2HB10 only) LO = 25 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2HB20 only) MO = 25 mm, 10 mm, preloaded( 2HB20 only) NO = 25 mm, 25 mm, preloaded (2HB20 only) 3. Ordering length (L) N • • • • = distance in mm 4. Y-distance - 038 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on 2HB10 - 043 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on 2HB20 - • • • = custom distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes 5. Brake option N = no brake B = brake 6. Motor flange ID 001 = NEMA 23 002 = NEMA 34 • • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of available standard motor flanges 7. Ball guide rail coating option A = standard D = duralloy 8. Ball guide carriage coating option 0 = standard 1 = duralloy 9. Profile cover option A = none B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%) C = shrouds 10. Hardware option 0 = alloy plated 1 = stainless steel 11. Home and end of stroke sensor option 0 = no sensors 1 = home sensor, NPN type 2 = end of stroke sensors, NPN type 3 = home and end of stroke sensors, NPN type 4 = home sensor, PNP type 5 = end of stroke sensors, PNP type 6 = home and end of stroke sensors, PNP type Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
196 www.thomsonlinear.com 2RB12, 2RB16 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Example 2RB16 JO N1000 -100 N 002 B 0 A 0 0 1. Type of unit 2RB12 = 2RB12 unit 2RB16 = 2RB16 unit 2. Ball screw diameter, lead and nut type GO = 16 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2RB12 only) HO = 16 mm, 10 mm, preloaded (2RB12 only) IO = 20 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2RB16 only) JO = 20 mm, 10 mm, preloaded ( 2RB16 only) KO = 20 mm, 25 mm, preloaded (2RB16 only) 3. Ordering length (L) N • • • • = distance in mm 4. Y-distance - 075 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on 2RB12 - 100 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on 2RB16 - • • • = custom distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes 5. Brake option N = no brake B = brake 6. Motor flange ID 001 = NEMA 23 002 = NEMA 34 • • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of available standard motor flanges 7. Ball guide shaft coating option A = standard, 60 Case B = stainless steel (440C) C = chrome plated E = armoloy 8. Bearing option 0 = standard 1 = corrosion resistance 9. Profile cover option A = none B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%) 10. Hardware option 0 = alloy plated 1 = stainless steel 11. Home and end of stroke sensor option 0 = no sensors 1 = home sensor, NPN type 2 = end of stroke sensors, NPN type 3 = home and end of stroke sensors, NPN type 4 = home sensor, PNP type 5 = end of stroke sensors, PNP type 6 = home and end of stroke sensors, PNP type Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
Linear Motion Systems 197www.thomsonlinear.com MS25, MS33 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Example MS25 LC N0300 -056 N 505 A 0 A 0 0 1. Type of unit MS25 = MS25 unit MS33 = MS33 unit 2. Lead screw diameter, lead and nut type LA = 0,25 inch, 0,025 in, preloaded LB = 0,25 inch, 0,050 in, preloaded LC = 0,25 inch, 0,062 in, preloaded LD = 0,25 inch, 0,200 in, preloaded LE = 0,25 inch, 0,250 in, preloaded LF = 0,25 inch, 0,500 in, preloaded LG = 0,25 inch, 1,000 in, preloaded LH = 0,25 inch, 1,5 mm, preloaded LI = 0,25 inch, 2,0 mm, preloaded LJ = 0,25 inch, 3,0 mm, preloaded 3. Ordering length (L) N • • • • = distance in mm 4. Y-distance - 056 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on MS25 - 075 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on MS33 - • • • = custom distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes 5. Brake option N = no brake B = brake 6. Motor flange ID 1 505 = NEMA 17 001 = NEMA 23 • • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of available standard motor flanges 7. Linear guides shafting option A = 60 case (1566) B = stainless steel (440C) C = chrome plated E = armoloy 8. Bearing type option 0 = standard 1 = corrosion resistant 9. Profile cover option A = none B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%) 10. Hardware option 0 = alloy plated 1 = stainless steel 11. Home and end of stroke limit switch option 7 = home position limit switch 8 = end of stroke limit switches Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
198 www.thomsonlinear.com MS46L, MS46B Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Example MS46 BB N0720 -075 N 001 A 0 A 0 0 1. Type of unit MS46 = MS46 unit 2. Type of screw, diameter, lead and nut type LK = lead screw, 12 mm, 3 mm, preloaded LL = lead screw, 12 mm, 10 mm, preloaded LM = lead screw, 12 mm, 25 mm, preloaded BP = ball screw, 12 mm, 5 mm, preloaded BB = ball screw, 12 mm, 5 mm, non-preloaded BQ= ball screw, 12 mm, 10 mm, preloaded BR = ball screw, 12 mm,10 mm, non-preloaded 3. Ordering length (L) N • • • • = distance in mm 4. Y-distance - 075 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting hole - • • • = custom distance in mm 5. Brake option N = no brake B = brake 6. Motor flange ID 001 = NEMA 23 002 = NEMA 24 • • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of available standard motor flanges 7. Linear guides shafting option A = 60 case (1566) B = stainless steel (440C) C = chrome plated E = armoloy 8. Bearing type option 0 = standard 1 = corrosion resistant 9. Profile cover option A = none B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%) 10. Hardware option 0 = alloy plated 1 = stainless steel 11. Home and end of stroke limit switch option 7 = home position limit switch 8 = end of stroke limit switches Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
Linear Motion Systems 199www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB08, 2DB12, 2DB16 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Example 2DB12 FO N0250 -300 N 002 A 0 A 0 0 1. Type of unit 2DB08 = 2DB08 unit 2DB12 = 2DB12 unit 2DB16 = 2DB16 unit 2. Screw type, diameter, lead and nut type AO = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 0.100 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only) BO = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 0.250 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only) CO = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 0.500 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only) D0 = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 1.000 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only) FO = ballscrew, 0.631 in, 0.200 in, non-preloaded (2DB12 only) VO = ballscrew, 0.631 in, 0.200 in, preloaded (2DB12 only) QJ = ballscrew, 0.500 in, 0.500 in, preloaded (2DB12 only) GO = ballscrew, 0.750 in, 0.200 in, non-preloaded (2DB16 only) WO = ballscrew, 0.750 in, 0.200 in, preloaded (2DB16 only) RJ = ballscrew, 0.750 in, 0.500 in, preloaded (2DB16 only) LJ = ballscrew, 0.631 in, 1.0 in, preloaded (2DB16 only) DO = ballscrew, 20 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2DB16 only) 3. Ordering length (L) N • • • • = distance in inch (e.g. 0250 = 25 inch) 4. Y-distance - 200 = standard distance in inch between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes for 2DB08 (e.g. 200 = 2 in) - 300 = standard distance in inch between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes for 2DB12 and 2DB16 (e.g. 300 = 3 in) - • • • = custom distance in inch between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes 5. Brake option N = no brake B = brake 6. Motor flange ID 001 = NEMA 23 002 = NEMA 34 • • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of available standard motor flanges 7. Ball guide shaft coating option A = standard, 60 Case B = stainless steel (440C) C = chrome plated E = armoloy 8. Bearing option 0 = standard 1 = corrosion resistance 9. Profile cover option A = none B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%) 10. Hardware option 0 = alloy plated 1 = stainless steel 11. Home and end of stroke sensor option 0 = no sensors 1 = home sensor, NPN type 2 = end of stroke sensors, NPN type 3 = home and end of stroke sensors, NPN type 4 = home sensor, PNP type 5 = end of stroke sensors, PNP type 6 = home and end of stroke sensors, PNP type Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
200 www.thomsonlinear.com M55, M75, M100 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example MG07 K057 C 35 S 305 +S1 1. Type of unit MG06 = M55 unit MG07 = M75 unit MG10 = M100 unit 2. Ball screw type, lead and tolerance class2 K057 = ball nut, 5 mm, T7 K107 = ball nut, 10 mm, T7 K129 = ball nut, 12,7 mm, T9 K207 = ball nut, 20 mm, T7 K257 = ball nut, 25 mm, T7 3. Type of carriages A = single standard carriage C = double standard carriages 4. Distance between carriages (Lc) 00 = for all single standard carriage units • • = distance in cm between carriages 5. Screw supports X = no screw supports S = single screw supports D = double screw supports 6. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm 7. Protection option1 +S1 = S1 wash down protection 1 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. 2 See table below for available combinations of units and ball screw type, lead and tolerance. Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guides Ball screw type Type of unit M55 M75 M100 K057 x x x K107 x x K129 x K207 x x K257 x
Linear Motion Systems 201www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides WH40 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example WH04Z100 -01400 -01755 H L -0400 1. Type of unit WH04Z100 = WH40 unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way W = hollow shaft on both sides with clamping unit 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See below for the definition of shafts. Left Right Both Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 133.
202 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides WM60Z, WM80Z Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example WM08Z170 -02545 -03715 D L -0000 1. Type of unit WM06Z120 = WM60Z unit WM08Z170 = WM80Z unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way V = hollow shaft on both sides for Micron DT/DTR planetary gear option 5. Carriage configuration2 N = single standard carriage S = single short carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages Y = double short carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See below for the definition of shafts. 2 See table below for available combinations of units and carriage types. Left Right Both Type of unit Available carriage types N S L Z Y WM06Z x x WM08Z x x x x x
Linear Motion Systems 203www.thomsonlinear.com M55, M75, M100 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example MF06B105 A 00 X 450 +S1 1. Type of unit MF06B105 = M55 unit MF07B130 = M75 unit MF10B176 = M100 unit 2. Type of carriages A = single standard carriage C = double standard carriages 3. Distance between carriages (Lc) 00 = for all single standard carriage units • • = distance in cm between carriages 4. Drive shaft configuration R = shaft on the side as shown in picture Q = shaft on the side as shown in picture X = shaft on both sides 5. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm 6. Protection option1 +S1 = S1 wash down protection 1 Leave blank if no protection option required. R Q X Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides
204 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides MLSM80Z Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example MLSM08Z200 -05000 -05570 A N -0000 1. Type of unit MLSM08Z200 = MLSM80 unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See below for the definition of shafts. Left Right Both
Linear Motion Systems 205www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guides M50 Your Code 1 2 3 4 Example MG05B130 A00 R 560 1. Type of unit MG05B130 = M50 unit 2. Type of carriage A00 = single standard carriage 3. Drive shaft configuration R = shaft on the side as shown in picture Q = shaft on the side as shown in picture X = shaft on both sides 4. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm M55, M75, M100 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example MG06B105 A 00 X 450 +S2 1. Type of unit MG06B105 = M55 unit MG07B130 = M75 unit MG10B176 = M100 unit 2. Type of carriages A = single standard carriage C = double standard carriages 3. Distance between carriages (Lc) 00 = for all single standard carriage units • • = distance in cm between carriages 4. Drive shaft configuration R = shaft on the side as shown in picture Q = shaft on the side as shown in picture X = shaft on both sides 5. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm 6. Protection option1 +S1 = S1 wash down protection +S2 = S2 enhanced wash down protection 1 Leave blank if no protection option required. R Q X R Q X
206 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides WH50, WH80, WH120 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example WH08Z200 -02300 -02710 J L -0000 S1 1. Type of unit WH05Z120 = WH50 unit WH08Z200 = WH80 unit WH12Z260 = WH120 unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way K = hollow shaft on both sides without clamping unit L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way V = hollow shaft on both sides for Micron DT/DTR planetary gear option W = hollow shaft on both sides with clamping unit 7. Protection option2 S1 = wash down protection 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See below for the definition of shafts. 2 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. Left Right Both Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135.
Linear Motion Systems 207www.thomsonlinear.com MLSH60Z Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example MLSH06Z135 -04500 -05580 D Z -0600 1. Type of unit MLSH06Z135 = MLSH60 unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See below for the definition of shafts. Left Right Both Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides
208 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Lifting Systems WHZ50, WHZ80 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example WHZ05Z120 -01000 -01410 A N -0000 Z2, Z3 Your Code 1 2 3 4 Example MGZ3K 25259 -250 450 1. Type of unit MGZ2K = Z2 unit MGZ3K = Z3 unit 2. Ball screw diameter, lead and tolerance class 25109 = 25 mm, 10 mm, T9 25259 = 25 mm, 25 mm, T9 32207 = 32 mm, 20 mm, T7 3. Minimum retracted length (L min) - • • • = distance in cm 4. Maximum extended length (L max) • • • = distance in cm 1. Type of unit WHZ05Z120 = WHZ50 unit WHZ08Z200 = WHZ80 unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way V = hollow shaft on both sides for Micron DT/DTR planetary gear option W = hollow shaft on both sides with clamping unit 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 7. Protection option2 S1 = wash down protection 1 See below for the definition of shafts and up and down. 2 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. Left Right Both Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135. Up Down
Linear Motion Systems 209www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Rod Units WZ60, WZ80 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example WZ06S 20 -00350 -00780 C N 1. Type of unit WZ06 = WZ60 unit WZ08 = WZ80 unit 2. Ball screw lead 05 = 5 mm 10 = 10 mm 20 = 20 mm 50 = 50 mm 3. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • = distance in mm 5. Drive shaft configuration A = shaft without key way C = shaft with key way 6. Extension tube configuration N = standard 1 See table below for available combinations of units and screw leads. Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT and MGK, see accessory index on page 135. Type of unit Available screw leads [mm] 5 10 20 50 WZ06 x x x WZ08 x x x x
210 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WH40N, WH50N, WH80N, WH120N Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example WH04N000 -04500 -04640 K N -0000 1. Type of unit WH04N000 = WH40N unit WH05N000 = WH50N unit WH08N000 = WH80N unit WH12N000 = WH120N unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 K = no shaft 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm WM40N, WM60N, WM80N, WM120N Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example WM08N000 -07010 -07210 K N -0000 1. Type of unit WM04N000 = WM40N unit WM06N000 = WM60N unit WM08N000 = WM80N unit WM12N000 = WM120N unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration K = no shaft 5. Type of carriage1 N = single standard carriage S = single short carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages Y = double short carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See table below for available combinations of units and carriage types. Type of unit Available carriage types N S L Z Y WM04N000 x x x WM06N000 x x x x x WM08N000 x x x x x WM12N000 x x x
Linear Motion Systems 211www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Non Driven Linear Motion Systems M75N, M100N Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example MG10N000 A 00 X 450 1. Type of unit MG07N000 = M75N unit with slide guides MG10N000 = M100N unit with slide guides MF07N000 = M75N unit with ball guides MF10N000 = M100N unit with ball guides 2. Type of carriages A = single standard carriage C = double standard carriages 3. Distance between carriages (Lc) 00 = for all single standard carriage units • • = distance in cm between carriages 4. Screw supports X = no screw supports 5. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm 6. Protection option1 +S1 = wash down protection 1 Leave blank if no protection option required.
212 www.thomsonlinear.com Screw Driven Unit Belt Driven Unit Double Carriages* Drive shaft Front Bearing Housing Profile Rear Bearing Housing Terminology Basic Linear Motion System Terminology Single Carriage* T-slot/mounting groove Cover Band Drive Station Tension Station Drive shaft Profile T-slot/mounting groove Cover Band * Both screw and belt driven units can have single or double carriages.
Linear Motion Systems 213www.thomsonlinear.com Acceleration Accelerationisameasureoftherateofspeedchangegoingfromstandstill (or a lower speed) to a higher speed. Please contact customer service if your application is critical to which acceleration rate is acceptable or needed. Accuracy There are several types of accuracy and many different factors that will affect the overall accuracy of a system. Also see “Repeatability”, “Posi- tioning Accuracy”, “Resolution”, “Lead Accuracy” and “Backlash”. Backlash Backlash is the stack up of tolerances (play) within the leadscrew/belt transmission assembly and gearing which creates a dead band when changing directions. The result is that the motor can rotate some before any motion can be seen on the carriage when reversing the direction of the motor rotation. The backlash varies depending of the liner motion system model. Ball Guides A ball guide consists of a ball rail and a ball bushing. The ball rail is made of hardened steel and runs along the inside of the profile. The ball bushing is attached to the carriage of the unit and contains balls that roll against the rail. The balls in the bushing can be recirculating or have fixed ball positions depending on the type of ball guide. The recirculating type has a longer life and better load capability while the fixed type typically is much smaller. Thomson uses three major types of ball guides in its linear motion systems. Either the compact single rail type with recirculating ball bushing (A), the stronger double rail type also with recirculating ball bushings (B) or the fixed ball position ball bushings type (not shown) which require very little space and are used in the smallest units. Ball guides offer high accuracy, high loads and medium speed. A B Ball Screw Drive Glossary A - Belt D A ball screw is made up of a rotating screw and a moving ball nut. The ball nut is attached to the carriage of the unit. It does not have a normal thread, instead balls circulate inside the nut making it work as an efficient ball bearing that travels along the screw. Ball screws come in a large variety of leads, diameters and tolerance classes. The tolerance class (T3, T5, T7 or T9) indicates the lead tolerance of the screw. The lower the number, the higher the tolerance. High load capability and high accuracy are typical features of ball screw driven units. Bearing Housing Screw driven units has two bearing housings, front and rear. The front bearing housing has a drive shaft while the rear has none. Sometimes however the rear housing can have an optional output shaft which is used to connect to an encoder. Bell House Flange A bell house flange is used when a motor should be connected directly to the drive shaft of a linear motion system, i.e when it is direct driven. The bell house has the bolt pattern of the motor flange in one end and the bolt pattern of the drive shaft flange in the other while the two shafts are joined by a coupling. Also see “Direct Drive”. Belt Drive A belt drive consists of a toothed belt which is attached to the carriage of the unit. The belt runs between two pulleys positioned at either end of the profile. One pulley is attached to the motor via the drive shaft in the drive station while the other is mounted in a tension station. The belts are made of plastic reinforced with steel cords. High speeds, long stroke, low noise and low overall weight are typical features of belt driven units .
214 www.thomsonlinear.com Belt Gear A belt gear consists of a timing belt that runs between two pulley wheels of different diameters. The difference between the diameters determines the gear ratio. Belt gears are quiet, have medium accuracy and require no maintenance but are susceptible to belt breakage under overload conditions. Brake None of the units are equipped with a brake or are self-locking which means that a vertical unit will drop the carriage/load if no external brake (such as a brake in the motor, etc.) is applied to the drive shaft.. In the case of belt driven units care must be taken as the carriage/load will drop immediately in the case of a belt breakage. This is particularly important in vertical applications. You also may want to incoorporate a brake in to the system to ensure fast and secure stops at an emergency stop or a power failure. In this case the brake should be of the failsafe type, i.e. a brake that is engaged when power is off and lifted when it is on. Carriage The carriage is the moving member which travel along the profile of the unit to which the load is attached. Some units can have multiple carriages inordertodistributetheweightoftheloadoveragreaterdistance,thiswill however reduce the available stroke for a given profile length. There are also units having the option of short or long carriage. The short can carry less weight than a standard one but has a slightly longer stroke for a given profile length while the longer works the other way around. It is possible to fix the carriage(s) to the foundation and let the profile act as the moving member if so desired. This is often the case in vertical applications where you let the profile lift and lower the load. CE Certificate Linear motion systems do not need and do therefore not have any CE certification. All Thomson linear motion systems are however designed in accordance with the CE regulations and comes with a manufacturers declaration to prove this. Once the linear motion system is used or made in to a machine it is the responsability of the end customer to make sure the entire machine that the linear motion system is a part of is in accordance with the applicable CE regulations, produce the documents that proves this and apply a CE mark to the machine. Cover Band Cover bands are used on some units to protect them from the ingress of foreign objects through the opening in the profile where the carriage runs and can be made of plastic (A) or stainless steel (B). In the case of plastic the cover band seals the profile by snapping into small grooves running along the carriage opening. In the case of stainless steel the cover band seal the profile magnetically using magnet strips mounted on each side of the carriage opening. Some units also have a self-adjusting cover band tensioning mechanism that eleminates any slack in the cover band that can occur from temperaure changes, thus improving the sealing degree and the expected life of the cover band. A B Critical Speed All ball screws have a critical speed where the screw starts to vibrate and eventually bend or warp the screw . The excact limit is a function of how long the screw is and the speed. For some units this means that the allowed maximum speed found in the performance specifications can be higher than the critical speed when the stroke exceeds a certain distance. In this case, either the speed must be reduced to the critical speed, the amount of stroke must be reduced, or you must use the screw support option if the unit in question allows this. Otherwise you must select another unit that can manage the speed at that stroke. The critical speed limits can be found in the “Critical Speed” diagrams on the product pages of the units that this concern. Customization Despite the large range of linear motion systems offered by Thomson you may not find the exact unit to suit your application. But whatever your need is, Thomson is ready to help you to customize a unit according to your requirements. Please contact customer service for more information. Cycle One cycle is when the carriage has travelled back and forth over the complete stroke of the unit one time. Glossary Belt G - C
Linear Motion Systems 215www.thomsonlinear.com Deceleration Deceleration is a measure of the rate of speed change going from a higher speed to a lower speed (or standstill). Please contact customer service if your application is critical to which deceleration rate is acceptable or needed. Definition of Forces The designations of the forces that acts on the unit are defined on the productpageofeachunitinthe“DefinitionofForcs”drawing(seeexample below). Please always use the same definitions whenever communicating with Thomson. Deflection of the Profile Some units require support along the whole profile whilst some are self supporting over a specified span. Further details can be found on the product data pages. The recommended support intervals should be followed to minimise deflection of the unit. The maximum distance between the support points is shown on the product data pages. The deflection of the unit can also be calculated using the information in the “Additional data and calculations” section. Direct Drive Direct drive means that there is no gearing between the motor and the drive shaft of the linear motion system. Instead the motor is connected to the unit directly via a coupling and an bell house adapter flange. Also see “Bell House Flange”. Double Ball Nuts Using double ball nuts will increase the repeatability of the unit. The ball nuts are installed so that they are pre-tensioned against each other eleminating the play between the nuts and the screw. A double nut unit will have a slightly shorter stroke for a given overall length. Double Carriages Double carriage units have two carriages which gives them higher load capabilites than single carriage units. When ordering a double carriage unit the distance between the two carriages needs to be defined. This distance is called La or Lc depending on the model. Drive Shaft The drive shaft is the is the shaft to which the motor is connected, either directly, via a bell house flange or via a gear box. There are many sizes and types of drive shafts, such as shafts with or without key way or hollow shafts, depending on the type and size of the unit. Belt driven units can often have two drive shafts (same or different type and size), one on each side of the drive station, while screw driven only have on pointing out of the end of the unit. Customized drive shafts are possible, please contact customer service for more information. Drive Station The drive station is the mechanical assembly in one of the ends of a belt driven unit where the drive shaft is situated. Duty Cycle All units are designed for a 100% duty cycle. However, where the unit runs at extreme load, speed, acceleration and temperature or for long operating periods the expected life time may be reduced. Encoder Feedback Encoders provide a digital output signal in the form of a square shaped pulse train that can be used to determine the position of the extension tube. The encoder signal in a servo motor system is connected to the motion control so that it can control the servo drive and hence close the position feedback loop. End of Stroke Limit Switches If a unit runs at speed to the ends of its stroke there is a risk of damage. Damage can be prevented by using end of stroke limit switches to detect and engage a brake and/or cut power to the motor when the unit nears the end of the unit. You must ensure that there is sufficient distance between the end of stroke limit switch and the end of the unit, to allow the carriage to come to a complete stop before colliding with the end. The required stopping distance depends on the speed and the load and will have to be calculated for each application. The stopping distance must be taken into account when defining the necessary stroke. Glossary D - E
216 www.thomsonlinear.com Guides Guides are in essence a form of linear bearings on which the carriage(s) travel. Thomson uses three main types of guides that all have different characteristics and which to choose depends on the demands of the application. Alos see “Ball Guides”, “Slide Guides” and “Wheel Guides”. Idle Torque Idle torque is the torque needed to move the carriage with no load in it by rotating the drive shaft. The idle torque will vary with the input speed and the idle torque tables on the product pages gives a value for some speeds. The value given in the table is for a unit having a single carriage of standar length. If you need the exact value for another speed, multiple carriages or short/long carriages , please contact our customer service. Inertia Inertiaisthepropertyofanobjecttoresistspeedchangesandisdependant ontheshapeandthemassoftheobject.Theinertiaisimportantwhensizing andselectingandalsowhentuningaservosystemtooptimumperformance. Consult customer service for more information. Input Shaft The input shaft is the shaft to wich the power source (motor) is connected to on a gear box. Primary shaft is another term for this. Sometimes the drive shaft on a linear unit also is refered to as the input shaft. Input Speed Input speed is the rotational speed that the drive shaft/input shaft of a linear motion system or a gear box is subjected to. Installation and Service Manual Each linear motions system has an installation and service manual to answer typical questions about mounting and servicing the unit. Lead Accuracy Lead accuracy is a measure of how accurate the lead of a ball screw is. For a ball screw with a lead of 25 mm, the screw should in theory move the nut 25 mm per each revolution. In reallity there will be a deviation between the expected traveling distance and what is actually achieved. The deviation is typically for a ball screw 0,05 mm per 300 mm of stroke. Contact customer service for more information. Left/right Moving Carriages Units with left/right moving carriages have two carriages moving in opposite directions when the drive shaft is rotated. This type of unit has a ball screw where half of the screw has a left hand thread and the other half a right hand thread. Lifetime Expectancy When determining the lifetime for a linear motion system it is necessary to evaluate all forces and moments that are acting on the unit. The data and formulas given in this catalogue serve as a basis for this. For a more detailed lifetime calculation please use our sizing and se­lection software. Please contact us for further guidance. Linear Lifting System A linear lifting system is in essence a linear motion system specially designed for vertical lifting applications. Some units can be used in horizontal applications as well under certain criterias. Please contact us if you plan to mount a lifting unit in any other position than vertically with the load carrying plate pointing down. Linear Motion System A linear motion system is a mechanical assembly that translates the rotating motion of a motor to the linear motion of a carriage that travel along a load supporting beam/profile. Other names for linear motion systems are linear units, linear drive units and rodless actuators among others. Load Rating There are many types of load ratings that all needs to be considered. Normally when you speak about the load you refer to the load that the carriage will move; which is the dynamic load. But there may also be static, side, moment and forces from acceleration, deceleration, gravity and friction that are all equally important. For some units the load and load torque values are given for both the com­plete unit and the guiding system. The values for the complete unit are the values under which the unit can operate. The values for the guiding system should only be used when comparing different units and do not describe the actual performance of the complete unit. Maintenance Most units require lubrication. General lubrication requirements can be found in the general specifications table on the product data pages. The lubrication intervals, grease qualities and specific lubrication instructions can be found in the installation and service manual of each unit. No other regular maintenance is needed except for normal cleaning and inspection. Units with a cover band may also require irregular cover band replacement due to wear. The belt in belt driven units should not require re-tensioning under normal operating conditions. Manufacturers Declaration All Thomson linear motion systems comes with a manufacturers declaration to prove that it is built according to the CE regulations. Mounting Most units can be mounted in any direction. Any restrictions on mounting posi­tions are shown on the product presentation pages at the beginning of each product category chapter. Even where units may be mounted in any direction there are some considerations. None of the units are self- locking which means that a vertical unit will drop the carriage/load if no Glossary G - M
Linear Motion Systems 217www.thomsonlinear.com external brake (such as a brake in the motor, etc.) is applied to the drive shaft of the unit. In the case of belt driven units care must be taken as the carriage/load will drop immediately in the case of a belt breakage. This is particularly important in vertical applications. All ball screw driven units are equipped with a safety nut to prevent the carriage/load being released in case of ball breakage. Non Driven Linear Motion Systems A non driven linear motion system has no drive shaft or any type of transmission. In reality a non driven linear motion system is a guide that has the same look and outer dimensions as the driven version. Normally a non driven unit is used together with a parallel working driven unit that are mechanically linked where the non driven unit help to share to load with the driven one. Non Guided Linear Motion Systems A non guided linear motion system has a drive shaft and a ball screw but no guides. In reality a non guided linear motion system is a enclosed ball screw assembly with a carriage that has the same look and outer dimensions as the driven version. Using a non guided unit requires some kind of external guide to which the carriage can be attached. Operation and Storage Temperature Operational temperature limits can be found in the performance tables on the product data pages. Units can be stored or transported within the same temperature range. Please contact us if the unit will be exposed to higher/lower temperatures than recommended during storage or transportation. Output Shaft The output shaft is the shaft on a gear box that is connected to object being driven by the gear box. Another term for output shaft is secondary shaft. Packages and Multi Axis Kits Thomson can offer complete pre-defined packages (linear motion system, gear and servo motor assembled and shipped with servo drive and ca­ bles) as well as mounting kits for the creation of two and three axis sys­ tems Please contact us for further information. Positioning Accuracy Positioning accuracy is the error between the the expected and actual position and is the sum of all factors that will reduce the accuracy (i.e. repeatability, backlash, resolution, screw/belt accuracy, and the accuracy of the motor, drive and motion control system). Some of these factors, such as backlash and lead accuracy, can sometimes be compensated for in the software of the motion control system being used. Also see “Accuracy”. Position Feedback The position of the carriage/rod/lifting profile can be obtained in many ways. The most common way is to equip the unit with an encoder or to use a motor which has a built in feed back device (encoder, resolver, etc.). To many units there are encoders or/and encoder mounting kits available. See the accessory chapter. Repeatability Repeatability is the ability for a positioning system to return to a location when approaching from the same distance, at the same speed and deceleration rate. Some of the factors that affect the repatability are the angular repeatability of the motor, drive and motion control system, system friction and changes in load, speed and deceleration. Resolution Resolution is the smallest move increment that the system can perform. Some of the factors that affect the resolution are the angular repeatability of the motor, drive and motion control system, system friction, the drive train reduction, the lead/type of the ball screw/belt and changes in load, speed and deceleration. Resolver A resolver is basically a type of rotary electrical transformer used for measuring degrees of rotation and are commonly used on AC servo motors as a feedback device to control the commutation of the motor windings. The resolver is mounted to the end of motor shaft and when the motor rotates the resolver will transmit the position and direction of the rotor to the servo drive which then can control the motor. Most servo drives for AC servo motors on the market today can convert the resolver signal in to a pulse train (encoder signal simulation) which can be used by a motion control to determine and control the position of the motor. Also see “Encoder Feedback”. RoHS Compliance The RoHS directive stands for “the restriction of the use of certain haz- ardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment”. This directive bans the placing on the EU market of new electrical and electronic equip- ment containing more than agreed levels of lead, cadmium, mercury, hex- avalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyl (PBB) and polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE) flame retardants. All linear motion systems and accessories sold in the EU are RoHS compliant. Screw Supports Screw supports allow screw driven units to travel at high speed even when stroke becomes longer. The supports reduce the unsupported length of the screw, that otherwise would be subjected to vibrations. Screw supports come in single (one screw support on each side of the carriage) or double (two supports on each side) versions. Screw support units will have a slightly shorter stroke for a given overall length. Glossary N - Sc
218 www.thomsonlinear.com Single Carriage Single carriage units have one carriage. Some linear motion system models also have the option of long or short single carriage. The long carriage handle higher loads but will have a longer overall length for a given stroke. Sizing and Selection This catalog can give you an overview of what Thomson can offer you and an indication of which products that may suit your application. But in order to get the best solution it is neccessary to know your specific application and to carry out detailed sizing and selection calculations. Please contact customer service for further help. Slide Guides A slide guide consist of a guide attached to the inside of the profile and a slide bushing attached to the carriage. The guide can be made of different materials (e.g. polished hardened steel, anodized aluminium) while the bushing is made of a polymer material. There are two types of bushings, fixed and prism. Prism bushings can move in relation to the guide which results in longer life and higher load capabilities. Slide bushings are silent, simple, reliable and robust and can be used in dirty and dusty environments. They are also resistant to shock loads, have a long life expectancy and require little or no maintenance. Stroke The theoretical maximum stroke (Smax) is the length that the carriage can travel from one end of the unit to the other. However, using the maximum stroke means that the carriage will collide with the ends of the profile. The practical stroke is therefore shorter. We recommend that you specify a unit that have at least 100 mm longer stroke than the maximum stroke you need so that the unit can stop before colliding with Glossary Si - W the ends and also allow for some adjustment of the unit postition at the mounting. Tension Station The tension station is the mechanical assembly situated in the opposite end of the drive station on a belt driven unit. The tension station has a mechanism that allows the belt pulley position to be adjusted thus changing the tension of the belt. Adjustment of the belt tension is normally only necessary when replacing a broken or worn out belt with a new. Wheel Guides A wheel guide consists of ball bearing wheels that run on a hardened steel rail. Wheel guides are a simple and robust guiding method offering high speeds, high loads and medium accuarcy. Working Environment All units are designed for use in normal industrial environments. Units which have an open profile (i.e. have no cover band) are more sensitive to dust, dirt and fluids. These units require some kind of cover if they are used in environments where dust, dirt or fluids are present. Wash down or enhanced wash down protection can be ordered for our closed profile units. Please refer to the accessory pages. In all cases where a unit will be exposed to aggressive chemicals, heavy vibrations or other potentially harmful processes we recommend that you con­tact us for further advice.
Thomson - the Choice for Optimized Motion Solutions Often the ideal design solution is not about finding the fastest, sturdiest, most accurate or even the least expensive option. Rather, the ideal solution is the optimal balance of performance, life and cost. Quickly Configure the Optimal Mechanical Motion Solution Thomson has several advantages that makes us the supplier of choice for motion control technology. • Thomson owns the broadest standard product offering of mechanical motion technologies in the industry. • Modified versions of standard product or white sheet design solutions are routine for us. • Choose Thomson and gain access to over 70 years of global application experience in industries including packaging, factory automation, material handling, medical, clean energy, printing, automotive, machine tool, aerospace and defense. • As part of Danaher Corporation, we are financially strong and unique in our ability to bring together control, drive, motor, power transmission and precision linear motion technologies. A Name You Can Trust A wealth of product and application information as well as 3D models, software tools, our distributor locator and global contact information is available at www.thomsonlinear.com/contact_us. Talk to us early in the design process to see how Thomson can help identify the optimal balance of performance, life and cost for your next application. And, call us or any of our 2000+ distribution partners around the world for fast delivery of replacement parts. The Danaher Business System The Danaher Business System (DBS) was established to increase the value we bring to customers. It is a mature and successful set of tools we use daily to continually improve manufacturing operations and product development processes. DBS is based on the principles of Kaizen which continuously and aggressively eliminates waste in every aspect of our business. DBS focuses the entire organization on achieving breakthrough results that create competitive advantages in quality, delivery and performance – advantages that are passed on to you. Through these advantages Thomson is able to provide you faster times to market as well as unsurpassed product selection, service, reliability and productivity. Local Support Around the Globe Application Centers Global Design & Engineering CentersGlobal Manufacturing Operations Linear Motion.Optimized.
OCTOBER2012ENGLinearMotionSystems EU201102-15 LIM TJO 10/2012 ENG Specifications are subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of the product user to determine the suitability of this product for a specific application. All trademarks property of their respective owners. © Thomson Industries, Inc. 2012 EUROPE United Kingdom Thomson Phone: +44 (0) 1271 334 500 Fax: +44 (0) 1271 334 501 Email: sales.uk@thomsonlinear.com Germany Thomson Nürtinger Straße 70 72649 Wolfschlugen Phone: +49 (0) 7022 504 0 Fax: +49 (0) 7022 504 405 Email: sales.germany@thomsonlinear.com France Thomson Phone: +33 (0) 243 50 03 30 Fax: +33 (0) 243 50 03 39 Email: sales.france@thomsonlinear.com Italy Thomson Largo Brughetti 20030 Bovisio Masciago Phone: +39 0362 594260 Fax: +39 0362 594263 Email: info@thomsonlinear.it Spain Thomson Rbla Badal, 29-31 7th, 1st 08014 Barcelona Phone: +34 (0) 9329 80278 Fax: + 34 (0) 9329 80278 Email: sales.esm@thomsonlinear.com Sweden Thomson Estridsväg 10 29109 Kristianstad Phone: +46 (0) 44 24 67 00 Fax: +46 (0) 44 24 40 85 Email: sales.scandinavia@thomsonlinear.com USA, CANADA and MEXICO Thomson 203A West Rock Road Radford, VA 24141, USA Phone: 1-540-633-3549 Fax: 1-540-633-0294 E-mail: thomson@thomsonlinear.com Literature: literature.thomsonlinear.com ASIA Asia Pacific Thomson 750, Oasis, Chai Chee Road, #03-20, Technopark @ Chai Chee, Singapore 469000 Email: sales.apac@thomsonlinear.com China Thomson Rm 2205, Scitech Tower 22 Jianguomen Wai Street Beijing 100004 Phone: +86 400 6661 802 Fax: +86 10 6515 0263 Email: sales.china@thomsonlinear.com India Thomson 10th Floor , Sigma Building Hiranandani Business Park Powai , Mumbai – 400076, India Email: sales.india@thomsonlinear.com Japan Thomson Minami-Kaneden 2-12-23, Suita Osaka 564-0044 Japan Phone: +81-6-6386-8001 Fax: +81-6-6386-5022 E-mail: csinfo_dicgj@danaher.co.jp Korea F12 Ilsong Bldg, 157-37 Samsung-dong, Kangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea (135-090) Phone: +82 2 6917 5049 Fax: +82 2 6917 5007 Email: sales.korea@thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion.Optimized. LinearMotion.Optimized. www.thomsonlinear.com www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion Systems

More Related Content

PDF
Thomson Linear Motion Systems
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson lead screws_ballscrews_ballsplines_catalog
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear Lead Screws, Ball Screws and Ball Splines
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson bsa lead and_ball_screws_cten
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson linear motion_systems_catalog
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson miniature components_systems_catalog
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear Miniature Components Systems
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson round rail_linearguides_catalog
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear Motion Systems
Electromate
 
Thomson lead screws_ballscrews_ballsplines_catalog
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear Lead Screws, Ball Screws and Ball Splines
Electromate
 
Thomson bsa lead and_ball_screws_cten
Electromate
 
Thomson linear motion_systems_catalog
Electromate
 
Thomson miniature components_systems_catalog
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear Miniature Components Systems
Electromate
 
Thomson round rail_linearguides_catalog
Electromate
 

Similar to Thomson linear motion systems_ctuk (20)

PDF
Thomson RoundRail Linear Guides
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson mechanical motion_solutions_catalog
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear Mechanical Motion Solutions
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson roundrail 2_da_brake_specsheet
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear 2DA QuickSlide System with Brake
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear Actuators Catalog
Electromate
 
PPT
Multidimensions technical presentation
MKG24
 
PDF
Pt guide 4 16
Ionut Catalin Dimache
 
PDF
Thomson Linear Roundrail 1DC Specs
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson roundrail 1_dc_specsheet
Electromate
 
PPT
Alliance
guest5928775c
 
PDF
Mitsubishi cnc cnc m700 v series
Dien Ha The
 
PDF
Mitsubishi cnc cnc m700 v series-dienhathe.vn
Dien Ha The
 
PDF
Lintech positioning systems_catalog
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson t series_profile_rail_specsheet
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson T-Series Profile Rail
Electromate
 
PPTX
FULL SPEED AHEAD WITH MESSUNG SERVO & MOTION CONTROL AUTOMATION
Messung Industrial Automation & Controls
 
PPSX
Full speed ahead with messung servo &amp; motion control automation
Messung Industrial Automation & Controls
 
PPT
2009 Harbin Electric
rboatrig1
 
PDF
Thomson pc series_precision_linear_actuators_catalog
Electromate
 
Thomson RoundRail Linear Guides
Electromate
 
Thomson mechanical motion_solutions_catalog
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear Mechanical Motion Solutions
Electromate
 
Thomson roundrail 2_da_brake_specsheet
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear 2DA QuickSlide System with Brake
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear Actuators Catalog
Electromate
 
Multidimensions technical presentation
MKG24
 
Pt guide 4 16
Ionut Catalin Dimache
 
Thomson Linear Roundrail 1DC Specs
Electromate
 
Thomson roundrail 1_dc_specsheet
Electromate
 
Alliance
guest5928775c
 
Mitsubishi cnc cnc m700 v series
Dien Ha The
 
Mitsubishi cnc cnc m700 v series-dienhathe.vn
Dien Ha The
 
Lintech positioning systems_catalog
Electromate
 
Thomson t series_profile_rail_specsheet
Electromate
 
Thomson T-Series Profile Rail
Electromate
 
FULL SPEED AHEAD WITH MESSUNG SERVO & MOTION CONTROL AUTOMATION
Messung Industrial Automation & Controls
 
Full speed ahead with messung servo &amp; motion control automation
Messung Industrial Automation & Controls
 
2009 Harbin Electric
rboatrig1
 
Thomson pc series_precision_linear_actuators_catalog
Electromate
 
Ad

More from Electromate (20)

DOC
Automated screw thread quality checking using SMAC LAR55 actuator new produc...
Electromate
 
PDF
An overview of the various kinematic models in both parallel and serial robot...
Electromate
 
PDF
Galil motion control robotic symposium presentation-linear motion from non-li...
Electromate
 
PDF
Advanced motion controls robotics symposium presentation-open standard tools ...
Electromate
 
PDF
Maxon motor ag robotic symposium presentation-impedance control overview and ...
Electromate
 
PDF
Kollmorgen robotic symposium presentation-motor design impacts on the optimiz...
Electromate
 
PDF
Harmonic drive llc robotics symposium presentation-designing from the inside ...
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear Dual Shaft Rail 2DA Modular Specs
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear RoundRail 2CA Web Universal Carriage Specs
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear RoundRail 1VC Double End Supported Specs
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear RoundRail 2CA Web Flanged Carriage Specs
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear RoundRail Twin Shaft Web 2CA
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear RoundRail 1VC Double Unsupported Specs
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear WhisperTrak Actuators
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear RoundRail Accessories Collapsable Bellows Specs
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear Roundrail Dual Shaft Rail 2DA Specs
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear RoundRail Continuous Support 1PC Specs
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear RoundRail Continuous Support 1PB Specs
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear RoundRail 1VC Continuously Supported Specs
Electromate
 
PDF
Thomson Linear RoundRail Continuous Support 1PA Specs
Electromate
 
Automated screw thread quality checking using SMAC LAR55 actuator new produc...
Electromate
 
An overview of the various kinematic models in both parallel and serial robot...
Electromate
 
Galil motion control robotic symposium presentation-linear motion from non-li...
Electromate
 
Advanced motion controls robotics symposium presentation-open standard tools ...
Electromate
 
Maxon motor ag robotic symposium presentation-impedance control overview and ...
Electromate
 
Kollmorgen robotic symposium presentation-motor design impacts on the optimiz...
Electromate
 
Harmonic drive llc robotics symposium presentation-designing from the inside ...
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear Dual Shaft Rail 2DA Modular Specs
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear RoundRail 2CA Web Universal Carriage Specs
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear RoundRail 1VC Double End Supported Specs
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear RoundRail 2CA Web Flanged Carriage Specs
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear RoundRail Twin Shaft Web 2CA
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear RoundRail 1VC Double Unsupported Specs
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear WhisperTrak Actuators
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear RoundRail Accessories Collapsable Bellows Specs
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear Roundrail Dual Shaft Rail 2DA Specs
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear RoundRail Continuous Support 1PC Specs
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear RoundRail Continuous Support 1PB Specs
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear RoundRail 1VC Continuously Supported Specs
Electromate
 
Thomson Linear RoundRail Continuous Support 1PA Specs
Electromate
 
Ad

Recently uploaded (20)

PDF
ENT215_Completing-a-large-scale-migration-and-modernization-with-AWS.pdf
ssuser28425f
 
PDF
Hybrid model detection and classification of lung cancer
IAESIJAI
 
PDF
Video forgery: An extensive analysis of inter-and intra-frame manipulation al...
IAESIJAI
 
PPTX
Final SEM Unit 1 for mit wpu at pune .pptx
anishtilekar08
 
PDF
A novel scalable deep ensemble learning framework for big data classification...
IAESIJAI
 
DOCX
search engine optimization ppt fir known well about this
StandardCodeLearning
 
PDF
Getting started with AI Agents and Multi-Agent Systems
Maxim Salnikov
 
PPTX
Chapter 5: Probability Theory and Statistics
RandyFin
 
PDF
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles – August ’25 Week III
NewMind AI
 
PPTX
Benefits of Physical activity for teenagers.pptx
Nokwanda Thabethe
 
PDF
Transform Your ITIL® 4 & ITSM Strategy with AI in 2025.pdf
PDCA Consulting
 
PDF
Hybrid horned lizard optimization algorithm-aquila optimizer for DC motor
IAESIJAI
 
PPTX
observCloud-Native Containerability and monitoring.pptx
anupsingh76937
 
PDF
Assigned Numbers - 2025 - Bluetooth® Document
Bloombase
 
PDF
DASA ADMISSION 2024_FirstRound_FirstRank_LastRank.pdf
rameswartudu05
 
PDF
How ambidextrous entrepreneurial leaders react to the artificial intelligence...
IAESIJAI
 
PPT
Module 1.ppt Iot fundamentals and Architecture
nanditha7766
 
PPTX
Tartificialntelligence_presentation.pptx
ry7r52mzb4
 
PDF
Hindi spoken digit analysis for native and non-native speakers
IAESIJAI
 
PDF
A comparative study of natural language inference in Swahili using monolingua...
IAESIJAI
 
ENT215_Completing-a-large-scale-migration-and-modernization-with-AWS.pdf
ssuser28425f
 
Hybrid model detection and classification of lung cancer
IAESIJAI
 
Video forgery: An extensive analysis of inter-and intra-frame manipulation al...
IAESIJAI
 
Final SEM Unit 1 for mit wpu at pune .pptx
anishtilekar08
 
A novel scalable deep ensemble learning framework for big data classification...
IAESIJAI
 
search engine optimization ppt fir known well about this
StandardCodeLearning
 
Getting started with AI Agents and Multi-Agent Systems
Maxim Salnikov
 
Chapter 5: Probability Theory and Statistics
RandyFin
 
NewMind AI Weekly Chronicles – August ’25 Week III
NewMind AI
 
Benefits of Physical activity for teenagers.pptx
Nokwanda Thabethe
 
Transform Your ITIL® 4 & ITSM Strategy with AI in 2025.pdf
PDCA Consulting
 
Hybrid horned lizard optimization algorithm-aquila optimizer for DC motor
IAESIJAI
 
observCloud-Native Containerability and monitoring.pptx
anupsingh76937
 
Assigned Numbers - 2025 - Bluetooth® Document
Bloombase
 
DASA ADMISSION 2024_FirstRound_FirstRank_LastRank.pdf
rameswartudu05
 
How ambidextrous entrepreneurial leaders react to the artificial intelligence...
IAESIJAI
 
Module 1.ppt Iot fundamentals and Architecture
nanditha7766
 
Tartificialntelligence_presentation.pptx
ry7r52mzb4
 
Hindi spoken digit analysis for native and non-native speakers
IAESIJAI
 
A comparative study of natural language inference in Swahili using monolingua...
IAESIJAI
 

Thomson linear motion systems_ctuk

  • 1. OCTOBER2012ENGLinearMotionSystems EU201102-15 LIM TJO 10/2012 ENG Specifications are subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of the product user to determine the suitability of this product for a specific application. All trademarks property of their respective owners. © Thomson Industries, Inc. 2012 EUROPE United Kingdom Thomson Phone: +44 (0) 1271 334 500 Fax: +44 (0) 1271 334 501 Email: sales.uk@thomsonlinear.com Germany Thomson Nürtinger Straße 70 72649 Wolfschlugen Phone: +49 (0) 7022 504 0 Fax: +49 (0) 7022 504 405 Email: sales.germany@thomsonlinear.com France Thomson Phone: +33 (0) 243 50 03 30 Fax: +33 (0) 243 50 03 39 Email: sales.france@thomsonlinear.com Italy Thomson Largo Brughetti 20030 Bovisio Masciago Phone: +39 0362 594260 Fax: +39 0362 594263 Email: info@thomsonlinear.it Spain Thomson Rbla Badal, 29-31 7th, 1st 08014 Barcelona Phone: +34 (0) 9329 80278 Fax: + 34 (0) 9329 80278 Email: sales.esm@thomsonlinear.com Sweden Thomson Estridsväg 10 29109 Kristianstad Phone: +46 (0) 44 24 67 00 Fax: +46 (0) 44 24 40 85 Email: sales.scandinavia@thomsonlinear.com USA, CANADA and MEXICO Thomson 203A West Rock Road Radford, VA 24141, USA Phone: 1-540-633-3549 Fax: 1-540-633-0294 E-mail: thomson@thomsonlinear.com Literature: literature.thomsonlinear.com ASIA Asia Pacific Thomson 750, Oasis, Chai Chee Road, #03-20, Technopark @ Chai Chee, Singapore 469000 Email: sales.apac@thomsonlinear.com China Thomson Rm 2205, Scitech Tower 22 Jianguomen Wai Street Beijing 100004 Phone: +86 400 6661 802 Fax: +86 10 6515 0263 Email: sales.china@thomsonlinear.com India Thomson 10th Floor , Sigma Building Hiranandani Business Park Powai , Mumbai – 400076, India Email: sales.india@thomsonlinear.com Japan Thomson Minami-Kaneden 2-12-23, Suita Osaka 564-0044 Japan Phone: +81-6-6386-8001 Fax: +81-6-6386-5022 E-mail: csinfo_dicgj@danaher.co.jp Korea F12 Ilsong Bldg, 157-37 Samsung-dong, Kangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea (135-090) Phone: +82 2 6917 5049 Fax: +82 2 6917 5007 Email: sales.korea@thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion.Optimized. LinearMotion.Optimized. www.thomsonlinear.com www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion Systems
  • 2. Thomson - the Choice for Optimized Motion Solutions Often the ideal design solution is not about finding the fastest, sturdiest, most accurate or even the least expensive option. Rather, the ideal solution is the optimal balance of performance, life and cost. Quickly Configure the Optimal Mechanical Motion Solution Thomson has several advantages that makes us the supplier of choice for motion control technology. • Thomson owns the broadest standard product offering of mechanical motion technologies in the industry. • Modified versions of standard product or white sheet design solutions are routine for us. • Choose Thomson and gain access to over 70 years of global application experience in industries including packaging, factory automation, material handling, medical, clean energy, printing, automotive, machine tool, aerospace and defense. • As part of Danaher Corporation, we are financially strong and unique in our ability to bring together control, drive, motor, power transmission and precision linear motion technologies. A Name You Can Trust A wealth of product and application information as well as 3D models, software tools, our distributor locator and global contact information is available at www.thomsonlinear.com/contact_us. Talk to us early in the design process to see how Thomson can help identify the optimal balance of performance, life and cost for your next application. And, call us or any of our 2000+ distribution partners around the world for fast delivery of replacement parts. The Danaher Business System The Danaher Business System (DBS) was established to increase the value we bring to customers. It is a mature and successful set of tools we use daily to continually improve manufacturing operations and product development processes. DBS is based on the principles of Kaizen which continuously and aggressively eliminates waste in every aspect of our business. DBS focuses the entire organization on achieving breakthrough results that create competitive advantages in quality, delivery and performance – advantages that are passed on to you. Through these advantages Thomson is able to provide you faster times to market as well as unsurpassed product selection, service, reliability and productivity. Local Support Around the Globe Application Centers Global Design & Engineering CentersGlobal Manufacturing Operations Linear Motion.Optimized.
  • 3. Linear Motion Systems 3www.thomsonlinear.com Table of Contents Thomson................................................................................................................... 5 Linear Motion Systems at Work...........................................................................6 Simple Product Selection with Linear Motioneering® ....................................7 Linear Motion System Group Selection Chart.............................................8 - 9 Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide.....10 Overview..................................................................................................10 - 13 WM40S.....................................................................................................14 - 15 WM40D....................................................................................................16 - 17 WM60D....................................................................................................18 - 19 WM60S.....................................................................................................20 - 21 WM60X.....................................................................................................22 - 23 WM80D....................................................................................................24 - 25 WM80S.....................................................................................................26 - 27 WM120D..................................................................................................28 - 29 WV60........................................................................................................30 - 31 WV80........................................................................................................32 - 33 WV120......................................................................................................34 - 35 MLSM60D................................................................................................36 - 37 MLSM80D................................................................................................38 - 39 M55...........................................................................................................40 - 41 M75...........................................................................................................42 - 43 M100.........................................................................................................44 - 45 2HB10.......................................................................................................46 - 47 2HB20.......................................................................................................48 - 49 2RB12........................................................................................................50 - 51 2RB16........................................................................................................52 - 53 MS25.........................................................................................................54 - 55 MS33.........................................................................................................56 - 57 MS46L.......................................................................................................58 - 59 MS46B......................................................................................................60 - 61 Units with inch interface 2DB08.......................................................................................................62 - 63 2DB12O.....................................................................................................64 - 65 2DB12J.....................................................................................................66 - 67 2DB16O.....................................................................................................68 - 69 2DB16J.....................................................................................................70 - 71 Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guide.................72 Overview..................................................................................................72 - 73 M55...........................................................................................................74 - 75 M75...........................................................................................................76 - 77 M100.........................................................................................................78 - 79 Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guide................................80 Overview..................................................................................................80 - 81 WH40........................................................................................................82 - 83 WM60Z.....................................................................................................84 - 85 WM80Z, standard carriage...................................................................86 - 87 WM80Z, short carriage.........................................................................88 - 89 M55...........................................................................................................90 - 91 M75...........................................................................................................92 - 93 M100.........................................................................................................94 - 95 MLSM80Z.................................................................................................96 - 97 Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guide..............................98 Overview..................................................................................................98 - 99 M50.......................................................................................................100 - 101 M55.......................................................................................................102 - 103 M75 ......................................................................................................104 - 105 M100.....................................................................................................106 - 107 Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guide..........................108 Overview..............................................................................................108 - 109 WH50....................................................................................................110 - 111 WH80....................................................................................................112 - 113 WH120..................................................................................................114 - 115 MLSH60Z..............................................................................................116 - 117 Linear Lifting Units..............................................................................................118 Overview............................................................................................. 118 - 119 WHZ50..................................................................................................120 - 121 WHZ80..................................................................................................122 - 123 Z2...........................................................................................................124 - 125 Z3...........................................................................................................126 - 127 Linear Rod Units..................................................................................................128 Overview..............................................................................................128 - 129 WZ60.....................................................................................................130 - 131 WZ80.....................................................................................................132 - 133 Accessories..........................................................................................................135 Accessory Index...........................................................................................135 Mounting Kits......................................................................................136 - 140 Cover and Protection Kits.................................................................141 - 144 Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits.............................................145 - 164 Electrical Feedback Devices............................................................165 - 176 Non Driven Units................................................................................177 - 181 Additional Technical Data.................................................................................182 Additional Technical Data Tables....................................................182 - 186 Drive Calculations..............................................................................187 - 188 Deflection Calculations.....................................................................189 - 190 Ordering Keys.......................................................................................................191 Keys for Units with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides.....191 - 199 Keys for Units with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guides.........................200 Keys for Units with Belt Drive and Ball Guides.............................201 - 204 Keys for Units with Belt Drive and Slide Guides.....................................205 Keys for Units with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides........................206 - 207 Keys for Linear Lifting Units........................................................................208 Keys for Linear Rod Units............................................................................209 Keys for Non Driven Units.................................................................210 - 211 Terminology..........................................................................................................212 Basic Linear Motion System Terminology.................................................212 Glossary................................................................................................................213 A - Belt D........................................................................................................213 Belt G - C........................................................................................................214 D - E................................................................................................................215 G - M...............................................................................................................216 N - Sc..............................................................................................................217 Si - W..............................................................................................................218
  • 5. Linear Motion Systems 5www.thomsonlinear.com Thomson The optimal balance of performance, life and cost The unmatched breadth of the Thomson linear motion system product line comes from the consolidation of three world-reknowned brands: Thomson, Neff and Tollo. We are product innovators with decades of application experience. Unbiased ownership of the multiple motion system technologies enables Thomson to provide you with the optimal balance of performance versus installed cost for your application. Neff Thomson Tollo Thomson Thomson introduced the first ball screw actuator into an aviation application in 1939 and invented the anti-friction Linear Ball Bushing® Bearing in 1945. Thomson has been a market leader with an increasing portfolio of linear motion technologies ever since. Founded in 1905, Neff offered products for the linear motion market and, over the decades, became a market leader in ball screw technology. The first linear motion system from Neff was presented in 1981 at the FAMETA show in Stuttgart. Tollo began in 1981 as a lifting equipment manufacturer. The product line grew rapidly thereafter and, in 1982, Tollo presented their first linear motion system at the Technical Fair in Stockholm. Thomson has consolidated the most competitive and complementary products from each brand into the most advanced, most comprehensive product portfolio available today. The range covers the smallest and most compact linear motion systems to the biggest and most robust. Our wide range of guide and drive systems can be configured economically and can also work in harsh environments, at high speeds, and in high precision applications. Thomson is linear motion, optimized.
  • 6. 6 www.thomsonlinear.com Handling Linear motion systems are ideal for handling applications. Thomson has units suitable for the harsh environments in food and paper industries to the rigorous cleanliness demands found in the medical and electronics industries. Transportation and transfer Whenever you may need to move something from one place to another a linear motion system can be the answer. Here a moulding machine is fed and emptied at high speed. Packaging, filling and dispensing To fill, close, stack, label or print on boxes or other containers of almost any size and weight is easily done with linear motion systems. Medical and laboratory In this application a robot made of linear motion systems is used to pick samples from test tubes of different heights. Thomsons has the small, quiet, quick and accurate units you need to build this type of equipment. Linear Motion Systems at Work Application Examples Thomson Linear Motion Systems can be used in almost all industries . The breadth of our range makes it possible to find the optimum solution for most applications imaginable. If the standard range is not enough, Thomson is happy to discuss a custom solution that meets your needs. Below is a small selection of applications where linear motion systems have been used succesfully. Contact us and we can show you many, many more.
  • 7. Linear Motion Systems 7www.thomsonlinear.com To determine which linear motion system is best suited for your application you just enter the application parameters in seven simple steps into Linear Motioneering. Once a product solution is selected, choose from a wide assortment of accessories, motors, and motor mounts. Seven simple steps 1. Visit www.linearmotioneering.com 2. Create an account 3. Enter the system orientation 4. Enter the positioning requirements 5. Enter any environmental conditions 6. Enter the load and the forces 7. Enter the move profile requirements Outputs 1. 2D drawings or interactive 3D models 2. List prices 3. Delivery times 4. Ordering information The program will output a 2D drawing or an interactive 3D model, list prices, delivery times, and ordering information. In your account you can see your quote history. Please visit www.linearmotioneering.com for more information. Simple Product Selection with Linear Motioneering® On-Line Product Selection The Linear Motioneering sizing and selection tool is designed to make it simple to choose the right linear motion system for your application. Linear Motioneering is very easy to use, just enter the basic paramaters for your application and watch as Linear Motioneering does all the work. Linear Motioneering calculates application parameters through a comprehensive set of algorithms and compares your results to our product database to determine an optimized solution set.
  • 8. 8 www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion System Group Selection Chart How to select appropiate product group Thomson linear motion systems offers two drive options (screw or belt drive) and three carriage guidance options (ball, slide or wheel guides). The chart below provides reference to the ideal product combination based on the general application type. Application Type Group 1 Instrumentation and other low-load applications. Repeatability and/or spatial constraints may be critical. • Small-scale material handling • Medical instrumentation • Lab automation • Vending machines See pages 54 - 61 See pages 74 - 79 See pages 100 - 107 See pages 18 - 29 Type: MS Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: M Drive: Screw Guides: Slide Type: M Drive: Belt Guides: Slide Type: WM Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Application Type Group 2 Economical point-to-point transport motion. Speed and/or environmental protection may be critical. • Packaging • Filling and dispensing • Factory automation • Material handling • Printing and scanning • Food processing Application Type Group 3 Motion with tighter accuracy requirements. Stiffness and rigidity may be critical. • Machine tool material handling • Machine tool automation • Test and measurement • Inspection equipment • Automotive assembly Repeatability ± 0,05 mm Speeds up to 1,6 m/s Strokes up to 6 m Repeatability ± 0,05 mm Speeds up to 3 m/s Strokes up to 2 m Load < 15 kg Smallest spatial footprint Repeatability ± 0,005 mm Stroke up to 0,8 m Repeatability ± 0,2 mm Speeds up to 5 m/s Strokes up to 12 m Repeatability < ± 0,02 mm See pages 82 - 83 Type: WH40 Drive: Belt Guides: Ball
  • 9. Linear Motion Systems 9www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion System Group Selection Chart How to select appropiate product group See pages 90 - 95 See pages 50 - 52 See pages 46 - 49 See pages 110 - 117 See pages 84 - 89, 96 - 97 See pages 62 - 71 See pages 36 - 39 See pages 40 - 45 Lowest cost Highest cost Cost indicator legend Type: M Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: 2RB Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: MLSM Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: 2DB Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: 2HB Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Type: M Drive: Belt Guides: Ball Type: WH, Drive: Belt Guides: Wheel MLSH60Z Type: WMZ, Drive: Belt Guides: Ball MLSM80Z Heavier loads Better stiffness Heavier loads Better stiffness Best accuracy Repeatability < ± 0,005 mm Heavier loads and/or higher moments Higher moment loads Best accuracy with higher stiffness and moment load capacity Speeds up to 10 m/s and/or higher moment loads Speeds up to 5 m/s and/or higher moment loads How to use the selection chart 1. Chose the one of the three general application type groups that match your application the best. 2. Move right in the chart until you identified a possible unit type for your needs. 3. Look up the unit type in the catalog and see if there is a size or version among them that match. 4. If you find a match, go to step 5. If not, go back to the chart and identify the next possible unit type and repeat. 5. Confirm the choice by performing the necessary calculations. The Linear Motioneering Sizing and Selection Tool or the Thomson customer support team can help you with this. See pages 14 -17 Type: WM40 Drive: Screw Guides: Ball Repeatability ± 0,01 mm Better stiffness
  • 10. 10 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter WM40S WM40D WM60D WM60S WM60X WM80D WM80S WM120D Profile size (width × height) [mm] 40 × 40 40 × 40 60 × 60 60 × 60 60 × 60 80 × 80 80 × 80 120 × 120 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2000 2000 11000 5000 10340 11000 5000 11000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,25 0,25 2,5 2,5 0,25 2,5 2,5 2,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 600 2000 1400 2000 3000 2100 6000 Remarks single ball nut double ball nuts double ball nuts single ball nut left/right screw double ball nuts single ball nut double ball nuts Page 14 16 18 20 22 24 26 28 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented guide system • Patented self-adjusting plastic cover band • Patented screw support system PowerLine WM WM40 Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide Overview WM-Series Technical Presentation Screw support Patented screw support system permits high speeds at long stroke lengths while reducing the available stroke with a minimum. Double ball nuts Double pre-tensioned ball nuts improve the accuracy and allow re-tensioning, increasing the lifetime of the unit. Central lubrication One central lubrication point on the carriage services the entire unit resulting in a minimum maintenace requirement. Ball guides Integrated patented ball guides with hard- ened steel tracks for optimum performance. Cover band The patented self-adjusting cover band protect the unit from the penetration of dirt, dust and liquids. Ball cages The balls in the ball guides are protected by a ball cage which ensures a long life.
  • 11. Linear Motion Systems 11www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter WV60 WV80 WV120 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 60 × 60 80 × 80 120 × 120 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 11000 11000 11000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 2,5 2,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] - - - Remarks double ball nuts the units has no guides double ball nuts the units has no guides double ball nuts the units has no guides Page 30 32 34 Parameter MLSM60D MLSM80D Profile size (width × height) [mm] 160 × 65 240 × 85 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5500 5200 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 2,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 8000 Remarks double ball nuts double ball nuts Page 36 38 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented guide system • Patented plastic cover band • Patented screw support system Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented self-adjusting plastic cover band • Patented screw support system • The units require external guides ForceLine MLSM PowerLine WV WV80 MLSM80D Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide Overview
  • 12. 12 www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide Overview Parameter 2HB10 2HB20 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 100 × 60 200 × 90 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1375 2760 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,47 0,95 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 8000 34000 Remarks bellows or shroud options available bellows or shroud options available Page 46 48 Parameter 2RB12 2RB16 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 130 × 40 160 × 48 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1951 2815 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,47 0,73 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 1760 5176 Remarks bellows option available bellows option available Page 50 52 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • High load capabilities • Low profile height • Preloaded ballscrew and bearing carriages offer high stiffness / rigidity • Corrosion resistant options available. Features • Can be installed in any orientation • High load capabilities • Low profile height • Preloaded ballscrew and Super Smart bearing configuration provides stiffness / rigidity • Corrosion resistant options available. 2HB20 2RB16 Parameter M55 M75 M100 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 58 × 55 86 × 75 108 × 100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 4000 6000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,6 1,0 1,25 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 1450 3000 Remarks single ball nut single ball nut single ball nut Page 40 42 44 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band • Internal ball guides • Wash down protected versions available Movopart M 2HB 2RB M75
  • 13. Linear Motion Systems 13www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guide Overview Parameter MS25 MS33 MS46L MS46B Profile size (width × height) [mm] 50 × 25 60 × 33 86 × 46 86 × 46 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 705,5 704 821,3 821,3 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,85 1,02 0,83 0,83 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 100 150 450 450 Remarks bellows option available bellows option available bellows option available bellows option available Page 54 56 58 60 Features • Compact, lightweight package • Stainless steel leadscrew with anti-backlash nut offers precise repeatability • Segmented linear bearings provide smooth motion • Corrosion resistant options available MS33 MicroStage MS Parameter 2DB08 2DB12O 2DB12J 2DB16O 2DB16J Profile size (width × height) [in] 4.5 × 1.625 6 × 2.125 6 × 2.562 7.5 × 2.625 7.5 × 3.062 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [in] 41 63 63 84.5 84.5 Linear speed, maximum [in/s] 33.3 10.0 25.0 8.3 41.67 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 336 2115 2115 3555 3555 Remarks leadscrew driven ballscrew driven integrated carriage ballscrew driven modular carriage ballscrew driven integrated carriage ballscrew driven modular carriage Page 62 64 66 68 70 Features • Integrated dual-rail, webbed shaft ideal for loading in all orientations • Low-profile height • Super Smart bushings with low friction for smooth motion • Easy mounting • Corrosion resistant options available 2DB 2DB12 INCH INTERFACE
  • 14. 14 www.thomsonlinear.com WM40S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut Performance Specifications Parameter WM40S Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,02 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 10 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 30 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 30 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 100 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 3 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 12 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 1,50 0,30 0,36 General Specifications Parameter WM40S Profile size (w × h) [mm] 40 × 40 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 150 0,3 1500 0,5 3000 0,8 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182 Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Critical Speed
  • 15. Linear Motion Systems 15www.thomsonlinear.com WM40S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut Double Carriages Parameter WM40S Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 175 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 900 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,45 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,6 Force required to move second carriage [N] 4 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 7 A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 – 500 (0 – 450) 65 35 270 (320) 501 – 1100 (451 – 1050) 65 45 280 (330) 1101 – 2000 (1051 – 1950) 70 60 300 (350) A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A4: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Values between brackets = for units with long carriage 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 16. 16 www.thomsonlinear.com WM40D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts, Long Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM40D Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1950 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 10 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 30 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 30 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 100 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 3 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 12 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 1,90 0,30 0,60 General Specifications Parameter WM40D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 40 × 40 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 150 0,4 1500 0,6 3000 0,9 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Critical Speed » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 17. Linear Motion Systems 17www.thomsonlinear.com WM40D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts, Long Carriage Double Long Carriages Parameter WM40D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 225 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 900 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,45 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,6 Force required to move second carriage [N] 4 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 6 A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A4: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 – 500 65 35 320 501 – 1100 65 45 330 1101 – 2000 70 60 350 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 18. 18 www.thomsonlinear.com WM60D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Performance Specifications Parameter WM60D Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 20 mm screw lead 50 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 100 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 200 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 200 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 35 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 6,16 0,65 1,99 General Specifications Parameter WM60D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of screw ball screw with double nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,8 1,3 1,6 1500 1,4 2,0 2,4 3000 1,8 2,3 2,6 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 19. Linear Motion Systems 19www.thomsonlinear.com WM60D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Long Carriage Parameter WM60D Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 500 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 500 Weight [kg] 3,1 Double Carriages Parameter WM60D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 335 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2 Force required to move second carriage [N] 20 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A1: depth 11 A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 695 (0 - 505) 115 65 460 (650) 696 - 1335 (506 - 1145) 165 115 560 (750) 1336 - 2075 (1146 - 1885) 185 135 600 (790) 2076 - 2780 (1886 - 2590) 210 160 650 (840) Values between brackets = for units with long carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2781 - 3545 (2591 - 3355) 230 180 690 (880) 3546 - 4285 (3366 - 4095) 250 200 730 (920) 4286 - 5015 (4096 - 4825) 275 225 780 (970) 5016 - 11000 (4826 - 10810) contact customer service 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 20. 20 www.thomsonlinear.com WM60S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut, Short Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM60S Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 10 Repeatability [± mm] 0,02 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1400 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 50 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 100 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 100 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 35 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 3,80 0,65 1,00 General Specifications Parameter WM60S Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,7 1,0 1,4 1500 1,1 1,6 2,0 3000 1,5 1,8 2,2 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 21. Linear Motion Systems 21www.thomsonlinear.com WM60S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Single Ball Nut, Short Carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 580 95 20 335 581 - 1140 110 60 390 1141 - 1805 130 80 430 1806 - 2460 155 105 480 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2461 - 3125 175 125 520 3126 - 3780 200 150 570 3781 - 4445 220 170 610 4446 - 5000 240 190 650 Double Short Carriages Parameter WM60S Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 255 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 1,4 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 1,4 Force required to move second carriage [N] 18 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 22. 22 www.thomsonlinear.com WM60X Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Left/Right Moving Carriages Performance Specifications Parameter WM60X Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 10340 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 100 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 200 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 200 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 35 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 10,33 0,65 1,99 General Specifications Parameter WM60X Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of screw ball screw with double nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 150 1,6 1500 2,8 3000 3,6 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 5400 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 23. Linear Motion Systems 23www.thomsonlinear.com WM60X Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Left/Right Moving Carriages Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] X [mm] Y [mm] Z [mm] 0 - 1390 (0 - 1200) 115 65 60 80 620 800 1391 - 2670 (1201 - 2480) 165 115 210 230 770 1050 2671 - 4150 (2481 - 3960) 185 135 250 270 810 1130 4151 - 5560 (3961 - 5370) 210 160 300 320 860 1230 5561 - 10340 (5371 - 10150) contact customer sevice Long Carriage Parameter WM60X Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 500 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 500 Weight [kg] 3,1 Values between brackets = for units with long carriage A1: depth 11 A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 24. 24 www.thomsonlinear.com WM80D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Performance Specifications Parameter WM80D Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 50 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 350 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 300 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 300 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 55 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 11,57 1,08 4,26 General Specifications Parameter WM80D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 50 150 1,1 1,5 1,8 2,3 1500 1,7 2.1 2,3 3,0 3000 2,1 2,5 2,6 3,6 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 25. Linear Motion Systems 25www.thomsonlinear.com WM80D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Long Carriage Parameter WM80D Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 750 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 750 Weight [kg] 6,4 Double Carriages Parameter WM80D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 360 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 25 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 12 mm A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A1: depth 12 mm Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 780 (0 - 610) 120 80 500 (670) 781 - 1535 (611 - 1365) 170 125 595 (765) 1536 - 2375 (1366 - 2205) 190 145 635 (805) 2376 - 3205 (2206 - 3035) 215 170 685 (855) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrication points by customer Values between brackets = for units with long carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 3206 - 4045 (3036 - 3875) 235 190 725 (895) 4046 - 4885 (3876 - 4715) 255 210 765 (935) 4886 - 5000 (4716 - 4830) 280 235 815 (985) 5001 - 11000 (4717 - 10830) contact customer service 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 26. 26 www.thomsonlinear.com WM80S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Singel Ball Nut, Short Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM80S Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,02 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 3500 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 150 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 180 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 180 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 55 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 7,0 1,1 1,6 General Specifications Parameter WM80S Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,9 1,1 1,3 2,0 1500 1,3 1,5 1,8 2,4 3000 1,7 1,8 2,0 2,9 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 27. Linear Motion Systems 27www.thomsonlinear.com WM80S Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Singel Ball Nut, Short Carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 680 95 35 350 681 - 1310 125 80 425 1311 - 2065 150 105 475 2066 - 2830 170 125 515 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2831 - 3590 195 150 565 3591 - 4355 215 170 605 4356 - 5000 235 190 645 Double Carriages Parameter WM80S Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 280 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Force required to move second carriage [N] 22,5 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 12 mm A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrication points by customer 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 28. 28 www.thomsonlinear.com WM120D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Performance Specifications Parameter WM120D Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 40 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 40 mm [N] 12000 8000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 600 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 600 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 80 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 32 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 40 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 25,91 1,93 9,25 General Specifications Parameter WM120D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 120 × 120 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 40 150 1,4 2,0 2,3 2,4 1500 2,5 3,0 3,3 3,8 3000 3,0 3,7 4,0 4,3 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 5400 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 29. Linear Motion Systems 29www.thomsonlinear.com WM120D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide, Double Ball Nuts Long Carriage Parameter WM120D Carriage length [mm] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1500 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 1500 Weight [kg] 14,2 Double Carriages Parameter WM120D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 450 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 12000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 12000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6 Force required to move second carriage [N] 30 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 22 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A1: depth 22 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 890 (0 - 710) 155 100 595 (775) 891 - 1695 (711 - 1515) 225 170 735 (915) 1696 - 2625 (1516 - 2445) 260 205 805 (985) 2626 - 3555 (2446 - 3375) 295 240 875 (1055) A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Values between brackets = for units with long carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 3556 - 4485 (3376 - 4305) 330 275 945 (1125) 4486 - 5000 (4306 - 4820) 365 310 1015 (1195) 5001 - 11000 (4307 - 10820) contact customer service 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 30. 30 www.thomsonlinear.com WV60 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Performance Specifications Parameter WV60 Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 20 mm screw lead 50 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 0 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 35 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 4,72 0,55 1,42 General Specifications Parameter WV60 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of screw ball screw with double nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,7 0,9 1,1 1500 1,3 1,5 1,5 3000 1,7 1,9 2,1 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 31. Linear Motion Systems 31www.thomsonlinear.com WV60 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 690 130 80 430 691 - 1415 155 105 480 1416 - 2155 175 125 520 2156 - 2885 200 150 570 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2886 - 3625 220 170 610 3626 - 4355 245 195 660 4256 - 5095 265 215 700 5096 - 11000 contact customer service A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 32. 32 www.thomsonlinear.com WV80 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Performance Specifications Parameter WV80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 50 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 0 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 55 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 7,95 0,99 2,25 General Specifications Parameter WV80 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,9 1,1 1,3 1,4 1500 1,6 1,9 2,1 2,3 3000 2,0 2,4 2,6 3,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 33. Linear Motion Systems 33www.thomsonlinear.com WV80 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 775 125 50 395 776 - 1670 145 95 460 1671 - 2505 170 115 505 2506 - 3340 190 140 550 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 3341 - 4175 210 160 590 4176 - 5015 235 180 635 5016 - 11000 contact customer service A1: depth 12 mm A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrication points by customer Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 34. 34 www.thomsonlinear.com WV120 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Performance Specifications Parameter WV120 Stroke length (Smax), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 40 mm [mm] 11000 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 40 mm [N] 12000 8000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 0 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 0 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 80 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 32 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 40 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 18,10 1,94 4,75 General Specifications Parameter WV120 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 120 × 120 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 40 150 1,0 1,1 1,4 1,5 1500 2,1 2,2 2,5 2,8 3000 2,4 2,6 3,0 3,5 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 5400 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 191 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 35. Linear Motion Systems 35www.thomsonlinear.com WV120 Ball Screw Drive, No Guides Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 940 145 50 465 941 - 1860 180 120 570 1861 - 2790 215 155 640 2791 - 3720 250 190 710 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 3721 - 4650 285 225 780 4651 - 5000 320 255 845 5001 - 11000 contact customer service A1: depth 22 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 36. 36 www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM60D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MLSM60D Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 400 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 460 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 460 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 350 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 60 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 14,40 1,65 5,70 General Specifications Parameter MLSM60D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 160 × 65 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 50 150 1,0 1,6 1,9 2,7 1500 1,6 2,2 2,3 3,4 3000 2,0 2,6 2,6 4,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 193 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 37. Linear Motion Systems 37www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM60D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Long Carriage Parameter MLSM60D Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 940 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 940 Weight [kg] 6,5 Double Carriages Parameter MLSM60D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 320 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 12000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 12000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6 Force required to move second carriage [N] 27 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 10 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A1: depth 10 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 750 (0 - 580) 90 45 435 (605) 751 - 1220 (581 - 1050) 105 90 495 (665) 1221 - 1980 (1051 - 1810) 125 110 535 (705) 1981 - 2730 (1811 - 2560) 150 135 585 (765) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Values between brackets = for units with long carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2731 - 3490 (2561 - 3320) 170 155 625 (795) 3491 - 4240 (3321 - 4070) 195 180 675 (845) 4241 - 5000 (4071 - 4830) 215 200 715 (885) 5001 - 5500 (4831 - 5330) 235 220 755 (925) 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 38. 38 www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM80D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MLSM80D Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5200 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,01 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum screw lead 5, 10, 20 mm screw lead 40 mm [N] 12000 8000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 8000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 8000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 780 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 900 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 900 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 85 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 32 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 40 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 29,5 2,7 11,5 General Specifications Parameter MLSM80D Profile size (w × h) [mm] 240 × 85 Type of screw ball screw with double nuts Carriage sealing system plastic cover band Screw supports included in all units that require screw supports Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 40 150 1,6 2,2 2,5 2,8 1500 2,7 3,2 3,4 4,0 3000 3,2 4,0 4,2 4,5 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Definition of Forces Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 193 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 39. Linear Motion Systems 39www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM80D Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Long Carriage Parameter MLSM80D Carriage length [mm] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1750 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 1750 Weight [kg] 16 Double Carriages Parameter MLSM80D Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 400 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 16000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 16000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 8 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 ×8 Force required to move second carriage [N] 35 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + C + L A A1: depth 15 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A3: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A1: depth 15 Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 0 - 750 (0 - 570) 100 90 530 (710) 751 - 1140 (571 - 960) 130 120 590 (770) 1141 - 1880 (961 - 1700) 160 150 650 (830) 1881 - 2620 (1701 - 2440) 190 180 710 (890) A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A5: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Values between brackets = for units with long carriage Stroke length (Smax) [mm] A [mm] B [mm] C [mm] 2621 - 3360 (2441 - 3180) 220 210 770 (950) 3361 - 4100 (3181 - 3920) 250 240 830 (1010) 4101 - 4840 (3921 - 4660) 280 270 890 (1070) 4841 - 5000 (4661 - 4820) 310 300 950 (1130) 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 40. 40 www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Deflection of the Profile Performance Specifications Parameter M55 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,6 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 900 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 900 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 9 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 48 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 48 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 12 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 16 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 3,90 0,56 1,20 0,83 1,88 General Specifications Parameter M55 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 58 × 55 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Definition of Forces Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 500 - no screw supports 0,02 0,03 0,04 500 - with screw supports 0,03 0,05 0,07 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required » Ordering key - see page 194 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 41. Linear Motion Systems 41www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 6 6 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Single screw support 40 40 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Double screw supports 92 92 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5 Double Carriages Parameter M55 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1350 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1350 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,675 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,675 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 6,5 2,4 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 6 6 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Single screw support 40 40 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Double screw supports 92 92 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 42. 42 www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M75 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 4000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2500 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 18 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 130 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 130 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 30 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 12,7, 20 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 6,90 1,05 2,50 1,70 3,58 General Specifications Parameter M75 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 86 × 75 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 12,7 p = 20 500 - no screw supports 0,04 0,1 0,16 500 - with screw supports 0,06 0,12 0,2 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required » Ordering key - see page 194 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 43. Linear Motion Systems 43www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 5 5 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Single screw support 60 60 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double screw supports 126 126 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double Carriages Parameter M75 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 250 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,5 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,5 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 12,2 5,0 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 5 5 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Single screw support 60 60 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double screw supports 126 126 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 44. 44 www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide General Specifications Parameter M100 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 108 × 100 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required Performance Specifications Parameter M100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 6000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 60 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 400 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 400 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 45 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 25 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 14,3 1,72 4,00 1,86 4,42 Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 25 500 - no screw supports 0,08 0,14 0,32 500 - with screw supports 0,1 0,16 0,37 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. » Ordering key - see page 194 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 182
  • 45. Linear Motion Systems 45www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 1 1 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Single screw support 31 31 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double screw supports 86 86 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double Carriages Parameter M100 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 7500 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 7500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 3,75 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 3,75 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 25,3 8,0 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10 A3: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 320 (L order > 1 m) A4: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 430 (L order > 1 m) 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 1 1 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Single screw support 31 31 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double screw supports 86 86 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 46. 46 www.thomsonlinear.com 2HB10 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide » Ordering key - see page 195 » Accessories - see page 135 General Specifications Parameter 2HB10 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 100 × 60 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional shroud or bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screw and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Performance Specifications Parameter 2HB10 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1375 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,47 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2800 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 8000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 8000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 279 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 216 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 216 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 1,86 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 16 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 2,59 0,69 0,82 Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length.
  • 47. Linear Motion Systems 47www.thomsonlinear.com 2HB10 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide A1: lubrication nipple (using the unit with the nipple mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter). Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details. Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 125 Dimensions Projection METRIC A1
  • 48. 48 www.thomsonlinear.com 2HB20 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide General Specifications Parameter 2HB20 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 200 × 90 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional shroud or bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screw and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Performance Specifications Parameter 2HB20 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2760 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,75 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1800 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 4697 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 34000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 34000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 2463 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1903 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 1903 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 15,5 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 25 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 13,32 1,70 4,47 1 Value for the complete unit 2 Value for the ball guide only Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. » Ordering key - see page 195 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 49. Linear Motion Systems 49www.thomsonlinear.com 2HB20 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Dimensions Projection METRIC A1: lubrication nipple (using the unit with the nipple mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter). Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details. Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 240 A1
  • 50. 50 www.thomsonlinear.com 2RB12 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter 2RB12 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1951 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,47 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,025 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2800 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 880 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1760 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 65,5 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 76,8 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 38,4 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 1,86 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 16 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 3,88 0,93 1,32 General Specifications Parameter 2RB12 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 130 × 40 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 196 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 51. Linear Motion Systems 51www.thomsonlinear.com 2RB12 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Dimensions Projection METRIC A1: lubrication nipples (using the unit with the nipples mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter). Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details. Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 149 A1
  • 52. 52 www.thomsonlinear.com 2RB16 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter 2RB16 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2815 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,73 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,025 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2200 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2998 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2588 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 5176 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 243 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 299 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 150 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 2,66 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 6,17 1,44 2,25 General Specifications Parameter 2RB16 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 160 × 48 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 196 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 53. Linear Motion Systems 53www.thomsonlinear.com 2RB16 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Dimensions Projection METRIC A1: lubrication nipples (using the unit with the nipples mounted makes the stroke 10 mm shorter). Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details. Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 185 A1
  • 54. 54 www.thomsonlinear.com MS25 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MS25 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 705,5 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,85 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,18 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 17,8 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 100 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 100 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 1,4 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1,3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 2,7 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 222 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 0,08 Lead screw diameter (d0) [mm] 6,35 Lead screw lead (p) inch leads metric leads [inch] [mm] 0,025, 0,05, 0,062, 0,2, 0,25, 0,5, 1,0 1,5, 2, 3 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 0,47 0,18 0,065 General Specifications Parameter MS25 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 50 × 25 Type of screw lead screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 197 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 55. Linear Motion Systems 55www.thomsonlinear.com MS25 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Motor block frame size1 H1 H2 SD PD P E (max.) S2 L5 C1 NEMA-17 39,9 5,7 5,0 22,0 10,4 28,0 ø 0,136 49,5 43,8 NEMA-23 57,2 14,3 6,35 38,2 14,5 33,0 M4 55,9 66,7 1 Other sizes are easily configured. See www.linearmotioneering.com for the motor mounting configurator. Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 95 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 56. 56 www.thomsonlinear.com MS33 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MS33 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 704 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,02 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,18 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 80,1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 150 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 150 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 2,8 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 2,5 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 5,1 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 222 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 0,43 Lead screw diameter (d0) [mm] 9,525 Lead screw lead (p) inch leads metric leads [inch] [mm] 0,0625, 0,1, 0,125, 0,2, 0,375, 0,5, 1,0, 1,2 2 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 0,69 0,31 0,12 General Specifications Parameter MS33 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 60 × 33 Type of screw lead screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 197 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 57. Linear Motion Systems 57www.thomsonlinear.com MS33 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Motor block frame size1 H1 H2 SD PD P E (max.) S2 L5 C1 NEMA-17 39,9 1,2 2 5,0 22,0 7,8 28,0 ø 0,136 49,5 43,8 NEMA-23 57,2 7,5 6,35 38,2 14,0 33,0 M4 55,9 66,7 Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 96 1 Other sizes are easily configured. See www.linearmotioneering.com for the motor mounting configurator. 2 Above base. Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 58. 58 www.thomsonlinear.com MS46L Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MS46L Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 821,3 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,83 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,25 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 133,4 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 13,9 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 11,6 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 23,6 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 0,59 Lead screw diameter (d0) [mm] 12 Lead screw lead (p) [mm] 3, 10, 25 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 2,21 0,65 0,30 General Specifications Parameter MS46L Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 86 × 46 Type of screw lead screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 197 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 59. Linear Motion Systems 59www.thomsonlinear.com MS46L Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 143 Total Length (A) and Profile Length (B) A = L + 82,0 B= L - 36,5 Dimensions Projection METRIC Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
  • 60. 60 www.thomsonlinear.com MS46B Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MS46B Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 821,3 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 0,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 9,8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,005 Accuracy [± mm] 0,025 / 300 mm Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1730 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 13,9 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 11,6 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 23,6 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 533 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 1,53 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 12 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 2,21 0,65 0,30 General Specifications Parameter MS46B Profile size (w × h) [mm] 1 86 × 46 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit 1 Base width × carriage height. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz » Ordering key - see page 198 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 61. Linear Motion Systems 61www.thomsonlinear.com MS46B Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 143 Total Length (A) and Profile Length (B) A = L + 82,0 B= L - 36,5 Dimensions Projection METRIC Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
  • 62. 62 www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB08 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Performance Specifications Parameter 2DB08 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [inch] 41 Linear speed, maximum [inch/sec] 33.3 Acceleration, maximum [inch/s2 ] 385 Repeatability [± inch] 0.0002 Accuracy [± inch] 0.007 / 11.81 in Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2000 Operation temperature limits [°F] -4 – 176 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [lbs] 20 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [lbs] 168 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 336 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [lbf-in] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [lbf-in] 500 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [lbf-in] 250 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1 [lbf] 50 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [lbf-in] 3.54 Lead screw diameter (d0) [inch] 0.375 Lead screw lead (p) [inch] 0.1, 0.25, 0.5, 0.75, 1 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [lb] 5.93 1.16 1.89 General Specifications Parameter 2DB08 Profile size (w × h) [inch] 4.50 × 1.625 Type of screw lead screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz 1 With radial mount option only. » Ordering key - see page 199 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 63. Linear Motion Systems 63www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB08 Lead Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Dimensions Projection INCH Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 7.0 Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
  • 64. 64 www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB12O Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Performance Specifications Parameter 2DB12O Stroke length (Smax), maximum [inch] 63 Linear speed, maximum [inch/sec] 10.0 Acceleration, maximum [inch/s2 ] 385 Repeatability standard nut preloaded nut [± inch] 0.0020 0.0002 Accuracy [± inch] 0.002 / 12 in Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°F] -4 – 176 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [lbs] 190 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [lbs] 1058 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 2115 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [lbf-in] 4150 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [lbf-in] 4150 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [lbf-in] 2071 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1 [lbf] 120 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [lbf-in] 6.73 Ball screw diameter (d0) [inch] 0.5 Ball screw lead (p) 0.631 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [lb] 13.17 2.30 4.29 General Specifications Parameter 2DB12O Profile size (w × h) [inch] 6 × 2.125 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz 1 With radial mount option only. » Ordering key - see page 199 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 65. Linear Motion Systems 65www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB12O Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Dimensions Projection INCH Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 9.0 Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
  • 66. 66 www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB12J Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Performance Specifications Parameter 2DB12J Stroke length (Smax), maximum [inch] 63 Linear speed, maximum [inch/sec] 25.0 Acceleration, maximum [inch/s2 ] 385 Repeatability [± inch] 0.0002 Accuracy [± inch] 0.002 / 12 in Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°F] -4 – 176 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [lbs] 375 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [lbs] 1058 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 2115 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [lbf-in] 4150 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [lbf-in] 4150 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [lbf-in] 2071 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1 [lbf] 120 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [lbf-in] 33.19 Ball screw diameter (d0) [inch] 0.50 Ball screw lead (p) [inch] 0.5 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [lb] 13.58 2.296 4.850 General Specifications Parameter 2DB12J Profile size (w × h) [inch] 6 × 2.562 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz 1 With radial mount option only. » Ordering key - see page 199 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 67. Linear Motion Systems 67www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB12J Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Dimensions Projection INCH Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 9.0 Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
  • 68. 68 www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB16O Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Performance Specifications Parameter 2DB16O Stroke length (Smax), maximum [inch] 84.5 Linear speed, maximum [inch/sec] 8.3 Acceleration, maximum [inch/s2 ] 385 Repeatability standard nut preloaded nut [± inch] 0.0020 0.0002 Accuracy [± inch 0.002 / 12 in Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2500 Operation temperature limits [°F] -4 – 176 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [lbs] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [lbs] 1777 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 3555 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [lbf-in] 8850 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [lbf-in] 8450 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [lbf-in] 4195 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1 [lbf] 120 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [lbf-in] 12.39 Ball screw diameter (d0) inch diameters metric diameters [inch] [mm] 0.75 20 Ball screw lead (p) inch leads metric leads [inch] [mm] 0.2 5,0 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [lb] 26.74 3.86 8.61 General Specifications Parameter 2DB16O Profile size (w × h) [inch] 7.5 × 2.625 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz 1 With radial mount option only. » Ordering key - see page 199 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 69. Linear Motion Systems 69www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB16O Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Dimensions Projection INCH Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 11.5 Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
  • 70. 70 www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB16J Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Performance Specifications Parameter 2DB16J Stroke length (Smax), maximum [inch] 84.5 Linear speed, maximum [inch/sec] 41.67 Acceleration, maximum [inch/s2 ] 385 Repeatability [± inch] 0.0002 Accuracy [± inch] 0.002 / 12 in Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2500 Operation temperature limits [°F] -4 – 176 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [lbs] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [lbs] 1777 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [lbs] 3555 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [lbf-in] 8877 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [lbf-in] 8098 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [lbf-in] 4053 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum 1 [lbf] 120 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [lbf-in] 30.98 Ball screw diameter (d0) [inch] 0.631, 0.750 Ball screw lead (p) [inch] 0.5, 1.0 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [lb] 25.73 3.86 7.70 General Specifications Parameter 2DB16J Profile size (w × h) [inch] 7.5 × 3.062 Type of screw ball screw Carriage sealing system none (optional bellows) Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screws and guides Included accessories RediMount™ kit Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces The unit must be continiously supported by a machined surface under its entire length. Fz 1 With radial mount option only. » Ordering key - see page 199 » Accessories - see page 135
  • 71. Linear Motion Systems 71www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB16J Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide – Inch Interface Ordering Length (L) and Maximum Stroke (Smax) L = Smax + 11.5 Standard NEMA23 motor dimensions are shown. Other mounting sizes are available and easily configured. Please see www.linearmotioneering.com for details.
  • 72. 72 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter M55 M75 M100 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 58 × 55 86 × 75 108 × 100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 4000 6000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,0 1,6 1,6 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 1485 3005 Remarks single ball nut single ball nut single ball nut Page 74 76 78 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band • Patented internal self-adjusting prism slide guides • Wash down protected versions available. Movopart M M75 Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guide Overview
  • 73. Linear Motion Systems 73www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guide Overview M-Series Technical Presentation Cover band The self-adjusting magnetically sealed stainless steel cover band protects the unit from the penetration of dirt, dust and liquids. Environmental protection The standard unit can operate in harsh environments but is also available in a wash down version for environments that are dusty, dirty and/or wet. Ball screw drive The ball screw ensures high accuracy and efficiency and the optional screw supports enable higher speeds. Prism slide guides The patented self aligning prism slide guides are accurate, durable and are resistant to vibrations and shock loads.
  • 74. 74 www.thomsonlinear.com Deflection of the Profile M55 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M55 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 9 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 23 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 23 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 12 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 16 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 3,06 0,44 1,20 0,83 1,88 General Specifications Parameter M55 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 58 × 55 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Definition of Forces Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 500 - no screw supports 0,10 0,15 0,30 500 - with screw supports 0,13 0,27 0,45 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required » Ordering key - see page 200 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
  • 75. Linear Motion Systems 75www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 6 6 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Single screw support 32 32 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Double screw supports 83 83 L order = Smax + A + B + 184 L tot = L order + 70 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5 Double Carriages Parameter M55 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 35 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 5,14 2,40 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 6 6 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Single screw support 32 32 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Double screw supports 83 83 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 184 L tot = L order + 70 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 76. 76 www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M75 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 4000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,6 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 5000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2500 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1485 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1485 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 49 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 85 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 85 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 30 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 12,7, 20 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 6,07 0,82 1,70 1,70 3,58 General Specifications Parameter M75 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 86 × 75 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 12,7 p = 20 500 - no screw supports 0,10 0,24 0,37 500 - with screw supports 0,15 0,39 0,57 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required » Ordering key - see page 200 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
  • 77. Linear Motion Systems 77www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 5 5 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Single screw support 60 60 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double screw supports 126 126 L order = Smax + A + B + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double Carriages Parameter M75 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 250 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2227 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2227 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,114 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,114 Force required to move second carriage [N] 40 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 9,82 3,40 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 5 5 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Single screw support 60 60 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Double screw supports 126 126 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 218 L tot = L order + 78 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 78. 78 www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 6000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,6 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 4000 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3005 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3005 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 117 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 279 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 279 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 45 Screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 25 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage of option single screw support of option double screw supports [kg] 12,87 1,42 3,50 1,86 4,42 General Specifications Parameter M100 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 108 × 100 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Screw supports number of screw supports to be specified by customer at order Lubrication lubrication of ball screw Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 25 500 - no screw supports 0,15 0,25 0,55 500 - with screw supports 0,25 0,40 0,85 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Critical Speed 1: No screw support required 2: Single screw support required 3: Double screw supports required » O» Ordering key - see page 200 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
  • 79. Linear Motion Systems 79www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 1 1 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Single screw support 31 31 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double screw supports 86 86 L order = Smax + A + B + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double Carriages Parameter M100 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(Lc) [mm] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4508 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4508 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 2,254 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 2,254 Force required to move second carriage [N] 45 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 21,34 7,00 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10 A3: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 320 (L order > 1 m) A4: 100 (L order <= 1 m), 430 (L order > 1 m) 1 Value in mm Screw support configuration A [mm] B [mm] Ordering length (L order) [mm] Total length (L tot) [mm] No screw support 1 1 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Single screw support 31 31 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Double screw supports 86 86 L order = Smax + A + B + Lc + 306 L tot = L order + 88 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 80. 80 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter WH40 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 40 × 40 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 3,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Remarks no cover band Page 82 Parameter M55 M75 M100 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 58 × 55 86 × 75 108 × 100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 7000 12000 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 5,0 5,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 750 1750 4000 Remarks - - - Page 90 92 94 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Stroke up to 2 m • Acceleration up to 40 m/s2 • Compact Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band • Stroke up to 12 m • Wash down protected versions available. SpeedLine WH Movopart M WH40 M75 Parameter WM60Z WM80Z Profile size (width × height) [mm] 60 × 60 80 × 80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 4000 5500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 5,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 1400 2100 Remarks - - Page 84 86, 88 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Stroke up to 5,5 m • Speed up to 5 m/s • Patented plastic cover band PowerLine WMZ WM80Z Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guide Overview
  • 81. Linear Motion Systems 81www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter MLSM80Z Profile size (width × height) [mm] 240 × 85 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5900 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 6400 Remarks - Page 96 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented plastic cover band • High load capabilities • Low profile height ForceLine MLSM MLSM80Z WMZ-Series Technical Presentation Cover band The patented self-adjusting cover band protects the interior of the unit from the penetration of dirt, dust and liquids. Central lubrication One central lubrication point on the carriage services the entire unit resulting in a minimum maintenace requirement. Belt drive The belt is protected from the outside ensuring long, accurate and safe operation. Ball guides Integrated patented ball guides with hardened steel tracks for optimum performance. Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guide Overview
  • 82. 82 www.thomsonlinear.com WH40 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WH40 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 2000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 3,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1800 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 3151 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 450 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 10 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 30 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 30 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 100 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 6 Pulley diameter [mm] 31,83 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 100 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 1,19 0,15 0,28 General Specifications Parameter WH40 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 40 × 40 Type of belt 10 AT 5 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 0,1 900 0,3 1800 0,6 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 201 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
  • 83. Linear Motion Systems 83www.thomsonlinear.com WH40 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Long Carriage Parameter WH40 Carriage length [mm] 210 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 50 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 50 Weight [kg] 0,43 A1: depth 10 A2: depth 3 A3: lubricating nipple on both sides A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Double Carriages Parameter WH40 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 135 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 900 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,45 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,60 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 265 + L A A1: depth 10 1 Value in mm
  • 84. 84 www.thomsonlinear.com WM60Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM60Z Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 4000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 2,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1250 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 850 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1400 1 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 25 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 50 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 50 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 150 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 17 Pulley diameter [mm] 38,20 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 120 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 4,30 0,45 1,25 General Specifications Parameter WM60Z Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of belt 20 ATL 5 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 1,6 600 2,5 1250 3,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
  • 85. Linear Motion Systems 85www.thomsonlinear.com WM60Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage A1: depth 15 A2: depth 4 A3: depth 11 A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A7: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrications points by the customer Double Short Carriages Parameter WM60Z Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 255 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 1,4 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 1,4 Force required to move second carriage [N] 18 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 420 + L A 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 86. 86 www.thomsonlinear.com WM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Standard Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM80Z Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5400 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 885 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1470 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3000 1 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 150 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 300 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 300 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 40 Pulley diameter [mm] 54,11 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 170 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 11,2 0,8 3,4 General Specifications Parameter WM80Z Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of belt 25 AT 10 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 6,5 450 7,7 885 9,3 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
  • 87. Linear Motion Systems 87www.thomsonlinear.com WM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Standard Carriage A1: depth 15 A2: depth 2,5 A3: depth 12 A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A7: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrications points by the customer Double Carriages Parameter WM80Z Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 360 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 25 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 590 + L A 1 Value in mm Long Carriage Parameter WM80Z Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 750 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 750 Weight [kg] 5,1 A1: depth 12 mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 88. 88 www.thomsonlinear.com WM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage Performance Specifications Parameter WM80Z Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 885 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1470 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2100 1 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 68 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 135 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 135 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 40 Pulley diameter [mm] 54,11 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 170 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 9,2 0,8 2,1 General Specifications Parameter WM80Z Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of belt 25 AT 10 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting plastic cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 4,0 450 5,4 885 6,2 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
  • 89. Linear Motion Systems 89www.thomsonlinear.com WM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide, Short Carriage A1: depth 15 A2: depth 2,5 A3: depth 12 A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A7: can be changed over to one of three alternative lubrications points by the customer Double Short Carriages Parameter WM80Z Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 280 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Force required to move second carriage [N] 22,5 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 490 + L A 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 90. 90 www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 1,0 1,9 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Performance Specifications Parameter M55 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 7000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2850 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 400 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 750 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 750 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 5 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 29 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 29 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 12 Pulley diameter [mm] 33,42 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 105 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 4,80 0,53 1,20 General Specifications Parameter M55 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 58 × 55 Type of belt 22-STD SM5-HP Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication of ball guide carriages Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
  • 91. Linear Motion Systems 91www.thomsonlinear.com 1 Value in mm M55 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Double Carriages Parameter M55 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 250 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1125 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1125 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,56 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,56 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 320 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 52 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 7,06 2,40 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 92. 92 www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 1,0 1,9 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Performance Specifications Parameter M75 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2300 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 900 450 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1750 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1750 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 16 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 84 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 84 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 30 Pulley diameter [mm] 41,38 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 130 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 7,50 0,88 2,00 General Specifications Parameter M75 / T75 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 86 × 75 Type of belt STD5-40 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication of ball guide carriages Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
  • 93. Linear Motion Systems 93www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Double Carriages Parameter M75 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 250 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2625 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2625 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,313 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,313 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 315 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 52 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 11,67 4,00 A1: lubrication holes A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 94. 94 www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 1,6 3,1 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Performance Specifications Parameter M100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1700 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 1250 625 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 43 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 280 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 280 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 45 Pulley diameter [mm] 56,02 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 176 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 11,61 1,43 2,20 General Specifications Parameter M100 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 108 × 100 Type of belt STD8-50 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication of ball guide carriages Included accessories none Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 202 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
  • 95. Linear Motion Systems 95www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Belt Drive, Ball Guide Double Carriages Parameter M100 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 2 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 405 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 56 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriagess [kg] 18,92 4,40 A1: lubrication hole A2: lubrication hole (no hole if L order is < 856 mm) A3: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 96. 96 www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MLSM80Z Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5900 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1500 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6400 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 600 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 720 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 720 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 150 Pulley diameter [mm] 63,66 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 200 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 30,8 2,2 9,6 General Specifications Parameter MLSM80Z Profile size (w × h) [mm] 240 × 85 Type of belt 75 ATL 10 Carriage sealing system plastic cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 8,5 750 12 1500 14,5 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 204 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 183
  • 97. Linear Motion Systems 97www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM80Z Belt Drive, Ball Guide Long Carriage Parameter MLSM80Z Carriage length [mm] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1400 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 1400 Weight [kg] 14 A1: depth 18 A2: depth 4 A3: depth 15 A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) A6: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 on fixed-bearing side as standard feature A7: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer Double Carriages Parameter MLSM80Z Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 400 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 12800 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 12800 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6,4 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 6,4 Force required to move second carriage [N] 35 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 600 + L A A1: depth 15 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 98. 98 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter M50 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 50 × 50 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 Remarks no cover band Page 100 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented self-adjusting prism slide guides • Resistant to shock loads and vibrations • Low cost Movopart M M50 Parameter M55 M75 M100 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 58 × 55 86 × 75 108 × 100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 7000 12000 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 5,0 5,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 1485 3005 Remarks - - - Page 102 104 106 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Self-adjusting stainless steel cover band • Patented self-adjusting prism slide guides • Wash down and enhanced wash down protected versions available Movopart M M100 Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guide Overview
  • 99. Linear Motion Systems 99www.thomsonlinear.com M-Series Technical Presentation Cover band The self-adjusting magnetically sealed stainless steel cover band protects the unit from the penetra- tion of dirt, dust and liquids. Environmental protection The standard unit can operate in harsh environments but is also available in wash down or enhanced wash down protected versions for the thoughest environments. Belt drive The belt runs on the inside of the profile and can easily be re-tensioned without removing the load from the carriage. Prism slide guides The patented self aligning prism slide guides are accurate, durable and are resistant to vibrations and shock loads. Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guide Overview
  • 100. 100 www.thomsonlinear.com M50 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M50 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,2 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2300 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 400 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 5 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 21 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 21 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 350 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 10 Pulley diameter [mm] 41,38 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 130 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 0,71 0,96 0,33 General Specifications Parameter M50 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 50 × 50 Type of belt GT 5MR-19 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubricated for life Included accessories none Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 2,1 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
  • 101. Linear Motion Systems 101www.thomsonlinear.com M50 Belt Drive, Slide Guide A1: depth 8,5 A2: ø6,5 for M6 screw A3: depth 9, Heli coil Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 102. 102 www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M55 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 7000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,2 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2850 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 400 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 400 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 9 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 2 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 2 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 7 Pulley diameter [mm] 33,42 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 105 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 4,10 0,41 1,10 General Specifications Parameter M55 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 58 × 50 Type of belt 22-STD SM5-HP Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubricated for life Included accessories none Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 2,1 3,8 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
  • 103. Linear Motion Systems 103www.thomsonlinear.com M55 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Double Carriages Parameter M55 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 200 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 600 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 0,3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 35 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 260 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 53 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 6,00 2,20 1 Value in mm A1: lubrication holes A2: ø9,5/ø5,5 for socket head cap screw M5 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 104. 104 www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M75 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,2 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2300 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 900 450 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1485 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1485 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 49 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 85 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 85 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 600 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 30 Pulley diameter [mm] 41,38 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 130 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 6,30 0,67 1,50 General Specifications Parameter M75 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 86 × 75 Type of belt STD5-40 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubricated for life Included accessories none Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 2,2 4,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
  • 105. Linear Motion Systems 105www.thomsonlinear.com M75 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Double Carriages Parameter M75 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 250 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 2227 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2227 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,114 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 1,114 Force required to move second carriage [N] 40 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 315 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 53 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 9,50 3,00 1 Value in mm A1: lubrication holes A2: ø13,5/ø8,5 for socket head cap screw M8 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 106. 106 www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Performance Specifications Parameter M100 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 12000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 5,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,2 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 1700 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum < 2,5 m/s > 2,5 m/s [N] 1250 625 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3005 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3005 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 117 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 279 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 279 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 1000 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 45 Pulley diameter [mm] 56,02 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 176 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of carriage [kg] 11,10 1,16 2,40 General Specifications Parameter M100 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 108 × 100 Type of belt STD8-50 Carriage sealing system self-adjusting steel cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubricated for life Included accessories none Carriage Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Single Carriage Double Carriages 150 3,8 5,8 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Deflection of the Profile Definition of Forces » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
  • 107. Linear Motion Systems 107www.thomsonlinear.com M100 Belt Drive, Slide Guide Double Carriages Parameter M100 Minimum distance between carriages (Lc) [mm] 350 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4508 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4508 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 2,254 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] Lc1 × 2,254 Force required to move second carriage [N] 45 Ordering length (L order) [mm] Smax + Lc + 375 Total length (L tot] [mm] L order + 56 Weight of unit with zero stroke of carriages [kg] 17,40 4,80 A3: 170 (L order <= 1 m), 270 (L order > 1 m) A4: 186 (L order < = 1 m), 436 (L order > 1 m) 1 Value in mm A1: lubrication holes A2: ø17/ø10,5 for socket head cap screw M10 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 108. 108 www.thomsonlinear.com Belt drive The steel reinforced belt is wear resistant, highly efficient and very accurate even at high speeds and loads. Parameter WH50 WH80 WH120 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 50 × 50 80 × 80 120 × 110 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 11000 11000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 6,5 10,0 10,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 730 2100 9300 Remarks external wheel guides no cover band external wheel guides no cover band external wheel guides no cover band Page 110 112 114 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Speed up to 11 m/s • Acceleration up to 40 m/s2 • Stroke up to 11 m SpeedLine WH WH80 WH-Series Technical Presentation Belt tensioning The belt can easily be replaced or re-tensioned from the outside of the unit without the load being removed from the carriage. Wheel guides The H-type arrangement of the guides allows fast moves and high forces and moments. Central lubrication The guides are lubricated from a central point that is easy and fast to access. Linear Units with Belt Drive and Wheel Guide Overview
  • 109. Linear Motion Systems 109www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter MLSH60Z Profile size (width × height) [mm] 160 × 65 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 10,0 Dynamic carriage load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 Remarks internal wheel guides Page 116 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Patented plastic cover band • Speed up to 10 m/s • Low profile height ForceLine MLSH MLSH60Z Cover band The patented self-adjusting cover band protect the interior of the unit from the penetration of dirt, dust and liquids. Belt tensioning The belt can easily be re-tensioned from the outside of the unit without the load being removed from the carriage. Wheel guides The robust wheel guides runs inside of the profile providing superior motion dynamics. Unique profile The unique design of the profile guarantees the highest performance and protection of the guides and belt. MLSH-Series Technical Presentation Belt drive The highly dynamic and accurate belt is protected by the cover band ensuring long and trouble free operation. Linear Units with Belt Drive and Wheel Guide Overview
  • 110. 110 www.thomsonlinear.com WH50 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WH50 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 6,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3250 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 6701 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 415 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 730 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 16 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 87 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 50 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 150 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 17 Pulley diameter [mm] 38,2 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 120 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 3,50 0,44 0,90 General Specifications Parameter WH50 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 50 × 50 Type of belt 16ATL5 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication og guiding surfaces Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 1,7 1500 2,4 3250 3,8 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
  • 111. Linear Motion Systems 111www.thomsonlinear.com WH50 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter WH50 Carriage length [mm] 400 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 130 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 75 Weight [kg] 1,47 A1: depth 10 A2: depth 3 A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A4: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A5: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Double Carriages Parameter WH50 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 260 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 830 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1460 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,415 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,73 Force required to move second carriage [N] 16 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 440 + L A A1: depth 10 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 112. 112 www.thomsonlinear.com WH80 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WH80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 11000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 10,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2700 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 882 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 75 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 230 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 100 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 100 Pulley diameter [mm] 63,66 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 200 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 8,63 0,93 2,75 General Specifications Parameter WH80 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of belt 32ATL10 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication og guiding surfaces Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 2,4 1500 3,5 3000 5,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 6300 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
  • 113. Linear Motion Systems 113www.thomsonlinear.com WH80 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter WH80 Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 345 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 150 Weight [kg] 3,43 A1: depth 16 A2: depth 2,5 A3: depth 12 A4: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A5: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A6: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Double Carriages Parameter WH80 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 300 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1764 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,882 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Force required to move second carriage [N] 20 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 550 + L A A1: depth 12 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 114. 114 www.thomsonlinear.com WH120 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WH120 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 11000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 10,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 2308 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 5000 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 4980 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 9300 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 500 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 930 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 500 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 200 Pulley diameter [mm] 82,76 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 260 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 17,00 1,64 5,50 General Specifications Parameter WH120 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 120 × 110 Type of belt 50ATL10 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication og guiding surfaces Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 4,8 1500 7,0 2308 10,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. Units with a profile length over 4900 mm consist of two profiles where the joint between the two profiles must be addequately supported on both sides. » Ordering key - see page 205 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
  • 115. Linear Motion Systems 115www.thomsonlinear.com WH120 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter WH120 Carriage length [mm] 520 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 1395 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 750 Weight [kg] 8,67 A1: depth 20 A2: depth 7 A3: depth 12 A4: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A5: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A6: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Double Carriages Parameter WH120 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 300 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 9960 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 18600 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 4,98 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 9,3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 30 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 605 + L A A1: depth 12 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 116. 116 www.thomsonlinear.com MLSH60Z Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter MLSH60Z Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 5500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 6,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1480 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 165 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 310 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 310 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 45 Pulley diameter [mm] 42,97 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 135 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each carriage [kg] 12,60 1,33 3,90 General Specifications Parameter MLSH60Z Profile size (w × h) [mm] 160 × 65 Type of belt 32ATL5 Carriage sealing system plastic cover band Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication no lubrication required Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 4,6 1500 9,0 3000 12,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx Deflection of the Profile A mounting clamp must be installed at least every 750 mm to be able to operate atmaximum load. Less clamps may be required if less load is being operated, see the additional technical data for more information. » Ordering key - see page 207 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 184
  • 117. Linear Motion Systems 117www.thomsonlinear.com MLSH60Z Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter MLSH60Z Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 585 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 585 Weight [kg] 6 A1: depth 10 A2: depth 4 A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6x20 8.8 A4: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) Double Carriages Parameter MLSH60Z Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 290 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 6000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 3 Force required to move second carriage [N] 10 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 480 + L A A1: depth 10 1 Value in mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 118. 118 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter WHZ50 WHZ80 Profile size (width × length) [mm] 50 × 50 80 × 80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1500 3000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 6,5 10,0 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 670 1480 Remarks The load is always attached to the end of the lifting profile The load is always attached to the end of the lifting profile Page 120 122 SpeedLine WHZ Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Belt drive • External wheel guides • Speed up to 10 m/s • Acceleration up to 40 m/s2 WHZ50 Linear Lifting Units Overview
  • 119. Linear Motion Systems 119www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter Z2 Z3 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 188 × 150 188 × 150 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1500 1500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,25 1,25 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 7500 7500 Remarks Can be installed in any direction. The load must be attached at the end of the lifting profile Can only be installed vertically with motor up. The load must be attached at the end of the lifting profile. Page 124 126 Features • Telescopic movement • Ball screw drive • Internal slide guides • Load up to 7500 N • Load torque up to 2000 Nm • Two end stop limit switches (Z2 only) Movo Z Z2 Linear Lifting Units Overview
  • 120. 120 www.thomsonlinear.com WHZ50 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WHZ50 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 6,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3250 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 670 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 415 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 730 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 16 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 87 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 50 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 150 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 17 Pulley diameter [mm] 38,2 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 120 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each drive station box [kg] 4,50 0,42 2,90 General Specifications Parameter WHZ50 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 50 × 50 Type of belt 16 ATL 5 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication of carriage and guide surfaces Included accessories - Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 1,7 1500 2,4 3250 3,8 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 185
  • 121. Linear Motion Systems 121www.thomsonlinear.com WHZ50 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter WHZ50 Carriage length [mm] 400 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 130 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 75 Weight [kg] 3,3 A1: depth 12 A2: depth 3,5 A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A4: depth 16 Double Carriages2 Parameter WHZ50 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 260 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 830 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 1460 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,415 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,73 Force required to move second carriage [N] 16 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 350 + L A A5: depth 4 A6: depth 8 A7: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) 1 Value in mm 2 Second carriage is always a long carriage A1: depth 12 A2: depth 3,5 A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A5: depth 4 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 122. 122 www.thomsonlinear.com WHZ80 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WHZ80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 3000 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 10,0 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 40 Repeatability [± mm] 0,05 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 1480 1 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 882 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2100 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 75 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 230 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 100 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 50 Pulley diameter [mm] 63,66 Stroke per shaft revolution [mm] 200 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of each drive station box [kg] 11,20 0,91 6,65 General Specifications Parameter WHZ80 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of belt 32 ATL 5 Carriage sealing system none Adjustable belt tensioning the belt can be retensioned by the customer if necessary Lubrication lubrication of carriage and guide surfaces Included accessories - Carriage Idle Torque, (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Idle torque [Nm] 150 2,4 1500 3,5 3000 5,0 M idle = the input torque needed to move the carriage with no load on it. Force Fx as a Function of the Speed Definition of Forces 1 See diagram Force Fx » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 185
  • 123. Linear Motion Systems 123www.thomsonlinear.com WHZ80 Belt Drive, Wheel Guide Long Carriage Parameter WHZ80 Carriage length [mm] 450 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 345 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 150 Weight [kg] 7,4 A1: depth 20 A2: depth 3,5 A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 Double Carriages2 Parameter WHZ80 Minimumdistancebetweencarriages(LA) [mm] 300 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 1764 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 4200 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 0,882 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] L A1 × 2,1 Force required to move second carriage [N] 20 Total length (L tot) [mm] Smax + 410 + L A A4: depth 4 A5: depth 15 A6: ENF inductive sensor rail kit (optional - see page 172) 1 Value in mm 2 Second carriage is always a long carriage A1: depth 20 A2: depth 3,5 A3: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A4: depth 4 Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 124. 124 www.thomsonlinear.com Performance Specifications Parameter Z2 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 Input speed, maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [rpm] 3000 2500 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [N] 5000 7500 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 700 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 700 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 330 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [N] 1000 1200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [Nm] 45 93 Screw versions, diameter (d0) / lead (p) [mm] 25/10, 25/25, 32/20 Weight of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 25 mm of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 32 mm ofevery100mmofstroke,ballscrewø25mm ofevery100mmofstroke,ballscrewø32mm [kg] 19,00 23,64 2,50 2,80 General Specifications Parameter Z2 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 188 × 150 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Sealing system none Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screw and slide surfaces Included accessories none Definition of Forces and Stroke Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw diameter/lead [mm] d0 = 25 / p = 10 d0 = 25 / p = 25 d0 = 32 / p = 20 500 0,7 1,9 1,5 M idle = the input torque needed to move the lifting profiles without any load. Critical Speed Z2 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide 1: screw diameter 25 mm 2: screw diameter 32 mm ** Smax = maximum stroke between the mechanical ends of the unit. The practical stroke is normally 100 mm shorter to avoid running into the ends of the unit. » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 185
  • 125. Linear Motion Systems 125www.thomsonlinear.com A1: depth 12, Heli coil A2: T-slot Type of unit Minimum retracted length (L min) [mm] Maximum extended length (L max) [mm] Standard L min = Smax + 380 L max = L min + Smax Elongated* L min = Smax + 380 + Lx L max = L min + Smax Z2 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide * Elongated versions have an extra length (Lx) added to the total length of the unit which makes the unit longer but does not add any extra length to the stroke (Smax). A1: depth 9, Heli coil A2: T-slot MGZ2K25 screw ø25 mm MGZ2K32 screw ø32 mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 126. 126 www.thomsonlinear.com Performance Specifications Parameter Z3 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 1500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,25 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 8 Repeatability [± mm] 0,1 Input speed, maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [rpm] 3000 2500 Operation temperature limits [°C] -20 – 70 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [N] 5000 7500 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 2000 Dynamic load torque (My), maximum [Nm] 2000 Dynamic load torque (Mz), maximum [Nm] 330 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [N] 1000 1200 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum screw diameter/lead [mm] 25/10, 25/25 screw diameter/lead [mm] 32/20 [Nm] 45 93 Screw versions, diameter (d0) / lead (p) [mm] 25/10, 25/25, 32/20 Weight of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 25 mm of unit with zero stroke, ball screw ø 32 mm ofevery100mmofstroke,ballscrewø25mm ofevery100mmofstroke,ballscrewø32mm [kg] 21,14 22,65 4,20 4,50 General Specifications Parameter Z3 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 188 × 150 Type of screw ball screw with single nut Sealing system none Screw supports none Lubrication lubrication of screw and slide surfaces Included accessories none Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw diameter/lead [mm] d0 = 25 / p = 10 d0 = 25 / p = 25 d0 = 32 / p = 20 500 1,1 2,7 2,2 M idle = the input torque needed to move the lifting profiles without any load. Critical Speed Z3 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide 1: screw diameter 25 mm 2: screw diameter 32 mm Definition of Forces and Stroke ** Smax = maximum stroke between the mechanical ends of the unit. The practical stroke is normally 100 mm shorter to avoid running into the ends of the unit. » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 185
  • 127. Linear Motion Systems 127www.thomsonlinear.com Type of unit Minimum retracted length (L min) [mm] Maximum extended length (L max) [mm] Standard L min = Smax + 170 L max = L min + Smax Elongated* L min = Smax + 170 + Lx L max = L min + Smax Z3 Ball Screw Drive, Slide Guide * Elongated versions have an extra length (Lx) added to the total length of the unit which makes the unit longer but does not add any extra length to the stroke (Smax). A1: depth 12, Heli coil A2: T-slot A1: depth 9, Heli coil A2: T-slot MGZ3K25 screw ø25 mm MGZ3K32 screw ø32 mm Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 128. 128 www.thomsonlinear.com Parameter WZ60 WZ80 Profile size (width × height) [mm] 60 × 60 80 × 80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 400 500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,5 1,5 Dynamic carriage load (Fx), maximum [N] 2800 3500 Remarks - - Page 130 132 Features • Can be installed in any orientation • Ball screw drive • Ball guides • Compact VarioLine WZ WZ60 Linear Rod Units Overview
  • 129. Linear Motion Systems 129www.thomsonlinear.com Ball guides The ball guides ensure smooth and accurate operation. WZ-Series Technical Presentation High sideloads The design of the extension tube allow the unit to handle high sideloads as well as torsional forces. Ball screw drive High quality ball screw drive for maximum performance. Compact design The compact design allow the unit to be used in equipment where a linear motion system with a carriage would not fit. Linear Rod Units Overview
  • 130. 130 www.thomsonlinear.com WZ60 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WZ60 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 400 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,02 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 2800 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 20001 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 2000 1 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 50 1 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 500 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 30 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 20 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of the rod with zero stroke of every 100 mm of rod [kg] 4,5 0,77 1,8 0,26 General Specifications Parameter WZ60 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 60 × 60 Type of screw single nut ball screw Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Rod Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,7 1,0 1,4 1500 1,1 1,6 2,0 3000 1,5 1,8 2,2 M idle = the input torque needed to move the rod with no load on it. Definition of Forces 1 Also see diagrams on next page » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 186
  • 131. Linear Motion Systems 131www.thomsonlinear.com WZ60 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Maximum Rod Side Forces (Fy, Fz) A1: depth 13 A2: locking plug for lubricating nipple A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 as standard feature Deflection (f) of Rod due to Fy and Fz Torsion (j) of Rod due to Mx 1: Load = 2000 N 2: Load = 1500 N 3: Load = 1000 N 4: Load = 500 N 5: Load = 250 N 6: Load = 125 N Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 132. 132 www.thomsonlinear.com WZ80 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Performance Specifications Parameter WZ80 Stroke length (Smax), maximum [mm] 500 Linear speed, maximum [m/s] 1,5 Acceleration, maximum [m/s2 ] 20 Repeatability [± mm] 0,02 Input speed, maximum [rpm] 3000 Operation temperature limits [°C] 0 – 80 Dynamic load (Fx), maximum [N] 3500 Dynamic load (Fy), maximum [N] 3000 1 Dynamic load (Fz), maximum [N] 3000 1 Dynamic load torque (Mx), maximum [Nm] 150 1 Drive shaft force (Frd), maximum [N] 700 Drive shaft torque (Mta), maximum [Nm] 55 Ball screw diameter (d0) [mm] 25 Ball screw lead (p) [mm] 5, 10, 20, 50 Weight of unit with zero stroke of every 100 mm of stroke of the rod with zero stroke of every 100 mm of rod [kg] 7,5 1,35 3,0 0,5 General Specifications Parameter WZ80 Profile size (w × h) [mm] 80 × 80 Type of screw single nut ball screw Lubrication central lubrication of all parts that require lubrication Included accessories 4 × mounting clamps Rod Idle Torque (M idle) [Nm] Input speed [rpm] Screw lead [mm] p = 5 p = 10 p = 20 p = 50 150 0,6 1,1 1,3 1,8 1500 1,1 1,5 1,6 2,2 3000 1,4 1,8 1,8 2,7 M idle = the input torque needed to move the rod with no load on it. Definition of Forces 1 Also see diagrams on next page » Ordering key - see page 208 » Accessories - see page 135 » Additional data - see page 186
  • 133. Linear Motion Systems 133www.thomsonlinear.com WZ80 Ball Screw Drive, Ball Guide Maximum Rod Side Forces (Fy, Fz) A1: depth 13 A2: locking plug for lubricating nipple A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A4: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 as standard feature Deflection (f) of Rod due to Fy and Fz Torsion (j) of Rod due to Mx 1: Load = 3000 N 2: Load = 2500 N 3: Load = 2000 N 4: Load = 1500 N 5: Load = 1000 N 6: Load = 500 N 7: Load = 250 N 8: Load = 125 N Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 135. Linear Motion Systems 135www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Accessory Index Electrical Feedback Devices.............................................................................page 165 Mounting Kits.............................................................................................page 136 Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits...............................................................page 145 Non Driven Linear Motion Systems..................................................................page 176 • Felt pad wipers type FA..............................................................141 • Shaft protection cover................................................................141 • Protective bellows......................................................................142 • Protective shrouds......................................................................143 • Environment protection type S1 and S2...................................144 • Limit switch brackets and limit switches...............................165 • Inductive and magnetic sensors and sensor brackets........166 • Encoders....................................................................................169 • Limit switch kits type ES...........................................................170 • Sensor rails and kits type ENT, ENF and ENK.......................172 • Encoder kits type ADG..............................................................174 • WH series non driven units........................................................176 • WM series non driven units........................................................178 • M series non driven units...........................................................181 Cover and Protection Kits.........................................................................page 141 • Mounting clamps...................................................................... 136 • Mounting clamps for multi axis systems............................... 138 • Mounting plates for multi axis systems................................. 139 • Adapter plates........................................................................... 139 • T-slot bolts and nuts................................................................. 140 • RediMount™™ Motor Mount System ...................................145 • Bell house flanges for IEC motors..........................................146 • Bell house flanges type MGK..................................................147 • Worm gears type BS40 and TBS40.........................................148 • Belt gears type RT and BGM...................................................152 • Planetary gears type Micron DT and DTR.............................158 • Intermediate shafts type VWZ and DSP................................160 • Brakes.........................................................................................164
  • 136. 136 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Mounting Kits Mounting Clamps (single clamp) Unit type I I I I I I A B C D øE F øG H Screws Ms [Nm] WH40 – 890 885 0001 – 54 16 9,5 40 10 5,7 5,5 7 ISO4762-8.8 5,4 WH50 – 890 885 0001 – 54 16 9,5 40 10 5,7 5,5 7 ISO4762-8.8 5,4 WH80 / WB60 – 890 190 02 – 68 17,5 17 50 11 6,5 6,6 7 ISO4762-8.8 9 WH120 – 890 192 13 – 80 25 18 50 15 8,5 9 10 ISO4762-8.8 20 WM40 / WB40 – 890 885 001 – 54 16 9,5 40 10 5,7 5,5 7 ISO4762-8.8 5,4 WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 – 890 190 02 – 68 17,5 17 50 11 6,5 6,6 7 ISO4762-8.8 9 WM80 / WV80 / WZ80 – 890 190 02 – 68 17,5 17 50 11 6,5 6,6 7 ISO4762-8.8 9 WM60Z / WM80Z – 890 190 02 – 68 17,5 17 50 11 6,5 6,6 7 ISO4762-8.8 9 WM120 / WV120 – 890 192 13 – 80 25 18 50 15 8,5 9 10 ISO4762-8.8 20 MLS60 – 890 190 02 890 192 26 68/120 17,5 17 50 11 6,5 6,6 7 ISO4762-8.8 9 MLS80 – 890 192 13 890 192 31 80/200 25 18 50 15 8,5 9 10 ISO4762-8.8 20 M50 1 D312 248 – – 25 30 20 – – – 6,5 14 ISO4762-8.8 9,4 M55 1 D313 403 D313 402 – 25/56 25,5 10,7 41 9,5 5,3 5,5 10,2 ISO4762-8.8 5,5 M75 1 D312 747 D312 748 – 30/75 28,5 15 60 14 8,5 8,5 11 ISO4762-8.8 23 M100 1 D312 339 D312 334 – 45/92 46,5 22 60 17 10,5 10,5 20 ISO4762-8.8 45 1 no screws included in the shipment of these clamps Ms = tightening torque of screws
  • 137. Linear Motion Systems 137www.thomsonlinear.com Mounting Clamps with Plate1 Unit type p/n A B C D E øF øG H M50 D312 117 7 20 105 35 30 6,5 11 – M55 D313 474 8,5 15 100 44 70 8,5 14 44 M75 D312 718 8,5 15 134 44 80 8,5 14 44 M100 D312 317 8,5 20 190 44 100 8,5 14 44 1 two mounting clamps of version II (see page 136) and screws to connect these to the plate are included in shipment Accessories Mounting Kits
  • 138. 138 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Mounting Kits Mounting Clamps for Multi Axis Systems1 Unit type X-axis Unit type Y-axis I I I A B C D øE F øG H WM40 / WH40 WM40 / WH40 on request – – – – – – – – – WM60 WM60 890 191 94 – 58 17,5 17 40 11 6,5 6,6 7 M55 M55 D313 424 – 56 25,5 10,7 41 9,5 5,3 5,5 10,2 M55 M75 – D313 470 5,5 15 134 76 80 5,5 9,5 41 M75 M55 – D313 060 - 15 134 76 80 M5 × 7,5 - 41 M75 M75 D312 719 – 75 28,5 15 60 14 8,5 8,5 11 M75 M100 – D313 062 8,5 20 190 106 100 8,5 14 60 M100 M75 – D313 292 - 20 190 106,5 100 M8 × 12 - 60 M100 M100 D312 304 – 92 46,5 22 60 17 10,5 10,5 20 1 all necessary screws are included in the shipment
  • 139. Linear Motion Systems 139www.thomsonlinear.com Mounting Plates for Multi Axis Systems Unit type X-axis Unit type Y-axis p/n A B C D E F G H J K L MS33 MS33 MSXYP33-33 30 30 6 9 6 60 120 30 100 M5 x 0,8 - 6H 12,7 MS33 MS25 MSXYP33-25 30 30 5,5 9 6 60 60 42 42 M3 x 0,5 - 6H 12,7 2HB10 MS25 2HXYP10-MS25 70 70 5,5 9 6 100 100 42 42 M3 x 0,5 - 6H 12,7 2HB10 MS33 2HXYP10-MS33 70 70 6 9 6 100 120 30 100 M5 x 0,8 - 6H 12,7 2HB10 2HB10 2HXYP10-10 70 70 5,5 9 6 100 100 35 75 M5 x 0,8 - 6H 12,7 2HB20 2HB10 2HXYP20-10 145 145 10,5 16,5 11 200 200 35 75 M5 x 0,8 - 6H 22 2HB20 2HB20 2HXYP20-10 145 145 10,5 16,5 11 200 200 85 120 M8 x 1,25 - 6H 22 Accessories Mounting Kits Adapter Plates Unit type I I I A B C D E øF G M55 D313 422 D313 423 40 60 20 38 25,5 6,5 37 M75 D312 746 – 40 – 26 - 45 6,5 51 M75 – D312 745 – 60 - 39 45 7,5 51 M100 D312 338 – 40 – 26 - 69 6,5 62 M100 – D312 337 – 60 - 39 69 7,5 62 Adapter plates are fitted in the grooves along the profile and can be used to attach sensors, switches, cabl ducts etc. to the unit. Combinations for other units are available. Plates to connect X and Z axes are also available for the Microstage units size MS25 and MS33. Contact customer support for details.
  • 140. 140 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Mounting Kits T-slot Bolts Unit type p/n øD H M50 D312 221 M5 14 Z2 D800 089 M10 28 Z3 D800 089 M10 28 T-slot Nuts Unit type p/n A B C D øE F ZB D900 151 18 11 1,5 6,3 M6 25 ZB D900 150 18 11 1,5 6,3 M8 25 MLS60 920 303 0037 16 8 4 6 M6 16 MLS80 920 303 0039 19,5 10 5,5 10,5 M8 20 WH120 911 044 19 15 10 6 12 M8 15 WM120 911 044 19 15 10 6 12 M8 15 2RB12, 2HB10, 2HB20 TNUT-01-M3 7 4 1,75 3 M3 9 2RB16, 2HB10 TNUT-02-M4 9,5 5,5 2,25 4 M4 12 2RB12 TNUT-03-M4 12 7 2,5 5 M4 15 2RB16, 2HB20 TNUT-04-M4 16,5 7,9 4,8 6 M4 16 2RB16, 2HB20 TNUT-04-M5 16,5 7,9 4,8 6 M5 16 2RB16, 2HB20 TNUT-04-M6 16,5 7,9 4,8 6 M6 16
  • 141. Linear Motion Systems 141www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Cover and Protection Kits FA Felt Pad Wiper Unit type Number of carriages on the unit p/n X WH50 1 890 885 0064 6 WH50 2 2 × 890 885 0064 6 WH80 1 890 890 0069 7 WH80 2 2 × 890 890 0069 7 WH120 1 890 895 0058 8 WH120 2 2 × 890 895 0058 8 WHZ50 1 890 885 0064 6 WHZ50 2 2 × 890 885 0064 6 WHZ80 1 890 890 0069 7 WHZ80 2 2 × 890 890 0069 7 The felt pad wipers remove dust and dirt from the guides and are located on the carriage(s). They may increase the driving torque slightly but do not reduce the stroke of the unit. The felt pad wipers come mounted from factory. Shaft Protection Cover Unit type p/n A B M50 D312 201 126 35 M55 D312 201 151 35 M75 D700 178 198 45 M100 D700 178 202 45 The shaft protection cover is used to cover shafts which are not being used. The covers are fitted by the customer.
  • 142. 142 www.thomsonlinear.com Protective Bellows type 2D Unit type p/n H H1 B 2DB08 BEL-2DB-08 48 34 130 2DB12 BEL-2D-12 61 36,5 152,5 2DB12 BEL-2D-16 73 43 190,5 Protective Bellows type 2H Unit type p/n B B2 H H1 H2 H4 2HB10 BEL-2H-10 103 81 26 11 10 0 2HB20 BEL-2H-20 199 167 48 30 15 5 Protective Bellows type 2R Unit type p/n B B2 H H1 H2 H3 H4 2RB12 BEL-2R-12 128 75 48 37 29 15 12 2RB16 BEL-2R-16 158 95 52 43 30 15 10 Bellows protect the unit from dirt and dust. Note that the bellows option reduces the available stroke of the unit by 28%. Bellows can be ordered and mounted at the factory - see ordering key. Bellows can also be ordered separately and fitted by the customer. In that case, order two pieces of bellows where the length of each bellows piece = stroke length of the unit × 0.86. Bellows protect the unit from dirt and dust. Note that the bellows option reduces the available stroke of the unit by 28%. Bellows can be ordered and mounted at the factory - see ordering key. Bellows can also be ordered separately and fitted by the customer. In that case, order two pieces of bellows where the length of each bellows piece = stroke length of the unit × 0.86. Bellows protect the unit from dirt and dust. Note that the bellows option reduces the available stroke of the unit by 28%. Bellows can be ordered and mounted at the factory - see ordering key. Bellows can also be ordered separately and fitted by the customer. In that case, order two pieces of bellows where the length of each bellows piece = stroke length of the unit × 0.86. Accessories Cover and Protection Kits
  • 143. Linear Motion Systems 143www.thomsonlinear.com Protective Shrouds Unit type 2HB10 see ordering key of the unit for order or www.linearmotioneering.com 2HB20 see ordering key of the unit for order or www.linearmotioneering.com The protective shrouds are made of metal and protect the drive mechanism of the unit from dust and dirt but leave the guides unprotected. Shrouds do not reduce the stroke of the unit but they will add 4 mm to the width of the unit. Shrouds are ordered mounted from factory and are stated in the ordering key of the unit. Accessories Cover and Protection Kits
  • 144. 144 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Cover and Protection Kits Environment Protection Option Type S1 and S2, compatability table Unit type Drive type Guide type S1 S2 Ordering M55 ball screw slide • see ordering key of the unit for order M55 belt drive slide • • see ordering key of the unit for order ball • see ordering key of the unit for order M75 ball screw slide • see ordering key of the unit for order M75 belt drive slide • • see ordering key of the unit for order ball • see ordering key of the unit for order M100 ball screw slide • see ordering key of the unit for order M100 belt drive slide • • see ordering key of the unit for order ball • see ordering key of the unit for order WM60 / WM80 / WM120 ball screw ball • see ordering key of the unit for order WV60 / WV80 / WV120 ball screw no guide • see ordering key of the unit for order WH50 / WH80 / WH120 belt drive wheel • • see ordering key of the unit for order WHZ50 / WHZ80 belt drive wheel • see ordering key of the unit for order The S1 and S2 environment protection options can be ordered for some units. All performance data and the life expectancy are the same as for standard units except for WH and WHZ units (contact customer service for more information). S1 can be ordered for both ball screw and belt driven units with ball, slide or wheel guides while S2 only is possible for belt driven units with slide or wheel guides. Never use chemical agents and/or cleaning detergents before contacting your local Thomson customer service for advise. S1 - Wash down protection Typical places where S1 is used are in slaughter houses, dairy plants, food plants or in any other light wash down application. S2 - Enhanced wash down protection TypicalplaceswhereS2isusedareinmoderatelywetareassuchasinpaper mills,galvanisingequipment,foodindustriesorinanyotherharshenvironment application where enhanced wash down capabilities are required. Environment Protection Options Type S1 and S2, technical specification Item S1 S2 External screws, bolts and nuts stainless material class A2 or better stainless material class A4 or better Internal screws, bolts and nuts standard material stainless material class A2 or better Drive shaft, ball screw driven units standard material - Drive shaft, belt driven units stainless material SS2333 or better stainless material SS2343 or better Tension wheel shaft standard material stainless material SS2333 or better Bearings type standard bearings 2RS Bearing sealings, belt driven units radial sealings radial sealings Surface treatment of machined extruded aluminum parts none anodising Surface treatment of machined casted aluminum parts none anodising Cam rollers and idler shafting (WH and WHZ units) standard material stainless material Belt retainer (WH units) none stainless material
  • 145. Linear Motion Systems 145www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits RediMount™ Motor Mount System, NEMA compatability table NEMA size NEMA 17 NEMA 23 NEMA 34 NEMA 42 Motor code * 505 001 002 003 MS25 x x MS33 x x MS46 x x 2HB10 x x 2HB20 x x 2RB12 x x 2RB16 x x 2DB08 x (code 523) x 2DB12 x x 2DB16 x x The standard NEMA motor mount sizes are listed above for reference. The Thomson RediMount™ System allows the linear units to be mounted to a wide variety of motor manufacturers and sizes. Many of these combinations can be found at www.linearmotioneering.com. Contact customer support for other motor sizes and their corresponding motor code. * See ordering keys for details. Linear motion system motor flange Shortened ball screw end block Intermediate housing Coupling
  • 146. 146 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits Bell House Flanges for IEC Motors Unit type IEC63 B14 A IEC71 B14 A IEC80 B14 A IEC90 B14 A IEC100/112 B14 A M50 D390 820 64 D390 821 71 – – – – – – M55 D390 820 64 D390 821 71 – – – – – – M75 – – D390 823 83 D390 912 101 D390 916 101 – – M100 (MG10K) – – D390 823 83 D390 913 101 D390 917 101 – – M100 (MG10B) – – D390 823 83 D390 912 101 D390 916 101 – – The bell house flange includes a matching coupling. Note! Keep in mind that heavy motors will need extra support in order not to break the flange or gear due to the load torque created.
  • 147. Linear Motion Systems 147www.thomsonlinear.com MGK Bell House Flanges for AKM Servo Motors Unit type AKM3 • D-AN A AKM4 • D-AN A AKM5 • D-AN A AKM6 • D-AN A AKM7 • D-AN A WM40 891 092 1264 71 – – – – – – – – WB40 891 092 1263 63 – – – – – – – – WB60 891 092 1265 75 – – – – – – – – WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 891 092 1109 79 891 092 1262 89 891 092 1261 103 – – – – WM80 / WV80 / WZ80 D321 759 80 D321 404 91 891 092 1259 101 891 092 1258 117 – – WM120 / WV120 – – – – 891 092 0143 113 891 092 1257 121 D321 281 143 MLSM60 – – 891 092 0909 88 891 092 1260 98 – – – – MLSM80 – – – – – – 891 092 1256 111 891 092 1254 133 M55 (MG06K) D390 930 73 D389 939 92 – – – – – – M75 (MG07K) D390 966 83 D390 926 93 D390 909 107 – – – – M75 (MG07B) D390 966 83 D390 926 93 D390 909 107 – – – – M100 (MG10K) D390 966 83 D390 927 93 D390 910 107 – – – – M100 (MG10B) D390 966 83 D390 926 93 D390 909 107 – – – – The bell house flange includes a matching coupling. Flanges for other units or motor sizes available on request, contact customer service. Note! Keep in mind that heavy motors will need extra support in order not to break the flange or gear due to the load torque created. Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits
  • 148. 148 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BS40 Worm Gears, dimensions Gear A B C D E F BS40 54 40 46 10 100 92 BS40 Worm Gears, compatability table Unit BS40 IEC71B14 IEC80B14 IEC90B14 A L Z2 (MGZ2K32) • • 17 58 Z2 (MGZ2K32) • • 17 68 The worm gear includes the gear, the bell house and a matching coupling. To be able to install the gear to the unit an adaptor flange must be used between the gear and the unit. The adaptor flange is ordered separately. Adaptor flange
  • 149. Linear Motion Systems 149www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BS40 Worm Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 Example BS40 -10 -71 1. Type and size of worm gear BS40 = BS40 worm gear 2. Gear ratio -3 = 3:1 -5,5 = 5,5:1 -7,5 = 7,5:1 -10 = 10:1 -15 = 15:1 -20 = 20:1 -24 = 24:1 -30 = 30:1 -40 = 40:1 -48 = 48:1 -60 = 60:1 6. Motor size no code = without bell house and coupling -71 = IEC71B14 -80 = IEC80B14 Adaptor flanges for BS40 Worm Gears, part numbers Unit p/n Z2 (MGZ2K32) D606 250
  • 150. 150 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits TBS40 Worm Gears, dimensions Gear A B C D E F øG H øI J K TBS40 54 40 46 10 100 125 14j6 45 65 M8 (4×) 25 TBS40 Worm Gears, compatability table Unit TBS40 IEC71B14 IEC80B14 A L Z2 (MGZ2K25) • • 32 58 Z2 (MGZ2K25) • • 32 68 Z3 (MGZ3K25) • • 32 58 Z3 (MGZ3K25) • • 32 68 M75 • • 32 58 M75 • • 32 68 M100 • • 32 58 M100 • • 32 68 The worm gear is installed directly to the unit and requires no intermediate coupling between the two. To be able to install the gear to the motor a bell house flange must be used between the gear and the motor. The bell house flange, which includes a matching coupling, is ordered separately. A shaft cover can be ordered to cover the second primary shaft on the gear in case it is not being used.Bell house flange Shaft cover
  • 151. Linear Motion Systems 151www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits TBS40 Worm Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 Example TBS40 -3 -216 1. Type and size of worm gear TBS40 = TBS40 worm gear 2. Gear ratio -3 = 3:1 -5,5 = 5,5:1 -7,5 = 7,5:1 -10 = 10:1 -15 = 15:1 -20 = 20:1 -24 = 24:1 -30 = 30:1 -40 = 40:1 -48 = 48:1 -60 = 60:1 3. Fixed code -216 Bell house flanges for TBS40 Worm Gears, part numbers Motor size p/n IEC71B14 D701 011 IEC80B14 D701 015 Shaft Cover for TBS40 Worm Gears, part numbers Gear type p/n TBS40 D701 020
  • 152. 152 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits RT Belt Gears, dimensions Gear A B C D RT40 110 30 176 68 RT60 175 74 345 170 RT80 175 74 345 170 RT40 RT60/80 RT Belt Gears, data Gear i nmax [rpm] Mmax [Nm] M idle [Nm] h J [kgm2 ] Weight [kg} RT40 1:1 3000 1,75 0,3 0,80 0,000025 0,62 RT60 1:1 3000 15 0,7 0,85 0,000438 5,6 RT60 2:1 3000 15 0,7 0,85 0,001011 7,1 RT80 1:1 3000 30 0,7 0,85 0,000465 5,5 RT80 2:1 3000 30 0,7 0,85 0,001038 7 i = gear ratio M idle = idle torque nmax = max. input speed h = efficiency factor Mmax = max. input torque J = inertia
  • 153. Linear Motion Systems 153www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits RT Belt Gears, compatability table Gear WH40 / WM40 WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 / MLSM60D WH80 / WM80 / WV80 / WM120 / WV120 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D RT40 • RT60 • RT80 • RT Belt Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 4 5 Example RT80 -2 -• • • -P-N -05 1. Type and size of belt gear RT40 = RT belt gear size 40 RT60 = RT belt gear size 60 RT80 = RT belt gear size 80 2. Gear ratio -1 = 1:1 -2 = 2:1 3. Motor code - • • • = alphanumeric motor code (e.g. -AK5). There are several motors that fit each gear and the list of suitable motors is continiously being updated. Please contact customer support for help to see which motors are currently are on the list or if your prefered motor can be added to the list. 4. Type of mounting -P-M = gear supplied mounted to the unit -P-N = gear supplied unmounted 5. Compatable unit type -01 = WH40 -02 = WH50 -03 = WH80 -04 = WH120 -05 = WM40 -06 = WM60 -07 = WM80 -08 = WM120 -09 = WV60 -10 = WV80 -11 = WV120 -12 = WHZ50 -13 = WHZ80 -14 = WZ60 -15 = WZ80 -16 = MLSH60Z -18 = MLSM80Z -19 = MLSM60D -20 = MLSM80D
  • 154. 154 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BGM Belt Gears, dimensions Gear A B C D øE F G H I J BGM09 118,7 52 255 140 20 H9 95 115 60 – – BGM41 155,2 70 305 165 25 H9 122 147 70 – – BGM81 200 73 399 224 30 H9 134 159 90 90H14 170 BGM09/41/81 - WITHOUT CLEVIS OPTION BGM09/41/81 - WITH CLEVIS OPTION TYPE S BGM81 - WITH CLEVIS OPTION TYPE R The belt gear comes in parts and is assembled to the unit and motor by the customer.
  • 155. Linear Motion Systems 155www.thomsonlinear.com BGM Belt Gears, ordering keys Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BGM Belt Gears, data Gear i nmax [rpm] Mmax [Nm] h J [kgm2 ] Weight [kg} BGM09 1,04:1 4000 4,1 0,85 0,000102 2 BGM09 1,85:1 4000 4,1 0,85 0,000112 2,1 BGM09 2,85:1 4000 4,1 0,85 0,000213 2,5 BGM41 1:1 4000 22,0 0,85 0,000438 3,4 BGM41 2:1 4000 15,8 0,85 0,000342 3,7 BGM41 3:1 4000 16,7 0,85 0,000583 4,6 BGM81 1:1 4000 29,0 0,85 0,000836 12,1 BGM81 2,25:1 4000 32,3 0,85 0,001051 12,9 BGM81 3,13:1 4000 30,3 0,85 0,001439 14 i = gear ratio h = efficiency factor nmax = max. input speed J = inertia Mmax = max. input torque BGM Belt Gears, compatability table Gear WM/V/Z60 WM/V80 WM/V120 MLSM80D WB60 M50 M55 M75 M100 Z2 BGM09 • • • • • BGM41 • • • • • BGM81 • • See next page for ordering keys.
  • 156. 156 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BGM 09 Belt Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example BGM09 -2 -CC 063 P 050 X +XX 1. Type and size of belt gear BGM09 = BGM belt gear size 09 2. Gear ratio -1 = 1,04:1 -2 = 1,85:1 -3 = 2,85:1 3. Type of couplings -CC = conical couplings 4. Motor size1 063 = IEC 63 B14 071 = IEC 71 B14 S80 = servo motor size 80 AK4 = servo motor type AKM 4 5. Type of mounting P = standard 6. Compatable unit type W06 = WM60, WV60, WZ60 WB6 = WB60 050 = M50 060 = M55 070 = M75 7. Clevis option X = no clevis option S = clevis option type S 8. Protection +XX = standard +S1 = wash down protection 1 This is only a selection of all motors that fit this gear. Please contact customer support to see if your prefered motor fits the gear. BGM 41 Belt Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example BGM41 -1 -CC 071 P 070 X +S1 1. Type and size of belt gear BGM41 = BGM belt gear size 41 2. Gear ratio -1 = 1:1 -2 = 2:1 -3 = 3:1 3. Type of couplings -CC = conical couplings 4. Motor size1 071 = IEC 71 B14 080 = IEC 80 B14 S80 = servo motor size 80 S95 = servo motor size 95 AK5 = servo motor type AKM 5 5. Type of mounting P = standard 6. Compatable unit type W06 = WM60, WV60, WZ60 W08 = WM80, WV80 070 = M75 10B = M100 (MF/G10B) 10K = M100 (MF/G10K/C/D) 7. Clevis option X = no clevis option S = clevis option type S 8. Protection +XX = standard +S1 = wash down protection 1 This is only a selection of all motors that fit this gear. Please contact customer support to see if your prefered motor fits the gear.
  • 157. Linear Motion Systems 157www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits BGM 81 Belt Gears, ordering key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example BGM81 -1 -CC 090 P M8D X +XX 1. Type and size of belt gear BGM81 = BGM belt gear size 81 2. Gear ratio -1 = 1:1 -2 = 2,25:1 -3 = 3,13:1 3. Type of couplings -CC = conical couplings 4. Motor size1 090 = IEC 90 B14 100 = IEC 100/121 B14 A20 = servo motor size A200 AK6 = servo motor type AKM 6 5. Type of mounting P = standard 6. Compatable unit type W12 = WM120, WV120 M8D = MLSM80D 7. Clevis option X = no clevis option S = clevis option type S R = clevis option type R 8. Protection +XX = standard +S1 = wash down protection 1 This is only a selection of all motors that fit this gear. Please contact customer support to see if your prefered motor fits the gear.
  • 158. 158 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits Micron DT, DTR Planetary Gears, compatability and dimensions Unit Gear i A B C D E Weight [kg] Backlash [arc min] Efficiency [%] WH50 DT60-SS 3:1 - 10:1 89,7 60 – – – 1 8 90 DT60-DS 15:1 - 100:1 106,9 60 – – – 1,2 9 85 DTR60-SS 5:1 - 50:1 – – 110,2 104,1 60 2,5 9 90 DTR60-DS 60:1 - 500:1 – – 127,3 104,1 60 2,7 9 85 WH80 DT90-SS 3:1 - 10:1 110,9 90 – – – 3 9 90 DT90-DS 15:1 - 100:1 133,5 90 – – – 3,7 9 85 DTR90-SS 5:1 - 50:1 – – 145,4 138,2 90 4,8 9 90 DTR90-DS 60:1 - 500:1 – – 168,0 138,2 90 5,5 9 85 WH120 DT115-SS 3:1 - 10:1 136,4 110 – – – 12,7 8 90 DT115-DS 15:1 - 100:1 167,4 110 – – – 16,2 9 85 DTR115-SS 5:1 - 50:1 – – 185,7 173,5 115 11 8 90 DTR115-DS 60:1 - 500:1 – – 216,7 173,5 115 12 9 85 WM60Z DT60-SS 3:1 - 10:1 89,7 60 – – – 1 8 90 DT60-DS 15:1 - 100:1 106,9 60 – – – 1,2 9 85 DTR60-SS 5:1 - 50:1 – – 110,2 104,1 60 2,5 9 90 DTR60-DS 60:1 - 500:1 – – 127,3 104,1 60 2,7 9 85 WM80Z DT90-SS 3:1 - 10:1 110,9 90 – – – 3 9 90 DT90-DS 15:1 - 100:1 133,5 90 – – – 3,7 9 85 DTR90-SS 5:1 - 50:1 – – 145,4 138,2 90 4,8 9 90 DTR90-DS 60:1 - 500:1 – – 168,0 138,2 90 5,5 9 85 i = gear ratio DT DTR Left side Right side Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 Micron DT and DTR planetary gears comes mounted on the unit from factory.
  • 159. Linear Motion Systems 159www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits 1. Size of planetary gear DT60 DT90 DT115 2. Type of gear -SS -DS 3. Mounting side of the unit Left Right 4. Gear ratio 3:1 (only for -SS models) 5:1 (only for -SS models) 10:1 (only for -SS models) 15:1 (only for -DS models) 25:1 (only for -DS models) 30:1 (only for -DS models) 50:1 (only for -DS models) 100:1 (only for -DS models) 5. Motor Specify your choice of motor. 1. Type and size of planetary gear DTR60 DTR90 DTR115 2. Type of gear -SS -DS 3. Mounting position of the gear Position 1 Position 2 Position 3 Position 4 4. Mounting side of the unit Left Right 5. Gear ratio 5:1 (only for -SS models) 6:1 (only for -SS models) 9:1 (only for -SS models) 10:1 (only for -SS models) 12:1 (only for -SS models) 15:1 (only for -SS models) 20:1 (only for -SS models) 25:1 (only for -SS models) 30:1 (only for -SS models) 40:1 (only for -SS models) 50:1 (only for -SS models) 60:1 (only for -DS models) 75:1 (only for -DS models) 90:1 (only for -DS models) 100:1 (only for -DS models) 120:1 (only for -DS models) 125:1 (only for -DS models) 150:1 (only for -DS models) 200:1 (only for -DS models) 250:1 (only for -DS models) 300:1 (only for -DS models) 400:1 (only for -DS models) 500:1 (only for -DS models) 6. Motor Specify your choice of motor. Micron DT, DTR Planetary Gears, how to order When ordering a DT or DTR planetary gear you need to state the size and type of gear, which side of the unit the gear shall be installed, the gear ratio and which motor that you wish to use. For DTR you also must state the prefered mounting position of the gear. With this information we can check if your choice of motor is possible or not and give you the correct ordering code for the gear. Micron DT, ordering data Micron DTR, ordering data
  • 160. 160 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits VWZ Intermediate Shafts, dimensions Shaft øA B C D øE F min. G VWZ-30 32 15 1,5 34 30 99 M4 VWZ-40 42 17 1,5 46 40 133 M5 VWZ-60 56 30 2 63 60 177 M6 VWZ-60V 67 35 2 73 60 205 M8 VWZ-80 82 40 2 84 80 249 M10 VWZ-100 102 50 2 97 100 283 M12 Mmax = max. shaft torque Gc = weight of coupling Jc = inertia of coupling Gs = weight of shaft Js = inertia of shaft Ms = tightening torque VWZ Intermediate Shafts, data Shaft Mmax [Nm] Gs [kg/m] Gc [kg] Js [kgm2 /m] Jc [kgm2 ] Ms [Nm] VWZ-30 4,8 0,58 0,14 0,00011 0,00001 4 VWZ-40 6,4 0,76 0,36 0,00020 0,00008 8 VWZ-60 22,7 0,97 0,94 0,00080 0,00024 15 VWZ-60V 60,6 0,97 1,42 0,00080 0,00046 35 VWZ-80 122,7 2,00 2,98 0,00300 0,00240 70 VWZ-100 169,7 2,47 4,62 0,00580 0,00600 120 The VWZ intermediate shafts can be installed in two ways. Either directly to belt driven units (I) or to screw driven units using KRG bevel gears (II) of type VL0, VL1 or VL2. The intermediate shaft includes tube and couplings. Critical Speed of Shaft 1: VWZ-30 2: VWZ-40 3: VWZ-60 and VWZ-60V 4: VWZ-80 5: VWZ-100
  • 161. Linear Motion Systems 161www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits VWZ Intermediate Shafts, compatability table Unit I I I VWZ-30 VWZ-40 VWZ-60 VWZ-60V VWZ-80 VWZ-100 AA [mm] WH40 • • AA = L + 56 WH50 / WHZ50 • • AA = L + 54 WM60Z • • AA = L + 64 WH80 / WHZ80 • • AA = L + 84 WH120 • • AA = L + 124 WM80Z • • AA = L + 84 MLSH60Z • • AA = L + 164 WB40 / WM40 VL0 • AA = L + 170 WB60 VL1 • AA = L + 184 WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 VL1 • AA = L + 184 WM80 / WV80 / MLSM60D VL1 • AA = L + 176 MLSM80Z • • AA = L + 244 WM120 / WV120 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D VL2 • AA = L + 244 AA = C/C distance between units L = total length of shaft and coupling assembly VWZ Intermediate Shafts, ordering key 1 2 3 Example VWZ-060 -02 -0700 1. Intermediate shaft size VWZ-030 = VWZ-30 VWZ-040 = VWZ-40 VWZ-060 = VWZ-60 VWZ-06V = VWZ-60V VWZ-080 = VWZ-80 VWZ-100 = VWZ-100 2. Type of unit and type of mounting -01 = WH40 for type I mounting -02 = WH50 / WHZ50 for type I mounting -03 = WM80Z for type I mounting -04 = WH80 / WHZ80 for type I mounting -05 = WH120 for type I mounting -06 = WM60Z for type I mounting -07 = MLSH60Z for type I mounting -08 = WB40 / WM40 for type II mounting on VLO gears -09 = WB60 for type II mounting on VL1 gears -10 = WM60 / WV60 / WZ60 for type II mounting on VL1 gears -11 = WM80 / WV80 / MLSM60D for type II mounting on VL1 gears -12 = MLSM80Z for type I mounting -13 = WM120 / WV120 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D for type II mounting on VL2 gears 3. C/C distance between units (AA) - • • • • = distance in mm
  • 162. 162 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits DSP Intermediate Shafts, data Shaft Weight of shaft [kg] Max. speed [rpm] Shaft diameter [mm] DSP-05B 0,3 + 1,3 × Lm 1500 20 DSP-06B 0,3 + 1,3 × Lm 1500 20 DSP-07B 0,6 + 2,6 × Lm 1500 30 DSP-10B 0,6 + 2,6 × Lm 1500 30 DSB--ZB 0,6 + 2,6 × Lm 1500 30 DSP-TBS 0,6 + 2,6 × Lm 1500 30 The DSP intermediate shaft can be installed directly between two belt driven units or between two screw driven units using a TBS worm gear. Couplings and tube are included in the shipment. Support bearings may need to be installed if the critical speed of the shaft is exceeded. See diagram. Support bearings can be ordered from your local bearing supplier. Critical Speed of Shaft 1: No support bearing required 2: Support bearing required for DSP-05B and DSP-06B 3: Support bearing always required DSP-05B/06B/07B/10B/-ZB DSP-TBS Lm = C/C distance between units in cm
  • 163. Linear Motion Systems 163www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits DSP Intermediate Shafts, compatability table Unit Drive type DSP-05B DSP-06B DSP-07B DSP-10B DSP--ZB DSP-TBS M50 belt • M55 belt • M75 belt • M100 belt • ZB belt • M55 screw • M75 screw • M100 screw • DSP Intermediate Shafts, ordering key 1 2 Example DSP-06B -305 1. Intermediate shaft size and type DSP-05B = for belt driven M50 units DSP-06B = for belt driven M55 units DSP-07B = for belt driven M75 units DSP-10B = for belt driven M100 units DSP--ZB = for belt driven ZB units DSP-TBS = for screw driven M55, M75 or M100 units with TBS worm gear 2. C/C distance between units in cm (Lm) - • • • = length in cm
  • 164. 164 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Motors, Gears and Transmission Kits Spring Set Brake Unit type p/n Nema size Static torque [lbf-in] Supply voltage [VDC] Dimensions [in] Brake hub p/n1 Brake adaptor p/nF G H J K L HEX 2DB08 TEB23A 23 NEMA 23 24 2.25 1.10 0.11 2.25 0.22 2.625 5/8 HEXHUB23A MB08-23 2DB12 TEB23B 23 NEMA 23 24 2.25 1.10 0.11 2.25 0.22 2.625 5/8 HEXHUB23B nonerequired 2HB10, 2RB12 TEB23D 23 NEMA 23 24 2.25 1.10 0.11 2.25 0.22 2.625 5/8 HEXHUB23D nonerequired 2RB16 TEB23E 23 NEMA 23 24 2.25 1.10 0.11 2.25 0.22 2.625 5/8 HEXHUB23E nonerequired 2DB16 TEB34A 34 NEMA 34 24 2.25 1.10 0.11 3.25 0.22 3.875 5/8 HEXHUB34A nonerequired 2HB20 TEB34C 34 NEMA 34 24 2.25 1.31 0.11 3.25 0.22 3.875 7/8 HEXHUB34A nonerequired Spring Set Brake Hubs Brake type p/n Unit type Set screw torque [in-lb]1 Dimensions [in (mm)] A B C D E TEB23A HEXHUB23A 2DB08 36 1.53 3/16 0.15 #10/32 5/8 TEB23B HEXHUB23B 2DB12 36 1.31 1/4 0.26 #10/32 5/8 TEB23D HEXHUB23D 2HB10, 2RB12 36 (20) (8) (5) M4 5/8 TEB23E HEXHUB23E 2RB16 36 (20) (20) (5) M4 5/8 TEB34A HEXHUB34A 2DB16 36 1.67 3/8 0.44 #10/32 5/8 TEB34C HEXHUB34A 2HB20 36 (32) 14 (6) M5 7/8 1 Hub included in spring set brake Mountstosupportendof 2HB,2RB,and2DBunits.Thebrakeengages upon loss of power and provides resistance to back drive rotation of ball screws due to gravitational forces when power is interrupted to the brake unit. They are pre-burnished for maximum torque capacity andcomewithstandardNEMA23,34or42mountingpatternsforeasy field retrofit. Compact size minimizes change to the overall system envelope. The 2HB, 2RB, and 2DB ordering keys can be configured with the brake as part of the assembly. See ordering keys or www.linearmotioneering.com for details. The part numbers listed here are for the brake parts as seperate items. 1 It is suggested a serviceable thread locking compound be used. SPLHUB42AHEXHUB • • •
  • 165. Linear Motion Systems 165www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices Limit Switch Brackets1 Unit type I For limit switch type I I For limit switch type M50 D393 035 ZCM-D21 – – M55 D313 427 ZCM-D21 D313 428 ZCM-D21 M75 D312 860 XCK-M115 D312 861 XCK-M115 M100 D312 330 XCK-M115 D312 331 XCK-M115 1 No limit switches included in the shipment. Limit Switches Switch type p/n Protection degree Contacts Cable XCK-M115 D535 107 IP67 NO + NC – ZCM-D21 D535 102 IP67 NO + NC 1 meter Limit Switch Brackets for Z3 Unit type p/n For limit switch type Z3 D800 042 XCK-M115 The limit switch brackets are adjustable in height. The limit switches on the brackets are operated by the maximum extended and maximum retracted end of stroke bars on top of the Z3 units. Two brackets are required.
  • 166. 166 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices Sensor Brackets for Cylindrical Sensors1 Unit type I For sensor diameter I I For sensor diameter M55 D313 429 M12 D313 430 M12 M75 D312 862 M18 D312 863 M18 M100 D312 332 M18 D312 333 M18 1 no sensors included in the shipment Cylindrical Inductive Sensors Sensor type p/n Diameter Input voltage Max. current Protection degree Contacts Cable PNP D535 085 M12 12 - 48 Vdc 0,2 A IP67 NO connector PNP D535 089 M18 12 - 48 Vdc 0,2 A IP67 NO connector Cylindrical Inductive Sensor Connectors For sensor diameter p/n M12 D535 092 M18 D535 091
  • 167. Linear Motion Systems 167www.thomsonlinear.com Sensor Packages Unit type Package type p/n Output type Output operation Frequency 1 Supply voltage [VDC] Cable length [m] Sdetract [mm] 2HB10 One home sensor LSP2HBM10-N-1 NPN NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - LSP2HBM10-P-1 PNP NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - Two limit switch sensors LSP2HBM10-N-2 NPN NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 30 LSP2HBM10-P-2 PNP NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 30 One home and two limit switch sensors LSP2HBM10-N-3 NPN 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 30 LSP2HBM10-P-3 PNP 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 30 2HB20 One home sensor LSP2HBM20-N-1 NPN NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - LSP2HBM20-P-1 PNP NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - Two limit switch sensors LSP2HBM20-N-2 NPN NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 30 LSP2HBM20-P-2 PNP NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 30 One home and two limit switch sensors LSP2HBM20-N-3 NPN 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 30 LSP2HBM20-P-3 PNP 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 30 2RB12 One home sensor LSP2RM12-N-1 NPN NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - LSP2RM12-P-1 PNP NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - Two limit switch sensors LSP2RM12-N-2 NPN NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 35 LSP2RM12-P-2 PNP NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 35 Home and limit switch sensors LSP2RM12-N-3 NPN 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 35 LSP2RM12-P-3 PNP 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 35 2RB16 One home sensor LSP2RM16-N-1 NPN NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - LSP2RM16-P-1 PNP NO 1 × V 12 - 24 5 - Two limit switch sensors LSP2RM16-N-2 NPN NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 35 LSP2RM16-P-2 PNP NC 2 × S 12 - 24 5 35 One home and two limit switch sensors LSP2RM16-N-3 NPN 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 35 LSP2RM16-P-3 PNP 1 × NC, 2 × NO 1 × V, 2 ×S 12 - 24 5 35 Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices Each 2HB and 2RB can be equipped with sensors inside of the profile where they are protected from mechanical damage. The systems are provided with access holes on each side of each end plate for passage of the sensor package cable. Using limit switch sensors will reduce the effective stroke. The standard position will approximately reduce the stroke by the distance listed in the Sdetract column. The 2HB, 2RB, 2HE and 2RE ordering keys can be configured with the limit switches and/or a home sensor as part of the assembly. See ordering keys or www.linearmotioneering.com for details. The part numbers listed above are for the limit switches and/or home sensors as a seperate items. 1 V = varied frequency. S = standard frequency. LIMIT SWITCH POSITION 2HBE LIMIT SWITCH POSITION 2RB
  • 168. 168 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices EN2 Inductive Sensors, data Parameter EN2 Supply voltage [Vdc] 10 – 30 Max. load current [A] 0,2 Operating distance [mm) 2 LED indicator for switch yes Protection class IP67 Cable type screened Weight with cable L = 2 m with cable L= 10 m [kg] 0,04 0,19 EN2 Inductive Sensors, part numbers Sensor type Cable length [m] p/n Normally closed 2 671 545 0305 Normally open 2 671 545 0304 Normally closed 10 671 545 0307 Normally open 10 671 545 0306 To be able to mount the EN2 inductive sensors on a unit the ENT14x16 sensor rail is required (see page 178) except for units WM120 and WV120 where they can be fitted directly to the profile of the unit. Magnetic Sensors, data Parameter Max. power [W] 10 Max. voltage [Vdc] 100 Max. current [A] 0,5 LED indicator for switch no Protection class IP67 Cable length [m] 3 Cable cross section [mm2 ] 2 × 0,15 Operating temperature limits [°C] -25 – 65 Weight [kg] 0,050 Magnetic Sensors, part numbers Sensor type suitable units p/n Normally closed M50, Z2, Z3 D535 071 Normally open M50, Z2, Z3 D535 070 On M50 the magnetic sensors are mounted directly in the sensor slot of the profiles of the units and require no mounting bracket while Z2 and Z3 require magnetic sensor mounting brackets. The sensor is fixed in position by two M3 size locking screws (A1). The cable (A2) is molded into the sensor. blue black blue black
  • 169. Linear Motion Systems 169www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices IG602 Encoders, data Parameter IG602 Supply voltage Type 1 Type 2 [Vdc] 5 ±10% 10 – 30 Output type Type 1 Type 2 line driver push-pull Pulses per revolution Type 1 Type 2 [ppr] 100 – 2500 100 – 600 Length (L) Type 1 Type 2 [mm] 51,5 56,0 Weight Type 1 Type 2 [kg] 0,36 0,36 STE001 Encoder Connector, data Parameter STE001 Number of poles 12 Protection class IP67 Execution jack Cable entrance straight Weight [kg] 0,04 Part number 6715600153 IG602 Encoders, part numbers Encoder type Supply voltage [Vdc) Pulses per revolution p/n Type 1 5 100 671 521 0194 Type 1 5 200 671 521 0195 Type 1 5 500 671 521 0196 Type 1 5 600 671 521 0197 Type 1 5 1000 671 521 0198 Type 1 5 1250 671 521 0199 Type 1 5 1500 671 521 0200 Type 1 5 2000 671 521 0192 Type 1 5 2500 671 521 0201 Type 2 10 – 30 100 671 521 0193 Type 2 10 – 30 200 671 521 0202 Type 2 10 – 30 500 671 521 0203 Type 2 10 – 30 600 671 521 0204 The IG602 encoders come with mounting screws but no coupling or connector. To be able to mount the encoder to the unit, the unit must have a shaft for encoders. See the ordering keys of the units. The encoders can also be ordered mounted to the unit from factory. See ADG encoder option kit on page 174. Encoder Cable, data Parameter p/n 5 m cable length 671 555 0068 10 m cable length 671 555 0069 The encoder cables come fitted with a STE001 encoder connector in one of the ends.
  • 170. 170 www.thomsonlinear.com ES Limit Switch Option Kit Unit type I I I I I I A B C D E F G WH50 1 • 34 60,5 10 26 49 58,5 196 WH80 • 31 76 10 39 49 78,5 196 WH120 • 34 88 10 51 49 78,5 196 WHZ50 • 34 61 10 26 49 58,5 196 WHZ80 • 31 76 10 39 49 78,5 196 WM60 • 40 69 32 38 50 63 200 WM80 • 40 73 32 42 50 79 200 WM120 • 40 89 32 58 50 94 200 WM60Z • 40 69 32 38 50 73 200 WM80Z 2 • 40 73 32 42 50 99 (89) 200 WV60 • 40 69 32 38 50 33 200 WV80 • 40 73 32 42 50 39 200 WV120 • 40 89 32 58 50 59 200 MLSM60D • 40 73 32 32 50 79 200 MLSH60Z • 40 73 32 42 50 79 200 MLSM80D • 40 85 32 54 50 101 200 MLSM80Z • 40 85 32 54 50 101 200 WZ60 1 • 60 22,5 16 30 113 53 – WZ80 1 • 60 22,5 16 30 112 84 – 1 limit switches for these units can not be moved. On all other units the switches can be re-positioned by the customer. 2 Value in brackets = for short carriage. The ES limit switch assembly is an option that is mounted at the factory. The limit switches are placed 10 mm from the mechanical ends of the unit. Each limit switch has one NO and one NC contact with positive opening action. Protection degree is IP67. Type I and II switches can be repositioned along the profile by the customer. Note! the ES limit switch option and any of the sensor rail options ENT14x16, ENF14x16 or ENK can not be mounted on the same side of the unit. Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices
  • 171. Linear Motion Systems 171www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices ES Limit Switch Option Kit, ordering key 1 2 3 4 Example ESK07 -L -01 -10 1. Compatable unit ESK02 = WH50 ESK03 = WH80 ESK04 = WH120 ESK05 = WM40 ESK06 = WM60 / WM60Z ESK07 = WM80 / WM80Z ESK08 = WM120 ESK09 = WV60 ESK10 = WV80 ESK11 = WV120 ESK12 = WHZ50 ESK13 = WHZ80 ESK14 = WZ60 ESK15 = WZ80 ESK16 = MLSH60Z ESK18 = MLSM80Z ESK19 = MLSM60D ESK20 = MLSM80D 2. Mounting side of the unit -L = left side -R = right side 3. Switch configuration on side A -00 = no switch on side A -01 = switch with 1 m cable -05 = switch with 5 m cable -10 = switch with 10 m cable 4. Switch configuration on side B -00 = no switch on side B -01 = switch with 1 m cable -05 = switch with 5 m cable -10 = switch with 10 m cable
  • 172. 172 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices ENT14x16 Inductive Sensor Rail Unit type p/n WH40 / WH50 / WH80 / WH120 / WHZ50 / WHZ80 / WM40 / WM60 / WM80 / WM60Z / WM80Z / WV60 / WV80 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D / MLSH60Z / MLSM80Z / WZ60 / WZ80 / WB40 / WB60 671 545 0283 The ENT14x16 inductive sensor rail is mounted to the side of a unit or along any type of beam or profile. Sensors of type EN2 can be mounted in the rail. The rail can also serve as a cable duct for the sensor cables. The rail is sealed with a cover which comes with the rail. The rail comes in lengths of max 3000 mm. Drilling in the profile of the unit is required when mounting the rail. When ordering, specify part number and length of the rail. Note1! WM120 and WV120 units do not require any rail as the EN2 sensors can be fitted directly to the profile of the units. Note2! ES limit switch option and ENT14x16 rail can not be mounted on the same side of the unit. The ENF and ENK inductive sensor rail option kits are mounted at the factory. The ENF option consists of two 500 mm long ENT14x16 sensor rails mounted in each end of the unit on the left or right side of the profile. In cases where the unit is too short to allow two 500 mm sensor rails to be mounted, then one rail is mounted along the entire profile of the unit. The ENK option also consists of ENT14 x16 sensor rails but the ENK option has sensor profiles that run along the entire profile of the unit. In the shipment of both ENF and ENK the specified amount and type of EN2 sensors are included. The sensors are fitted to the sensor rail by the customer at the desired positions. Note1! WM120 and WV120 units do not require any ENF or ENK options as the EN2 sensors can be fitted directly to the profile of the units. Note2! The ES limit switch option and ENF rail can not be mounted on the same side of the unit. ENF and ENK Inductive Sensor Rail Option Kit, compatability table Unit type ENF / ENK WH40 / WH50 / WH80 / WH120 / WHZ50 / WHZ80 / WM40 / WM60 / WM80 / WM60Z / WM80Z / WV60 / WV80 / MLSM60D / MLSM80D / MLSH60Z / MLSM80Z / WZ60 / WZ80 / WB40 / WB60 • ENF ENK
  • 173. Linear Motion Systems 173www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices ENK and ENF Inductive Sensor Rail Option Kit, ordering key 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example ENK16 -S -04000 -R -2 -0 -1 -6 1. Type of rail and compatable unit ENK01 = ENK rail for WH40 ENK02 = ENK rail for WH50 ENK03 = ENK rail for WH80 ENK04 = ENK rail for WH120 ENK05 = ENK rail for WM40 ENK06 = ENK rail for WM60 / WV60 ENK07 = ENK rail for WM80 / WV80 ENK08 = ENK rail for WM120 / WV120 ENK09 = ENK rail for WM60Z ENK10 = ENK rail for WM80Z ENK11 = ENK rail for WHZ50 ENK12 = ENK rail for WHZ80 ENK13 = ENK rail for WZ60 ENK14 = ENK rail for WZ80 ENK15 = ENK rail for MLSH60Z ENK17 = ENK rail for MLSM80Z ENK18 = ENK rail for MLSM60D ENK19 = ENK rail for MLSM80D ENK20 = ENK rail for WB40 ENK21 = ENK rail for WB60 ENF01 = ENF rail for WH40 ENF02 = ENF rail for WH50 ENF03 = ENF rail for WH80 ENF04 = ENF rail for WH120 ENF05 = ENF rail for WM40 ENF06 = ENF rail for WM60 / WV60 ENF07 = ENF rail for WM80 / WV80 ENF08 = ENF rail for WM120 / WV120 ENF09 = ENF rail for WM60Z ENF10 = ENF rail for WM80Z ENF11 = ENF rail for WHZ50 ENF12= ENF rail for WHZ80 ENF13 = ENF rail for WZ60 ENF14 = ENF rail for WZ80 ENF15 = ENF rail for MLSH60Z ENF17 = ENF rail for MLSM80Z ENF18 = ENF rail for MLSM60D ENF19 = ENF rail for MLSM80D ENF20 = ENF rail for WB40 ENF21 = ENF rail for WB60 2. Number of carriages -S = single carriage -D = double carriages 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Mounting side of the unit -L = left side -R = right side 5. Number of EN2 sensors with NC contact and 2 m cable - • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally closed / 2 m cable 6. Number of EN2 sensors with NO contact and 2 m cable - • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally open / 2 m cable 7. Number of EN2 sensors with NC contact and 10 m cable - • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally closed / 10 m cable 8. Number of EN2 sensors with NO contact and 10 m cable - • = 0 – 9 sensors / normally open / 10 m cable
  • 174. 174 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices ADG Encoder Option Kit Unit type Mounting type I Mounting type II A B øC D WH40 • 115 95 58,5 ø60 WH50 / WHZ50 • 120 96 58,5 50 × 50 WH80 / WHZ80 • 139 100 58,5 90 × 90 WH120 • 153 93 58,5 100 × 100 WM40 • 25 95 58,5 – WM60 • 31 95 58,5 – WM80 • 40 95 58,5 – WM120 • 74 95 58,5 – WM60Z • 124 94 58,5 60 × 60 WM80Z • 138 98 58,5 65 × 65 WB40 • 20,8 95 58,5 – WB60 • 32,5 95 58,5 – MLSM60D • 37 95 58,5 – MLSM80D • 46 95 58,5 – MLSH60Z • 174,5 95 58,5 78 × 59 MLSM80Z • 214,5 95 58,5 100 × 80 The ADG encoder option kit is an option that is mounted to the unit at the factory. It includes an IG602 encoder, a STE001 encoder connector and an encoder mounting flange with coupling. Cable can also be supplied in 5 or 10 meter lengths.
  • 175. Linear Motion Systems 175www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Electrical Feedback Devices ADG Encoder Option Kit, ordering key 1 2 3 Example ADG-08 -05-0600 -00 1. Compatable unit ADG-01 = WH40 ADG-02 = WH50 / WHZ50 ADG-03 = WH80 / WHZ80 ADG-04 = WH120 ADG-05 = WM40 ADG-06 = WM60 / WV60 ADG-07 = WM80 / WV80 ADG-08 = WM120 / WV120 ADG-09 = WM60Z ADG-10 = WM80Z ADG-11 = MLSH60Z ADG-13 = MLSM80Z ADG-14 = MLSM60D ADG-15 = MLSM80D ADG-16 = WB40 ADG-17 = WB60 2. Supply voltage and number of pulses -05-0100 = 5 volts, 100 pulses per revolution -05-0200 = 5 volts, 200 pulses per revolution -05-0500 = 5 volts, 500 pulses per revolution -05-0600 = 5 volts, 600 pulses per revolution -05-1000 = 5 volts, 1000 pulses per revolution -05-1250 = 5 volts, 1250 pulses per revolution -05-2000 = 5 volts, 2000 pulses per revolution -05-2500 = 5 volts, 2500 pulses per revolution -24-0100 = 10 - 30 volts, 100 pulses per revolution -24-0200 = 10 - 30 volts, 200 pulses per revolution -24-0500 = 10 - 30 volts, 500 pulses per revolution -24-0600 = 10 - 30 volts, 600 pulses per revolution 3.Cableandconnectorconfiguation -00=nocableonlySTE001encoderconnector -05=5mcablewithSTE001encoderconnectorinoneoftheends -10=10mcablewithSTE001encoderconnectorinoneoftheends
  • 176. 176 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WH40N WH50N A1: depth 10 A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A1: depth 10 A2: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 82 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 110 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 177. Linear Motion Systems 177www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WH80N WH120N A1: depth 12 A2: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A1: depth 12 A2: funnel type lubricating nipple DIN3405-M6×1-D1 A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 112 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 114 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 178. 178 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WM40N WM60N A1: depth 7 A2: lubricating nipple on both sides DIN3405 D 1/A A3: socket cap screw ISO4762-M5×12 8.8 A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 14 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 18 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 179. Linear Motion Systems 179www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WM60N with Single Short Carriage WM80N A1: depth 11 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer A1: depth 12 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 20 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 24 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 180. 180 www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WM80N with Single Short Carriage WM120N A1: depth 12 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M6×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 AM6 A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer A1: depth 22 A2: socket cap screw ISO4762-M8×20 8.8 A3: tapered lubricating nipple to DIN71412 M8×1 A4: can be changed over to one of the three alternative lubricating points by the customer » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 26 » Ordering key - see page 210 » Technical data - see page 34 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 181. Linear Motion Systems 181www.thomsonlinear.com Accessories Non Driven Linear Motion Systems M75N M100N A1: lubrication holes ø6 (MG07N), ø10 (MF07N) A2: 150 (MG07N), 100 (MF07N) A3: 24 (MG07N), 43 (MF07N) A4: 300 (MG07N), 320 (MF07N) A5: depth 8 Heli coil A6: ø13,5 / ø 8,5 for socket head cap screw M8 A1: lubrication holes ø6 (MG10N), ø10 (MF10N) A2: 100 if L order is equal or < 1 m, 200 if L order > 1 m (MG10N), 265 (MF10N) A3: 34,5 (MG10N), 56,5 (MF10N) A4: 100 if L order is equal or < 1 m, 350 if L order > 1 m (MG10N) 265 if L order is equal or > 0,7 m, no hole if L order < 0,7 m (MF10N) A5: depth 10 Heli coil A6: ø17 / ø 10,5 for socket head cap screw M10 » Ordering key - see page 211 » Technical data - see page 42 » Ordering key - see page 211 » Technical data - see page 44 Dimensions Projection METRIC Dimensions Projection METRIC
  • 182. 182 www.thomsonlinear.com Additional Technical Data Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides Technical Data Parameter WM40S WM40D WM60D WM60S WM60X WM80D WM80S WM120D Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 10,8 × 104 10,8 × 104 5,8 × 105 5,8 × 105 5,8 × 105 1,85 × 106 1,85 × 106 7,7 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 13,4 × 104 13,4 × 104 5,9 × 105 5,9 × 105 5,9 × 105 1,94 × 106 1,94 × 106 9,4 × 106 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,05 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 Efficiency of the unit 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 Bending factor (b) 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 Inertia of ball screw (jsp) [kgm2 /m] 1,13 × 10-5 1,13 × 10-5 8,46 × 10-5 8,46 × 10-5 8,46 × 10-5 2,25 × 10-4 2,25 × 10-4 6,34 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Cx) 05 mm lead 10 mm lead 20 mm lead 40 mm lead 50 mm lead [N] 4400 - - - - 4400 - - - - 10500 - 11600 - 8400 10500 - 11600 - 8400 10500 - - - - 12300 13200 13000 - 15400 12300 13200 13000 - 15400 21500 33400 29700 14900 - Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cy) [N] 2 × 2650 2 × 2650 4 × 11495 2 × 12964 4 × 11495 4 × 14356 2 × 18723 4 × 18723 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cz) [N] 2 × 3397 2 × 3397 4 × 10581 2 × 11934 4 × 10581 4 × 13739 2 × 17919 4 × 17919 Distance between ball guide carriages (Lx) [mm] 87 136 141,7 - 141,7 154 - 186 Distance between ball guide carriages (Ly) [mm] - - 35 35 35 49,75 49,75 80,75 Parameter WV60 WV80 WV120 MLSM60D MLSM80D Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 5,8 × 105 1,85 × 106 7,7 × 106 1,19 × 106 3,77 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 5,9 × 105 1,94 × 106 9,4 × 106 1,08 × 107 4,71 × 107 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) no guides no guides no guides 0,1 0,1 Efficiency of the unit 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 0,8 Bending factor (b) 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 0,0003 Inertia of ball screw (jsp) [kgm2 /m] 8,46 × 10-5 2,25 × 10-4 6,34 × 10-4 2,25 × 10-4 6,34 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Cx) 05 mm lead 10 mm lead 20 mm lead 25 mm lead 40 mm lead 50 mm lead [N] 10500 - 11600 - 8400 12300 13200 13000 - 15400 21500 33400 29700 14900 - 12300 13200 13000 - - 15400 21500 33400 29700 - 14900 - Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cy) [N] no guides no guides no guides 4 × 13770 4 × 17965 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cz) [N] no guides no guides no guides 4 × 13770 4 × 17965 Distance between ball guide carriages (Lx) [mm] no guides no guides no guides 163 185 Distance between ball guide carriages (Ly) [mm] no guides no guides no guides 105 164
  • 183. Linear Motion Systems 183www.thomsonlinear.com Additional Technical Data Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw and Slide Guides Technical Data Parameter M55 M75 M100 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 4,27 × 105 1,9 × 106 5,54 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 3,4 × 105 1,15 × 106 3,86 × 106 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,15 0,15 0,15 Efficiency ball nut unit composite nut unit 0,8 0,5 0,8 0,5 0,8 0,5 Bending factor (b) 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 Inertia of ball screw (jsp) [kgm2 /m] 4,1 × 10-5 1,6 × 10-4 2,5 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Cx) 05 mm lead 05,8 mm lead 08 mm lead 10 mm lead 12,7 mm lead 20 mm lead 25 mm lead 32 mm lead [N] 9300 5420 - 15400 - 1900 - 2000 10400 - - - 17960 10400 - - 12500 - - 20600 - - 11800 - Technical Data Parameter WH40 WM60Z WM80Z M55 M75 M100 MLSM80Z Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 12,6 × 104 5,62 × 105 1,85 × 106 4,59 × 105 1,9 × 106 5,54 × 106 3,77 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 15,3 × 104 5,94 × 105 1,94 × 106 3,56 × 105 1,15 × 106 3,86 × 106 4,71 × 107 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,05 0,1 0,1 0,02 0,02 0,02 0,1 Efficiency of the unit 0,85 0,85 0,85 0,95 0,95 0,95 0,85 Bending factor (b) 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 Specific mass of belt [kg/m] 0,032 0,074 0,14 0,09 0,16 0,31 0,517 Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn) [kgm2 ] 8,8 × 10-6 2,13 × 10-5 1,12 × 10-4 1,7 × 10-5 6,8 × 10-5 8,5 × 10-5 5,077 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cy) [N] 2 × 2650 2 × 12964 4 × 18723 (2 × 18723)1 2 × 2717 2 × 8206 2 × 13189 4 × 17965 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cz) [N] 2 × 3397 2 × 11934 2 × 17919 2 × 3484 2 × 15484 2 × 24885 4 × 17965 Distance between ball guide carriages (Lx) [mm] 72 - - 78 96 140 185 Distance between ball guide carriages (Ly) [mm] - 35 49,75 - - - 164 1 Value in brackets = for short carriage. Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides
  • 184. 184 www.thomsonlinear.com Technical Data Parameter M50 M55 M75 M100 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 2,61 × 105 4,59 × 105 1,9 × 106 5,54 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 2,44 × 105 3,56 × 105 1,15 × 106 3,86 × 106 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,15 0,15 0,15 0,15 Efficiency of the unit 0,85 0,85 0,85 0,85 Bending factor (b) 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 Specific mass of belt [kg/m] 0,086 0,09 0,16 0,31 Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn) [kgm2 ] 3,1 × 10-5 1,7 × 10-5 6,8 × 10-5 8,5 × 10-5 Additional Technical Data Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guides Technical Data Parameter WH50 WH80 WH120 MLSH60Z Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 3,3 × 105 1,93 × 106 6,69 × 106 1,29 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 2,65 × 105 1,8 × 106 6,88 × 106 1,2 × 107 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,1 0,1 0,1 0,1 Efficiency of the unit 0,85 0,85 0,85 0,85 Bending factor (b) 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 0,0005 Specific mass of belt [kg/m] 0,055 0,21 0,34 0,119 Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn) [kgm2 ] 1,928 × 10-5 2.473 × 10-4 1,004 × 10-3 4,604× 10-5 Dynamic load rating of wheel guide (Cy) [N] - - - 4 × 1266 Dynamic load rating of wheel guide (Cz) [N] 4 × 1270 4 × 3670 4 × 16200 4 × 1266 Distance between carriage wheels (Lx) [mm] 198 220 180 109 Distance between carriage wheels (Ly) [mm] 39 65 97 102,5 Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides
  • 185. Linear Motion Systems 185www.thomsonlinear.com Technical Data Parameter WHZ50 WHZ80 Z2 Z3 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lx) [mm4 ] - - 1,87 × 107 1,87 × 107 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (ly) [mm4 ] 3,3 × 105 1,93 × 106 2,19 × 107 2,19 × 107 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 2,65 × 105 1,8 × 106 - - Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Fx) [N] belt drive belt drive - - Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Fz) ball screw ø 25 lead 10 mm ball screw ø 25 lead 25 mm ball screw ø 32 lead 10 mm [N 21248 11182 47200 21248 11182 47200 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,1 0,1 0,15 0,15 Efficiency of the unit 0,85 0,85 0,8 0,8 Specific mass of belt [kg/m] 0,055 0,119 - - Inertia of pulleys (Jsyn) [kgm2 ] 6,906 × 10-5 5,026 × 10-4 - - Inertia of ball screw (jsp) ball screw ø 25 lead 10 ball screw ø 25 lead 25 ball screw ø 32 lead 10 [kgm2 /m] - - - - - - 2,1 × 10-4 2,6 × 10-4 6,43 × 10-4 2,1 × 10-4 2,6 × 10-4 6,43 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cx) [N] - - slide guide slide guide Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cy) [N] 4 × 1270 4 × 3670 slide guide slide guide Distance between ball guide carriages (Lx) [mm] 198 220 - - Distance between ball guide carriages (Ly) [mm] 39 65 slide guide slide guide Distance between ball guide carriages (Lz) [mm] - - slide guide slide guide Definition of forces Additional Technical Data Linear Lifting Systems
  • 186. 186 www.thomsonlinear.com Technical Data Parameter WZ60 WZ80 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (Iy) [mm4 ] 5,8 × 105 1,85 × 106 Geometrical moment of inertia of the profile (lz) [mm4 ] 5,9 × 105 1,94 × 106 Friction factor of the guide system (µ) 0,1 0,1 Efficiency of the unit 0,8 0,8 Inertia of ball screw (jsp) 05 mm lead 10 mm lead 20 mm lead 25 mm lead 32 mm lead 40 mm lead 50 mm lead [kgm2 /m] 8,46 × 10-5 - 8,46 × 10-5 - - - 8,46 × 10-5 2,25 × 10-4 2,25 × 10-4 2,25 × 10-4 - - - 2,25 × 10-4 Dynamic load rating of ball screw (Cx) 05 mm lead 10 mm lead 20 mm lead 25 mm lead 32 mm lead 40 mm lead 50 mm lead [N] 10500 - 11600 - - - 8400 12300 13200 13000 - - - 15400 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cy) [N] 2 × 12964 2 × 18723 Dynamic load rating of ball guide (Cz) [N] 2 × 11943 2 × 17919 Distance between ball guide carriages (Lx) [mm] - - Distance between ball guide carriages (Ly) [mm] 35 50 Dynamic rating of the ball bushing [N] 8300 13700 Additional Technical Data Linear Rod Units
  • 187. Linear Motion Systems 187www.thomsonlinear.com Drive Calculations Screw Driven Linear Motion Systems Feed Force Formula [N] Fx = m × g × µ Acceleration Force Formula [N] Fa = m × a Power Formula [kW] P = Ma × nmax × 2 × 3,14 60 × 1000 Drive Moment Formulas [Nm] Ma = Mload + Mtrans + Mrot + M idle Mtrans = Fa × p 2 × 3,14 ×1000 Mload = Fx × p 2 × 3,14 ×1000 Mrot = jsp × 2 × 3,14 × nmax × a × 2 Vmax × 60 × 1000 M idle = see table for unit in question Fx = feed force [N] m = total mass to be moved [kg] 1 g = acceleration due to gravity [m/s2 ] µ = friction factor specific for each unit Fa = acceleration force [N] m = mass to be operated [kg] a = acceleration [m/s2 ) 2 P = required power [kW] Ma = required drive moment [Nm] nmax = maximum required rotational speed [rpm] Ma = required drive moment [Nm] Mload = moment as a result of various loads [N] Mtrans = translational acceleration moment [Nm] Mrot = rotational acceleration moment [Nm] M idle = carriage/rod idle torque [Nm] 3 Fx = feed force [N] p = screw lead [mm] Fa = maximum required acceleration force [N] jsp = inertia of ball screw per meter [kgm2 /m] 4 nmax = maximum required rotational speed [rpm] a =maximum required acceleration [m/s2 ) Vmax = maximum required linear speed [m/s] 1 The total mass is the mass of all masses to be moved (objects to be moved, carriage(s)/rod, screw). 2 In vertical applications, the mass acceleration must be added to the acceleration due to gravity g (9,81 m/s2 ). 3 This value can be found in the carriage idle torque tables for each linear motion system. 4 This value can be found in the additional technical data tables.
  • 188. 188 www.thomsonlinear.com Drive Calculations Belt Driven Linear Motion Systems Feed Force Formula [N] Fx = m × g × µ Acceleration Force Formula [N] Fa = m × a Power Formula [kW] Drive Moment Formulas [Nm] Ma = Mload + Mtrans + Mrot + M idle Mtrans = Fa × do 1000 × 2 Mload = Fx × do 1000 × 2 Mrot = Jsyn × 2 × 3,14 × nmax × a 60 Vmax M idle = see table for unit in question P = Ma × nmax × 2 × 3,14 60 × 1000 Fx = feed force [N] m = total mass to be moved [kg] 1 g = acceleration due to gravity [m/s2 ] µ = friction factor specific for each unit Fa = acceleration force [N] m = mass to be operated [kg] a = acceleration [m/s2 ] 2 P = required power [kW] Ma = required drive moment [Nm] nmax = maximum required rotational speed [rpm] Ma = required drive moment [Nm] Mload = moment as a result of various loads [N] Mtrans = translational acceleration moment [Nm] Mrot = rotational acceleration moment [Nm] M idle = carriage/rod idle torque [Nm] 3 Fx = feed force [N] do = pulley diameter [mm] 4 Fa = maximum required acceleration force [N] Jsyn = idle torque of pulleys [kgm2 ] 5 nmax = maximum required rotational speed [rpm] a = maximum required acceleration [m/s2 ] Vmax = maximum required linear speed [m/s] 1 The total mass is the mass of all masses to be moved (objects to be moved, carriage(s)/rod, belt). 2 In vertical applications, the mass acceleration must be added to the acceleration due to gravity g (9,81 m/s2 ). 3 This value can be found in the carriage idle torque tables. 4 This value can be found in the performance specifications tables for each linear motion system. 5 This value can be found in the additional technical data tables.
  • 189. Linear Motion Systems 189www.thomsonlinear.com Deflection Calculations How to calculate the deflection of the profile Load Cases Profile supported in both ends. Profile fixed at both sides. Profile supported in both ends. Profile fixed at one side. 1. 2. 3.F F F Lf Permissible Profile Deflection Formula [mm] fh = Lf × b fh = permissible profile deflection [mm] Lf = length of profile being bent [mm] b = bending factor 1 fmax = deflection of the profile [mm] m’100 = weight of every 100 mm of stroke [kg/mm] mext = external load on carriage [kg] mc = weight of carriage(s) [kg] 2 g = acceleration due to gravity [m/s2 ] Eal = elastic modulus of aluminium (70000 N/mm2 ) Iy = geometrical moment of inertia of the profile in Y direction [mm4 ] 1 1 This value can be found in the additional technical data tables. 2 This value can be found in the performance specifications tables for each unit. LfLf Profile Deflection Formulas [mm] Load Case 1. Load Case 2. Load Case 3. fmax = m’100 × g × Lf + (mext + mc) × g × Lf 100 × 384 × EAl × Iy 192 × EAl × Iy 34 fmax = m’100 × g × Lf + (mext + mc) × g × Lf 100 × 185 × EAl × Iy 48 × 5 × EAl × Iy 34 Conclusion Formulas fh > fmax = deflection OK fh < fmax = deflection not OK, Lf must be shorter fmax = m’100 × g × Lf + (mext + mc) × g × Lf 100 × 8 × EAl × Iy 3 × EAl × Iy 34 Profile supported in one end. Profile fixed at one side.
  • 190. 190 www.thomsonlinear.com Deflection Calculations Examples of calculations of the profile deflection Type of linear motion system: WH80 Load case: Case 1 - profile supported in both ends and fixed at both sides. Load to be moved by carriage: mext = 150 kg Distance between supports: Lf = 600 mm Specific unit data: m’100 = 0,93 kg mc = 2,75 kg EAl = 70000 N/mm2 Iy = 1,93 × 106 mm4 b = 0,0005 Calculated values: fh = 0,3 mm fmax = 0,013 mm Conclusion: fh > fmax = deflection OK Example 1 Example 2 Example 3 Type of linear motion system: M55 (MF06B) Load case: Case 2 - profile supported in both ends and fixed at one side. Load to be moved by carriage: mext = 100 kg Distance between supports: Lf = 600 mm Specific unit data: m’100 = 0,53 kg mc = 1,2 kg EAl = 70000 N/mm2 Iy = 4,59 × 105 mm4 b = 0,0005 Calculated values: fh = 0,3 mm fmax = 0,063 mm Conclusion: fh > fmax = deflection OK Type of linear motion system: WM80 Load case: Case 3 - profile supported and fixed at one end. Load to be moved by carriage: mext = 120 kg Distance between supports: Lf = 400 mm Specific unit data: m’100 = 1,08 kg mc = 4,26 kg EAl = 70000 N/mm2 Iy = 1,85 × 106 mm4 b = 0,0003 Calculated values: fh = 0,12 mm fmax = 0,203 mm Conclusion: fh > fmax = deflection not OK
  • 191. Linear Motion Systems 191www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides WM40S, WM40D, WM60S, WM60D, WM60X, WM80S, WM80D, WM120D Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example WM06D 020 -02545 -03715 A Z -0520 S1 1. Type of unit WM04S = WM40S unit with single ball nut WM04D = WM40D unit with double ball nuts WM06S = WM60S unit with single ball nut WM06D = WM60D unit with double ball nuts WM06X = WM60X unit with left/right screw WM08S = WM80S unit with single ball nut WM08D = WM80D unit with double ball nuts WM12D = WM120D unit with double ball nuts 2. Screw lead1 005 = 5 mm 010 = 10 mm 020 = 20 mm 040 = 40 mm 050 = 50 mm 3. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 5. Drive shaft configuration2 A = single shaft without key way C = single shaft with key way G = double shafts, first without key way and second for encoder I = double shafts, first with key way and second for encoder 6. Type of carriage3 N = single standard carriage S = single short carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages Y = double short carriages M = double long carriages 7. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 8. Protection option4 S1 = wash down protection (not available for WM04 units) 1 See table below for available combinations of units and ball screw leads. 2 See below for the definition of shafts. 3 See table below for available combinations of units and carriage types. 4 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. Type of unit Available screw leads [mm] 5 10 20 40 50 WM04S x WM04D x WM06S x x x WM06D x x x WM06X x WM08S x x x x WM08D x x x x WM12D x x x x Type of unit Available carriage types N S L Z Y M WM04S x x WM04D x x WM06S x x WM06D x x x WM06X x x x WM08S x x WM08D x x x WM12D x x x Single Double Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135.
  • 192. 192 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides WV60, WV80, WV120 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Example WV08D 020 -02745 -03295 G N -0000 1. Type of unit WV06D = WV60 unit WV08D = WV80 unit WV12D = WV120 unit 2. Ball screw lead1 005 = 5 mm 010 = 10 mm 020 = 20 mm 040 = 40 mm 050 = 50 mm 3. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • •= distance in mm 4. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • •= distance in mm 5. Drive shaft configuration2 A = single shaft without key way C = single shaft with key way G = double shafts, first without key way and second for encoder I = double shafts, first with key way and second for encoder 6. Type of carriage N = single standard carriage 7. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages 8. Protection option3 S1 = wash down protection 1 See table below for available combinations of units and ball screw leads. 2 See below for the definition of shafts. 3 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. Type of unit Available screw leads [mm] 5 10 20 40 50 WV60 x x x WV80 x x x x WV120 x x x x Single Double Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135.
  • 193. Linear Motion Systems 193www.thomsonlinear.com MLSM60D, MLSM80D Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example MLSM06D 020 -03800 -04645 C L -0000 1. Type of unit MLSM06D = MLSM60 unit MLSM08D = MLSM80 unit 2. Ball screw lead 005 = 5 mm 010 = 10 mm 020 = 20 mm 040 = 40 mm 050 = 50 mm 3. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 5. Drive shaft configuration2 A = single shaft without key way C = single shaft with key way G = double shafts, first without key way and second for encoder I = double shafts, first with key way and second for encoder 6. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 7. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See table below for available combinations of units and ball screw leads. 2 See below for the definition of shafts. Single Double Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides Type of unit Available screw leads [mm] 5 10 20 40 50 MLSM06D x x x MLSM08D x x x x
  • 194. 194 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides M55, M75, M100 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example MF07 K057 C 35 S 305 +S1 1. Type of unit MF06 = M55 unit MF07 = M75 unit MF10 = M100 unit 2. Ball screw type, lead and tolerance class2 K057 = ball nut, 5 mm, T7 K107 = ball nut, 10 mm, T7 K129 = ball nut, 12,7 mm, T9 K207 = ball nut, 20 mm, T7 K257 = ball nut, 25 mm, T7 3. Type of carriages A = single standard carriage C = double standard carriages 4. Distance between carriages (Lc) 00 = for all single standard carriage units • • = distance in cm between carriages 5. Screw supports X = no screw supports S = single screw supports D = double screw supports 6. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm 7. Protection option1 +S1 = S1 wash down protection 1 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. 2 See table below for available combinations of units and ball screw type, lead and tolerance. Ball screw type Type of unit M55 M75 M100 K057 x x x K107 x x K129 x K207 x x K257 x
  • 195. Linear Motion Systems 195www.thomsonlinear.com 2HB10, 2HB20 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Example 2HB10 HO N1285 -038 N 001 A 0 A 0 0 1. Type of unit 2HB10 = 2HB10 unit 2HB20 = 2HB20 unit 2. Ball screw diameter, lead and nut type GO = 16 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2HB10 only) HO = 16 mm, 10 mm, preloaded (2HB10 only) LO = 25 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2HB20 only) MO = 25 mm, 10 mm, preloaded( 2HB20 only) NO = 25 mm, 25 mm, preloaded (2HB20 only) 3. Ordering length (L) N • • • • = distance in mm 4. Y-distance - 038 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on 2HB10 - 043 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on 2HB20 - • • • = custom distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes 5. Brake option N = no brake B = brake 6. Motor flange ID 001 = NEMA 23 002 = NEMA 34 • • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of available standard motor flanges 7. Ball guide rail coating option A = standard D = duralloy 8. Ball guide carriage coating option 0 = standard 1 = duralloy 9. Profile cover option A = none B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%) C = shrouds 10. Hardware option 0 = alloy plated 1 = stainless steel 11. Home and end of stroke sensor option 0 = no sensors 1 = home sensor, NPN type 2 = end of stroke sensors, NPN type 3 = home and end of stroke sensors, NPN type 4 = home sensor, PNP type 5 = end of stroke sensors, PNP type 6 = home and end of stroke sensors, PNP type Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
  • 196. 196 www.thomsonlinear.com 2RB12, 2RB16 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Example 2RB16 JO N1000 -100 N 002 B 0 A 0 0 1. Type of unit 2RB12 = 2RB12 unit 2RB16 = 2RB16 unit 2. Ball screw diameter, lead and nut type GO = 16 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2RB12 only) HO = 16 mm, 10 mm, preloaded (2RB12 only) IO = 20 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2RB16 only) JO = 20 mm, 10 mm, preloaded ( 2RB16 only) KO = 20 mm, 25 mm, preloaded (2RB16 only) 3. Ordering length (L) N • • • • = distance in mm 4. Y-distance - 075 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on 2RB12 - 100 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on 2RB16 - • • • = custom distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes 5. Brake option N = no brake B = brake 6. Motor flange ID 001 = NEMA 23 002 = NEMA 34 • • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of available standard motor flanges 7. Ball guide shaft coating option A = standard, 60 Case B = stainless steel (440C) C = chrome plated E = armoloy 8. Bearing option 0 = standard 1 = corrosion resistance 9. Profile cover option A = none B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%) 10. Hardware option 0 = alloy plated 1 = stainless steel 11. Home and end of stroke sensor option 0 = no sensors 1 = home sensor, NPN type 2 = end of stroke sensors, NPN type 3 = home and end of stroke sensors, NPN type 4 = home sensor, PNP type 5 = end of stroke sensors, PNP type 6 = home and end of stroke sensors, PNP type Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
  • 197. Linear Motion Systems 197www.thomsonlinear.com MS25, MS33 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Example MS25 LC N0300 -056 N 505 A 0 A 0 0 1. Type of unit MS25 = MS25 unit MS33 = MS33 unit 2. Lead screw diameter, lead and nut type LA = 0,25 inch, 0,025 in, preloaded LB = 0,25 inch, 0,050 in, preloaded LC = 0,25 inch, 0,062 in, preloaded LD = 0,25 inch, 0,200 in, preloaded LE = 0,25 inch, 0,250 in, preloaded LF = 0,25 inch, 0,500 in, preloaded LG = 0,25 inch, 1,000 in, preloaded LH = 0,25 inch, 1,5 mm, preloaded LI = 0,25 inch, 2,0 mm, preloaded LJ = 0,25 inch, 3,0 mm, preloaded 3. Ordering length (L) N • • • • = distance in mm 4. Y-distance - 056 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on MS25 - 075 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes on MS33 - • • • = custom distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes 5. Brake option N = no brake B = brake 6. Motor flange ID 1 505 = NEMA 17 001 = NEMA 23 • • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of available standard motor flanges 7. Linear guides shafting option A = 60 case (1566) B = stainless steel (440C) C = chrome plated E = armoloy 8. Bearing type option 0 = standard 1 = corrosion resistant 9. Profile cover option A = none B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%) 10. Hardware option 0 = alloy plated 1 = stainless steel 11. Home and end of stroke limit switch option 7 = home position limit switch 8 = end of stroke limit switches Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
  • 198. 198 www.thomsonlinear.com MS46L, MS46B Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Example MS46 BB N0720 -075 N 001 A 0 A 0 0 1. Type of unit MS46 = MS46 unit 2. Type of screw, diameter, lead and nut type LK = lead screw, 12 mm, 3 mm, preloaded LL = lead screw, 12 mm, 10 mm, preloaded LM = lead screw, 12 mm, 25 mm, preloaded BP = ball screw, 12 mm, 5 mm, preloaded BB = ball screw, 12 mm, 5 mm, non-preloaded BQ= ball screw, 12 mm, 10 mm, preloaded BR = ball screw, 12 mm,10 mm, non-preloaded 3. Ordering length (L) N • • • • = distance in mm 4. Y-distance - 075 = standard distance in mm between motor end plate to first set of mounting hole - • • • = custom distance in mm 5. Brake option N = no brake B = brake 6. Motor flange ID 001 = NEMA 23 002 = NEMA 24 • • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of available standard motor flanges 7. Linear guides shafting option A = 60 case (1566) B = stainless steel (440C) C = chrome plated E = armoloy 8. Bearing type option 0 = standard 1 = corrosion resistant 9. Profile cover option A = none B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%) 10. Hardware option 0 = alloy plated 1 = stainless steel 11. Home and end of stroke limit switch option 7 = home position limit switch 8 = end of stroke limit switches Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
  • 199. Linear Motion Systems 199www.thomsonlinear.com 2DB08, 2DB12, 2DB16 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 Example 2DB12 FO N0250 -300 N 002 A 0 A 0 0 1. Type of unit 2DB08 = 2DB08 unit 2DB12 = 2DB12 unit 2DB16 = 2DB16 unit 2. Screw type, diameter, lead and nut type AO = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 0.100 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only) BO = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 0.250 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only) CO = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 0.500 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only) D0 = leadscrew, 0.375 in, 1.000 in, non-preloaded (2DB08 only) FO = ballscrew, 0.631 in, 0.200 in, non-preloaded (2DB12 only) VO = ballscrew, 0.631 in, 0.200 in, preloaded (2DB12 only) QJ = ballscrew, 0.500 in, 0.500 in, preloaded (2DB12 only) GO = ballscrew, 0.750 in, 0.200 in, non-preloaded (2DB16 only) WO = ballscrew, 0.750 in, 0.200 in, preloaded (2DB16 only) RJ = ballscrew, 0.750 in, 0.500 in, preloaded (2DB16 only) LJ = ballscrew, 0.631 in, 1.0 in, preloaded (2DB16 only) DO = ballscrew, 20 mm, 5 mm, preloaded (2DB16 only) 3. Ordering length (L) N • • • • = distance in inch (e.g. 0250 = 25 inch) 4. Y-distance - 200 = standard distance in inch between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes for 2DB08 (e.g. 200 = 2 in) - 300 = standard distance in inch between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes for 2DB12 and 2DB16 (e.g. 300 = 3 in) - • • • = custom distance in inch between motor end plate to first set of mounting holes 5. Brake option N = no brake B = brake 6. Motor flange ID 001 = NEMA 23 002 = NEMA 34 • • • = consult www.linearmotioneering.com for complete list of available standard motor flanges 7. Ball guide shaft coating option A = standard, 60 Case B = stainless steel (440C) C = chrome plated E = armoloy 8. Bearing option 0 = standard 1 = corrosion resistance 9. Profile cover option A = none B = bellows (bellows will reduce stroke length app. 28%) 10. Hardware option 0 = alloy plated 1 = stainless steel 11. Home and end of stroke sensor option 0 = no sensors 1 = home sensor, NPN type 2 = end of stroke sensors, NPN type 3 = home and end of stroke sensors, NPN type 4 = home sensor, PNP type 5 = end of stroke sensors, PNP type 6 = home and end of stroke sensors, PNP type Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Lead or Ball Screw Drive and Ball Guides
  • 200. 200 www.thomsonlinear.com M55, M75, M100 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example MG07 K057 C 35 S 305 +S1 1. Type of unit MG06 = M55 unit MG07 = M75 unit MG10 = M100 unit 2. Ball screw type, lead and tolerance class2 K057 = ball nut, 5 mm, T7 K107 = ball nut, 10 mm, T7 K129 = ball nut, 12,7 mm, T9 K207 = ball nut, 20 mm, T7 K257 = ball nut, 25 mm, T7 3. Type of carriages A = single standard carriage C = double standard carriages 4. Distance between carriages (Lc) 00 = for all single standard carriage units • • = distance in cm between carriages 5. Screw supports X = no screw supports S = single screw supports D = double screw supports 6. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm 7. Protection option1 +S1 = S1 wash down protection 1 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. 2 See table below for available combinations of units and ball screw type, lead and tolerance. Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Ball Screw Drive and Slide Guides Ball screw type Type of unit M55 M75 M100 K057 x x x K107 x x K129 x K207 x x K257 x
  • 201. Linear Motion Systems 201www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides WH40 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example WH04Z100 -01400 -01755 H L -0400 1. Type of unit WH04Z100 = WH40 unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way W = hollow shaft on both sides with clamping unit 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See below for the definition of shafts. Left Right Both Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 133.
  • 202. 202 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides WM60Z, WM80Z Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example WM08Z170 -02545 -03715 D L -0000 1. Type of unit WM06Z120 = WM60Z unit WM08Z170 = WM80Z unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way V = hollow shaft on both sides for Micron DT/DTR planetary gear option 5. Carriage configuration2 N = single standard carriage S = single short carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages Y = double short carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See below for the definition of shafts. 2 See table below for available combinations of units and carriage types. Left Right Both Type of unit Available carriage types N S L Z Y WM06Z x x WM08Z x x x x x
  • 203. Linear Motion Systems 203www.thomsonlinear.com M55, M75, M100 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example MF06B105 A 00 X 450 +S1 1. Type of unit MF06B105 = M55 unit MF07B130 = M75 unit MF10B176 = M100 unit 2. Type of carriages A = single standard carriage C = double standard carriages 3. Distance between carriages (Lc) 00 = for all single standard carriage units • • = distance in cm between carriages 4. Drive shaft configuration R = shaft on the side as shown in picture Q = shaft on the side as shown in picture X = shaft on both sides 5. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm 6. Protection option1 +S1 = S1 wash down protection 1 Leave blank if no protection option required. R Q X Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides
  • 204. 204 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Ball Guides MLSM80Z Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example MLSM08Z200 -05000 -05570 A N -0000 1. Type of unit MLSM08Z200 = MLSM80 unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See below for the definition of shafts. Left Right Both
  • 205. Linear Motion Systems 205www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Slide Guides M50 Your Code 1 2 3 4 Example MG05B130 A00 R 560 1. Type of unit MG05B130 = M50 unit 2. Type of carriage A00 = single standard carriage 3. Drive shaft configuration R = shaft on the side as shown in picture Q = shaft on the side as shown in picture X = shaft on both sides 4. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm M55, M75, M100 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example MG06B105 A 00 X 450 +S2 1. Type of unit MG06B105 = M55 unit MG07B130 = M75 unit MG10B176 = M100 unit 2. Type of carriages A = single standard carriage C = double standard carriages 3. Distance between carriages (Lc) 00 = for all single standard carriage units • • = distance in cm between carriages 4. Drive shaft configuration R = shaft on the side as shown in picture Q = shaft on the side as shown in picture X = shaft on both sides 5. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm 6. Protection option1 +S1 = S1 wash down protection +S2 = S2 enhanced wash down protection 1 Leave blank if no protection option required. R Q X R Q X
  • 206. 206 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides WH50, WH80, WH120 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example WH08Z200 -02300 -02710 J L -0000 S1 1. Type of unit WH05Z120 = WH50 unit WH08Z200 = WH80 unit WH12Z260 = WH120 unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way K = hollow shaft on both sides without clamping unit L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way V = hollow shaft on both sides for Micron DT/DTR planetary gear option W = hollow shaft on both sides with clamping unit 7. Protection option2 S1 = wash down protection 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See below for the definition of shafts. 2 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. Left Right Both Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135.
  • 207. Linear Motion Systems 207www.thomsonlinear.com MLSH60Z Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example MLSH06Z135 -04500 -05580 D Z -0600 1. Type of unit MLSH06Z135 = MLSH60 unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See below for the definition of shafts. Left Right Both Ordering Keys Linear Motion Systems with Belt Drive and Wheel Guides
  • 208. 208 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Lifting Systems WHZ50, WHZ80 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 Example WHZ05Z120 -01000 -01410 A N -0000 Z2, Z3 Your Code 1 2 3 4 Example MGZ3K 25259 -250 450 1. Type of unit MGZ2K = Z2 unit MGZ3K = Z3 unit 2. Ball screw diameter, lead and tolerance class 25109 = 25 mm, 10 mm, T9 25259 = 25 mm, 25 mm, T9 32207 = 32 mm, 20 mm, T7 3. Minimum retracted length (L min) - • • • = distance in cm 4. Maximum extended length (L max) • • • = distance in cm 1. Type of unit WHZ05Z120 = WHZ50 unit WHZ08Z200 = WHZ80 unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 A = shaft on left side without key way B = shaft on right side without key way C = shaft on left side with key way D = shaft on right side with key way E = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side with key way F = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side without key way G = shaft on left side without key way and shaft on right side for encoder H = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side without key way I = shaft on left side with key way and shaft on right side for encoder J = shaft on left side for encoder and shaft on right side with key way L = shaft on both sides without key way M = shaft on both sides with key way V = hollow shaft on both sides for Micron DT/DTR planetary gear option W = hollow shaft on both sides with clamping unit 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 7. Protection option2 S1 = wash down protection 1 See below for the definition of shafts and up and down. 2 Leave position blank if no additional protec- tion is required. Left Right Both Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT, ADG and MGK, see accessory index on page 135. Up Down
  • 209. Linear Motion Systems 209www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Linear Rod Units WZ60, WZ80 Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example WZ06S 20 -00350 -00780 C N 1. Type of unit WZ06 = WZ60 unit WZ08 = WZ80 unit 2. Ball screw lead 05 = 5 mm 10 = 10 mm 20 = 20 mm 50 = 50 mm 3. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • = distance in mm 5. Drive shaft configuration A = shaft without key way C = shaft with key way 6. Extension tube configuration N = standard 1 See table below for available combinations of units and screw leads. Note! for ordering of options type EN, ES, KRG, RT and MGK, see accessory index on page 135. Type of unit Available screw leads [mm] 5 10 20 50 WZ06 x x x WZ08 x x x x
  • 210. 210 www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Non Driven Linear Motion Systems WH40N, WH50N, WH80N, WH120N Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example WH04N000 -04500 -04640 K N -0000 1. Type of unit WH04N000 = WH40N unit WH05N000 = WH50N unit WH08N000 = WH80N unit WH12N000 = WH120N unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration1 K = no shaft 5. Carriage configuration N = single standard carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm WM40N, WM60N, WM80N, WM120N Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example WM08N000 -07010 -07210 K N -0000 1. Type of unit WM04N000 = WM40N unit WM06N000 = WM60N unit WM08N000 = WM80N unit WM12N000 = WM120N unit 2. Maximum stroke (Smax) - • • • • • = distance in mm 3. Total length of unit (L tot) - • • • • • = distance in mm 4. Drive shaft configuration K = no shaft 5. Type of carriage1 N = single standard carriage S = single short carriage L = single long carriage Z = double standard carriages Y = double short carriages 6. Distance between double carriages - 0000 = always for single carriages - • • • • = distance in mm 1 See table below for available combinations of units and carriage types. Type of unit Available carriage types N S L Z Y WM04N000 x x x WM06N000 x x x x x WM08N000 x x x x x WM12N000 x x x
  • 211. Linear Motion Systems 211www.thomsonlinear.com Ordering Keys Non Driven Linear Motion Systems M75N, M100N Your Code 1 2 3 4 5 6 Example MG10N000 A 00 X 450 1. Type of unit MG07N000 = M75N unit with slide guides MG10N000 = M100N unit with slide guides MF07N000 = M75N unit with ball guides MF10N000 = M100N unit with ball guides 2. Type of carriages A = single standard carriage C = double standard carriages 3. Distance between carriages (Lc) 00 = for all single standard carriage units • • = distance in cm between carriages 4. Screw supports X = no screw supports 5. Ordering length (L order) • • • = distance in cm 6. Protection option1 +S1 = wash down protection 1 Leave blank if no protection option required.
  • 212. 212 www.thomsonlinear.com Screw Driven Unit Belt Driven Unit Double Carriages* Drive shaft Front Bearing Housing Profile Rear Bearing Housing Terminology Basic Linear Motion System Terminology Single Carriage* T-slot/mounting groove Cover Band Drive Station Tension Station Drive shaft Profile T-slot/mounting groove Cover Band * Both screw and belt driven units can have single or double carriages.
  • 213. Linear Motion Systems 213www.thomsonlinear.com Acceleration Accelerationisameasureoftherateofspeedchangegoingfromstandstill (or a lower speed) to a higher speed. Please contact customer service if your application is critical to which acceleration rate is acceptable or needed. Accuracy There are several types of accuracy and many different factors that will affect the overall accuracy of a system. Also see “Repeatability”, “Posi- tioning Accuracy”, “Resolution”, “Lead Accuracy” and “Backlash”. Backlash Backlash is the stack up of tolerances (play) within the leadscrew/belt transmission assembly and gearing which creates a dead band when changing directions. The result is that the motor can rotate some before any motion can be seen on the carriage when reversing the direction of the motor rotation. The backlash varies depending of the liner motion system model. Ball Guides A ball guide consists of a ball rail and a ball bushing. The ball rail is made of hardened steel and runs along the inside of the profile. The ball bushing is attached to the carriage of the unit and contains balls that roll against the rail. The balls in the bushing can be recirculating or have fixed ball positions depending on the type of ball guide. The recirculating type has a longer life and better load capability while the fixed type typically is much smaller. Thomson uses three major types of ball guides in its linear motion systems. Either the compact single rail type with recirculating ball bushing (A), the stronger double rail type also with recirculating ball bushings (B) or the fixed ball position ball bushings type (not shown) which require very little space and are used in the smallest units. Ball guides offer high accuracy, high loads and medium speed. A B Ball Screw Drive Glossary A - Belt D A ball screw is made up of a rotating screw and a moving ball nut. The ball nut is attached to the carriage of the unit. It does not have a normal thread, instead balls circulate inside the nut making it work as an efficient ball bearing that travels along the screw. Ball screws come in a large variety of leads, diameters and tolerance classes. The tolerance class (T3, T5, T7 or T9) indicates the lead tolerance of the screw. The lower the number, the higher the tolerance. High load capability and high accuracy are typical features of ball screw driven units. Bearing Housing Screw driven units has two bearing housings, front and rear. The front bearing housing has a drive shaft while the rear has none. Sometimes however the rear housing can have an optional output shaft which is used to connect to an encoder. Bell House Flange A bell house flange is used when a motor should be connected directly to the drive shaft of a linear motion system, i.e when it is direct driven. The bell house has the bolt pattern of the motor flange in one end and the bolt pattern of the drive shaft flange in the other while the two shafts are joined by a coupling. Also see “Direct Drive”. Belt Drive A belt drive consists of a toothed belt which is attached to the carriage of the unit. The belt runs between two pulleys positioned at either end of the profile. One pulley is attached to the motor via the drive shaft in the drive station while the other is mounted in a tension station. The belts are made of plastic reinforced with steel cords. High speeds, long stroke, low noise and low overall weight are typical features of belt driven units .
  • 214. 214 www.thomsonlinear.com Belt Gear A belt gear consists of a timing belt that runs between two pulley wheels of different diameters. The difference between the diameters determines the gear ratio. Belt gears are quiet, have medium accuracy and require no maintenance but are susceptible to belt breakage under overload conditions. Brake None of the units are equipped with a brake or are self-locking which means that a vertical unit will drop the carriage/load if no external brake (such as a brake in the motor, etc.) is applied to the drive shaft.. In the case of belt driven units care must be taken as the carriage/load will drop immediately in the case of a belt breakage. This is particularly important in vertical applications. You also may want to incoorporate a brake in to the system to ensure fast and secure stops at an emergency stop or a power failure. In this case the brake should be of the failsafe type, i.e. a brake that is engaged when power is off and lifted when it is on. Carriage The carriage is the moving member which travel along the profile of the unit to which the load is attached. Some units can have multiple carriages inordertodistributetheweightoftheloadoveragreaterdistance,thiswill however reduce the available stroke for a given profile length. There are also units having the option of short or long carriage. The short can carry less weight than a standard one but has a slightly longer stroke for a given profile length while the longer works the other way around. It is possible to fix the carriage(s) to the foundation and let the profile act as the moving member if so desired. This is often the case in vertical applications where you let the profile lift and lower the load. CE Certificate Linear motion systems do not need and do therefore not have any CE certification. All Thomson linear motion systems are however designed in accordance with the CE regulations and comes with a manufacturers declaration to prove this. Once the linear motion system is used or made in to a machine it is the responsability of the end customer to make sure the entire machine that the linear motion system is a part of is in accordance with the applicable CE regulations, produce the documents that proves this and apply a CE mark to the machine. Cover Band Cover bands are used on some units to protect them from the ingress of foreign objects through the opening in the profile where the carriage runs and can be made of plastic (A) or stainless steel (B). In the case of plastic the cover band seals the profile by snapping into small grooves running along the carriage opening. In the case of stainless steel the cover band seal the profile magnetically using magnet strips mounted on each side of the carriage opening. Some units also have a self-adjusting cover band tensioning mechanism that eleminates any slack in the cover band that can occur from temperaure changes, thus improving the sealing degree and the expected life of the cover band. A B Critical Speed All ball screws have a critical speed where the screw starts to vibrate and eventually bend or warp the screw . The excact limit is a function of how long the screw is and the speed. For some units this means that the allowed maximum speed found in the performance specifications can be higher than the critical speed when the stroke exceeds a certain distance. In this case, either the speed must be reduced to the critical speed, the amount of stroke must be reduced, or you must use the screw support option if the unit in question allows this. Otherwise you must select another unit that can manage the speed at that stroke. The critical speed limits can be found in the “Critical Speed” diagrams on the product pages of the units that this concern. Customization Despite the large range of linear motion systems offered by Thomson you may not find the exact unit to suit your application. But whatever your need is, Thomson is ready to help you to customize a unit according to your requirements. Please contact customer service for more information. Cycle One cycle is when the carriage has travelled back and forth over the complete stroke of the unit one time. Glossary Belt G - C
  • 215. Linear Motion Systems 215www.thomsonlinear.com Deceleration Deceleration is a measure of the rate of speed change going from a higher speed to a lower speed (or standstill). Please contact customer service if your application is critical to which deceleration rate is acceptable or needed. Definition of Forces The designations of the forces that acts on the unit are defined on the productpageofeachunitinthe“DefinitionofForcs”drawing(seeexample below). Please always use the same definitions whenever communicating with Thomson. Deflection of the Profile Some units require support along the whole profile whilst some are self supporting over a specified span. Further details can be found on the product data pages. The recommended support intervals should be followed to minimise deflection of the unit. The maximum distance between the support points is shown on the product data pages. The deflection of the unit can also be calculated using the information in the “Additional data and calculations” section. Direct Drive Direct drive means that there is no gearing between the motor and the drive shaft of the linear motion system. Instead the motor is connected to the unit directly via a coupling and an bell house adapter flange. Also see “Bell House Flange”. Double Ball Nuts Using double ball nuts will increase the repeatability of the unit. The ball nuts are installed so that they are pre-tensioned against each other eleminating the play between the nuts and the screw. A double nut unit will have a slightly shorter stroke for a given overall length. Double Carriages Double carriage units have two carriages which gives them higher load capabilites than single carriage units. When ordering a double carriage unit the distance between the two carriages needs to be defined. This distance is called La or Lc depending on the model. Drive Shaft The drive shaft is the is the shaft to which the motor is connected, either directly, via a bell house flange or via a gear box. There are many sizes and types of drive shafts, such as shafts with or without key way or hollow shafts, depending on the type and size of the unit. Belt driven units can often have two drive shafts (same or different type and size), one on each side of the drive station, while screw driven only have on pointing out of the end of the unit. Customized drive shafts are possible, please contact customer service for more information. Drive Station The drive station is the mechanical assembly in one of the ends of a belt driven unit where the drive shaft is situated. Duty Cycle All units are designed for a 100% duty cycle. However, where the unit runs at extreme load, speed, acceleration and temperature or for long operating periods the expected life time may be reduced. Encoder Feedback Encoders provide a digital output signal in the form of a square shaped pulse train that can be used to determine the position of the extension tube. The encoder signal in a servo motor system is connected to the motion control so that it can control the servo drive and hence close the position feedback loop. End of Stroke Limit Switches If a unit runs at speed to the ends of its stroke there is a risk of damage. Damage can be prevented by using end of stroke limit switches to detect and engage a brake and/or cut power to the motor when the unit nears the end of the unit. You must ensure that there is sufficient distance between the end of stroke limit switch and the end of the unit, to allow the carriage to come to a complete stop before colliding with the end. The required stopping distance depends on the speed and the load and will have to be calculated for each application. The stopping distance must be taken into account when defining the necessary stroke. Glossary D - E
  • 216. 216 www.thomsonlinear.com Guides Guides are in essence a form of linear bearings on which the carriage(s) travel. Thomson uses three main types of guides that all have different characteristics and which to choose depends on the demands of the application. Alos see “Ball Guides”, “Slide Guides” and “Wheel Guides”. Idle Torque Idle torque is the torque needed to move the carriage with no load in it by rotating the drive shaft. The idle torque will vary with the input speed and the idle torque tables on the product pages gives a value for some speeds. The value given in the table is for a unit having a single carriage of standar length. If you need the exact value for another speed, multiple carriages or short/long carriages , please contact our customer service. Inertia Inertiaisthepropertyofanobjecttoresistspeedchangesandisdependant ontheshapeandthemassoftheobject.Theinertiaisimportantwhensizing andselectingandalsowhentuningaservosystemtooptimumperformance. Consult customer service for more information. Input Shaft The input shaft is the shaft to wich the power source (motor) is connected to on a gear box. Primary shaft is another term for this. Sometimes the drive shaft on a linear unit also is refered to as the input shaft. Input Speed Input speed is the rotational speed that the drive shaft/input shaft of a linear motion system or a gear box is subjected to. Installation and Service Manual Each linear motions system has an installation and service manual to answer typical questions about mounting and servicing the unit. Lead Accuracy Lead accuracy is a measure of how accurate the lead of a ball screw is. For a ball screw with a lead of 25 mm, the screw should in theory move the nut 25 mm per each revolution. In reallity there will be a deviation between the expected traveling distance and what is actually achieved. The deviation is typically for a ball screw 0,05 mm per 300 mm of stroke. Contact customer service for more information. Left/right Moving Carriages Units with left/right moving carriages have two carriages moving in opposite directions when the drive shaft is rotated. This type of unit has a ball screw where half of the screw has a left hand thread and the other half a right hand thread. Lifetime Expectancy When determining the lifetime for a linear motion system it is necessary to evaluate all forces and moments that are acting on the unit. The data and formulas given in this catalogue serve as a basis for this. For a more detailed lifetime calculation please use our sizing and se­lection software. Please contact us for further guidance. Linear Lifting System A linear lifting system is in essence a linear motion system specially designed for vertical lifting applications. Some units can be used in horizontal applications as well under certain criterias. Please contact us if you plan to mount a lifting unit in any other position than vertically with the load carrying plate pointing down. Linear Motion System A linear motion system is a mechanical assembly that translates the rotating motion of a motor to the linear motion of a carriage that travel along a load supporting beam/profile. Other names for linear motion systems are linear units, linear drive units and rodless actuators among others. Load Rating There are many types of load ratings that all needs to be considered. Normally when you speak about the load you refer to the load that the carriage will move; which is the dynamic load. But there may also be static, side, moment and forces from acceleration, deceleration, gravity and friction that are all equally important. For some units the load and load torque values are given for both the com­plete unit and the guiding system. The values for the complete unit are the values under which the unit can operate. The values for the guiding system should only be used when comparing different units and do not describe the actual performance of the complete unit. Maintenance Most units require lubrication. General lubrication requirements can be found in the general specifications table on the product data pages. The lubrication intervals, grease qualities and specific lubrication instructions can be found in the installation and service manual of each unit. No other regular maintenance is needed except for normal cleaning and inspection. Units with a cover band may also require irregular cover band replacement due to wear. The belt in belt driven units should not require re-tensioning under normal operating conditions. Manufacturers Declaration All Thomson linear motion systems comes with a manufacturers declaration to prove that it is built according to the CE regulations. Mounting Most units can be mounted in any direction. Any restrictions on mounting posi­tions are shown on the product presentation pages at the beginning of each product category chapter. Even where units may be mounted in any direction there are some considerations. None of the units are self- locking which means that a vertical unit will drop the carriage/load if no Glossary G - M
  • 217. Linear Motion Systems 217www.thomsonlinear.com external brake (such as a brake in the motor, etc.) is applied to the drive shaft of the unit. In the case of belt driven units care must be taken as the carriage/load will drop immediately in the case of a belt breakage. This is particularly important in vertical applications. All ball screw driven units are equipped with a safety nut to prevent the carriage/load being released in case of ball breakage. Non Driven Linear Motion Systems A non driven linear motion system has no drive shaft or any type of transmission. In reality a non driven linear motion system is a guide that has the same look and outer dimensions as the driven version. Normally a non driven unit is used together with a parallel working driven unit that are mechanically linked where the non driven unit help to share to load with the driven one. Non Guided Linear Motion Systems A non guided linear motion system has a drive shaft and a ball screw but no guides. In reality a non guided linear motion system is a enclosed ball screw assembly with a carriage that has the same look and outer dimensions as the driven version. Using a non guided unit requires some kind of external guide to which the carriage can be attached. Operation and Storage Temperature Operational temperature limits can be found in the performance tables on the product data pages. Units can be stored or transported within the same temperature range. Please contact us if the unit will be exposed to higher/lower temperatures than recommended during storage or transportation. Output Shaft The output shaft is the shaft on a gear box that is connected to object being driven by the gear box. Another term for output shaft is secondary shaft. Packages and Multi Axis Kits Thomson can offer complete pre-defined packages (linear motion system, gear and servo motor assembled and shipped with servo drive and ca­ bles) as well as mounting kits for the creation of two and three axis sys­ tems Please contact us for further information. Positioning Accuracy Positioning accuracy is the error between the the expected and actual position and is the sum of all factors that will reduce the accuracy (i.e. repeatability, backlash, resolution, screw/belt accuracy, and the accuracy of the motor, drive and motion control system). Some of these factors, such as backlash and lead accuracy, can sometimes be compensated for in the software of the motion control system being used. Also see “Accuracy”. Position Feedback The position of the carriage/rod/lifting profile can be obtained in many ways. The most common way is to equip the unit with an encoder or to use a motor which has a built in feed back device (encoder, resolver, etc.). To many units there are encoders or/and encoder mounting kits available. See the accessory chapter. Repeatability Repeatability is the ability for a positioning system to return to a location when approaching from the same distance, at the same speed and deceleration rate. Some of the factors that affect the repatability are the angular repeatability of the motor, drive and motion control system, system friction and changes in load, speed and deceleration. Resolution Resolution is the smallest move increment that the system can perform. Some of the factors that affect the resolution are the angular repeatability of the motor, drive and motion control system, system friction, the drive train reduction, the lead/type of the ball screw/belt and changes in load, speed and deceleration. Resolver A resolver is basically a type of rotary electrical transformer used for measuring degrees of rotation and are commonly used on AC servo motors as a feedback device to control the commutation of the motor windings. The resolver is mounted to the end of motor shaft and when the motor rotates the resolver will transmit the position and direction of the rotor to the servo drive which then can control the motor. Most servo drives for AC servo motors on the market today can convert the resolver signal in to a pulse train (encoder signal simulation) which can be used by a motion control to determine and control the position of the motor. Also see “Encoder Feedback”. RoHS Compliance The RoHS directive stands for “the restriction of the use of certain haz- ardous substances in electrical and electronic equipment”. This directive bans the placing on the EU market of new electrical and electronic equip- ment containing more than agreed levels of lead, cadmium, mercury, hex- avalent chromium, polybrominated biphenyl (PBB) and polybrominated diphenyl ether (PBDE) flame retardants. All linear motion systems and accessories sold in the EU are RoHS compliant. Screw Supports Screw supports allow screw driven units to travel at high speed even when stroke becomes longer. The supports reduce the unsupported length of the screw, that otherwise would be subjected to vibrations. Screw supports come in single (one screw support on each side of the carriage) or double (two supports on each side) versions. Screw support units will have a slightly shorter stroke for a given overall length. Glossary N - Sc
  • 218. 218 www.thomsonlinear.com Single Carriage Single carriage units have one carriage. Some linear motion system models also have the option of long or short single carriage. The long carriage handle higher loads but will have a longer overall length for a given stroke. Sizing and Selection This catalog can give you an overview of what Thomson can offer you and an indication of which products that may suit your application. But in order to get the best solution it is neccessary to know your specific application and to carry out detailed sizing and selection calculations. Please contact customer service for further help. Slide Guides A slide guide consist of a guide attached to the inside of the profile and a slide bushing attached to the carriage. The guide can be made of different materials (e.g. polished hardened steel, anodized aluminium) while the bushing is made of a polymer material. There are two types of bushings, fixed and prism. Prism bushings can move in relation to the guide which results in longer life and higher load capabilities. Slide bushings are silent, simple, reliable and robust and can be used in dirty and dusty environments. They are also resistant to shock loads, have a long life expectancy and require little or no maintenance. Stroke The theoretical maximum stroke (Smax) is the length that the carriage can travel from one end of the unit to the other. However, using the maximum stroke means that the carriage will collide with the ends of the profile. The practical stroke is therefore shorter. We recommend that you specify a unit that have at least 100 mm longer stroke than the maximum stroke you need so that the unit can stop before colliding with Glossary Si - W the ends and also allow for some adjustment of the unit postition at the mounting. Tension Station The tension station is the mechanical assembly situated in the opposite end of the drive station on a belt driven unit. The tension station has a mechanism that allows the belt pulley position to be adjusted thus changing the tension of the belt. Adjustment of the belt tension is normally only necessary when replacing a broken or worn out belt with a new. Wheel Guides A wheel guide consists of ball bearing wheels that run on a hardened steel rail. Wheel guides are a simple and robust guiding method offering high speeds, high loads and medium accuarcy. Working Environment All units are designed for use in normal industrial environments. Units which have an open profile (i.e. have no cover band) are more sensitive to dust, dirt and fluids. These units require some kind of cover if they are used in environments where dust, dirt or fluids are present. Wash down or enhanced wash down protection can be ordered for our closed profile units. Please refer to the accessory pages. In all cases where a unit will be exposed to aggressive chemicals, heavy vibrations or other potentially harmful processes we recommend that you con­tact us for further advice.
  • 219. Thomson - the Choice for Optimized Motion Solutions Often the ideal design solution is not about finding the fastest, sturdiest, most accurate or even the least expensive option. Rather, the ideal solution is the optimal balance of performance, life and cost. Quickly Configure the Optimal Mechanical Motion Solution Thomson has several advantages that makes us the supplier of choice for motion control technology. • Thomson owns the broadest standard product offering of mechanical motion technologies in the industry. • Modified versions of standard product or white sheet design solutions are routine for us. • Choose Thomson and gain access to over 70 years of global application experience in industries including packaging, factory automation, material handling, medical, clean energy, printing, automotive, machine tool, aerospace and defense. • As part of Danaher Corporation, we are financially strong and unique in our ability to bring together control, drive, motor, power transmission and precision linear motion technologies. A Name You Can Trust A wealth of product and application information as well as 3D models, software tools, our distributor locator and global contact information is available at www.thomsonlinear.com/contact_us. Talk to us early in the design process to see how Thomson can help identify the optimal balance of performance, life and cost for your next application. And, call us or any of our 2000+ distribution partners around the world for fast delivery of replacement parts. The Danaher Business System The Danaher Business System (DBS) was established to increase the value we bring to customers. It is a mature and successful set of tools we use daily to continually improve manufacturing operations and product development processes. DBS is based on the principles of Kaizen which continuously and aggressively eliminates waste in every aspect of our business. DBS focuses the entire organization on achieving breakthrough results that create competitive advantages in quality, delivery and performance – advantages that are passed on to you. Through these advantages Thomson is able to provide you faster times to market as well as unsurpassed product selection, service, reliability and productivity. Local Support Around the Globe Application Centers Global Design & Engineering CentersGlobal Manufacturing Operations Linear Motion.Optimized.
  • 220. OCTOBER2012ENGLinearMotionSystems EU201102-15 LIM TJO 10/2012 ENG Specifications are subject to change without notice. It is the responsibility of the product user to determine the suitability of this product for a specific application. All trademarks property of their respective owners. © Thomson Industries, Inc. 2012 EUROPE United Kingdom Thomson Phone: +44 (0) 1271 334 500 Fax: +44 (0) 1271 334 501 Email: sales.uk@thomsonlinear.com Germany Thomson Nürtinger Straße 70 72649 Wolfschlugen Phone: +49 (0) 7022 504 0 Fax: +49 (0) 7022 504 405 Email: sales.germany@thomsonlinear.com France Thomson Phone: +33 (0) 243 50 03 30 Fax: +33 (0) 243 50 03 39 Email: sales.france@thomsonlinear.com Italy Thomson Largo Brughetti 20030 Bovisio Masciago Phone: +39 0362 594260 Fax: +39 0362 594263 Email: info@thomsonlinear.it Spain Thomson Rbla Badal, 29-31 7th, 1st 08014 Barcelona Phone: +34 (0) 9329 80278 Fax: + 34 (0) 9329 80278 Email: sales.esm@thomsonlinear.com Sweden Thomson Estridsväg 10 29109 Kristianstad Phone: +46 (0) 44 24 67 00 Fax: +46 (0) 44 24 40 85 Email: sales.scandinavia@thomsonlinear.com USA, CANADA and MEXICO Thomson 203A West Rock Road Radford, VA 24141, USA Phone: 1-540-633-3549 Fax: 1-540-633-0294 E-mail: thomson@thomsonlinear.com Literature: literature.thomsonlinear.com ASIA Asia Pacific Thomson 750, Oasis, Chai Chee Road, #03-20, Technopark @ Chai Chee, Singapore 469000 Email: sales.apac@thomsonlinear.com China Thomson Rm 2205, Scitech Tower 22 Jianguomen Wai Street Beijing 100004 Phone: +86 400 6661 802 Fax: +86 10 6515 0263 Email: sales.china@thomsonlinear.com India Thomson 10th Floor , Sigma Building Hiranandani Business Park Powai , Mumbai – 400076, India Email: sales.india@thomsonlinear.com Japan Thomson Minami-Kaneden 2-12-23, Suita Osaka 564-0044 Japan Phone: +81-6-6386-8001 Fax: +81-6-6386-5022 E-mail: csinfo_dicgj@danaher.co.jp Korea F12 Ilsong Bldg, 157-37 Samsung-dong, Kangnam-gu, Seoul, Korea (135-090) Phone: +82 2 6917 5049 Fax: +82 2 6917 5007 Email: sales.korea@thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion.Optimized. LinearMotion.Optimized. www.thomsonlinear.com www.thomsonlinear.com Linear Motion Systems